Ø Environment stands for surroundings. Environment has been defined as ‗the sum
Ø total of all conditions and influences that affect the development of organisms‘. This definition stresses on the totality of environment, implying that every organism including human beings, has its own environment.
Ø A number of terms have often been used as synonyms of geographical environment. These synonyms include habitat, ecology, population-ecology, ecosystem, nutrient cycle, biodiversity, geosphere (zone of life) and ecosphere. In other words, environment is an inseparable whole, consisting of mutually interacting systems of physical and biological elements.
Ø The physical elements include space, landforms, water-bodies, climate, drainage, rocks, soils, mineral wealth, etc., while the biological elements include man, fauna and flora, including micro-organisms.
Experts recognise the following broad categories of environment:
1. Physical Environment: The non-living components of environment include landforms, climate, water-bodies, temperature, humidity, air, etc.
2. Cultural Environment: The creations of man on the earth‘s surface are known as cultural Environment or man-made environment.
3. Biological Environment: The biological environment consists of human beings, fauna, flora and micro-organisms.
4. Cognitive Environment or Subjective Environment (Mental Map): The perceived environment is known as cognitive or subjective environment. It differs from person to person. For example, a field has different meanings for a sheep keeper, vegetable grower, grain farmer, rubber planter, industrialist, and builder of colonies.
The salient features of environment are given below:
(i) At any given point of time, environment is the sum of biotic and abiotic elements.
(ii) Biodiversity, habitat and energy constitute the three basic components of the structure of an environment.
(iii) Environment changes in space and time.
(iv) It is based on the interactive and functional relationship between biotic and abiotic components.
(v) The working of an environment and its dependent systems are governed by the flow of energy.
(vi) Environment generates its own organic matter which differs in space, from region to region and climate to climate.
(vii) Environment tends to maintain an ecological balance.
Ø Habitat is the physical environment in which an organism lives (it corresponds to address of an organism).
Ø It is an ecological or environmental area inhabited by particular species of plants, animals, fungi, etc. Many habitats make up the environment.
Ø
A single habitat may be common for more than one organism which have similar requirements.
Ø For example, a single aquatic habitat may support a fish, frog, crab, phytoplankton and many other kinds of organisms.
Ø The various species sharing a habitat thus have the same ‗address‘. Forest, river etc. are other examples of habitat.
Man and Environment
Ø Geography often been defined as the study of man‘s relationship with the environment. According to Miss Semple—a leading American geographer of the early 20th century, ‗ Man is the product of earth or his environment‘. In 1859, Charles Darwin showed that life developed under the selective action of natural forces. It determines scientifically the position of man as a creature adapted to his environment.
Ø This approach, for the first time was applied by the German geographer—F. Ratzel in anthropology (Human) and political geography. This scientific position of man resulted into the ‗Deterministic School of Thought‘. The point of view of the followers of determinism is that the environment controls the course of human action. In other words, it is the belief that variations in human behaviour around the world can be explained by differences in physical environment and geographical settings.
Ø The biosphere is the biological component (supporting life) of earth which includes the lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere.
Ø The biosphere includes all living organisms on earth, together with the dead organic matter produced by them.
Ø Biosphere is absent at extremes of the North and South poles, the highest mountains and the deepest oceans, since existing hostile conditions there do not support life [Life is the characteristic feature of biosphere].
Ø
Occasionally spores of fungi and bacteria do occur at great height beyond 8,000 metres, but they are metabolically inactive, and hence represent only dormant life.
Ø The term Ecosystem was formally proposed by Tansley, a plant ecologist in 1935.
Ø A system of organisms functioning together with their non-living environment.
Ø An ecosystem can be visualised as a functional unit of nature, where living organisms [producers, consumers, and decomposers] interact among themselves and also with the surrounding physical environment.
Ø Ecosystem varies greatly in size from a small pond to a large forest or a sea.
Ø Forest, grassland and desert are some examples of terrestrial ecosystems; pond, lake, wetland, river and estuary are some examples of aquatic ecosystems. Crop fields and an aquarium may also be considered as man-made ecosystems.
Ø In the ecosystem, biotic and abiotic components are linked together through nutrient cycles and energy flows.
Ø An ecosystem can be of any size but usually encompasses specific and limited species. E.g.: Aquatic Ecosystem. [This is how ecosystem is different from Environment]
Ø Everything that lives in an ecosystem is dependent on the other species and elements that are also part of that ecological community. If one part of an ecosystem is damaged or disappears, it has an impact on everything else.
Ø Ecology is the study of the ecosystems and the environment.
Ø Environment is a group of ecosystems.
Ø Ecosystem is a functional unit of environment (mostly biosphere).
Ø Habitat → Area where an organism lives.
Ø Biosphere → The region on earth that supports life.
Ø Ecosystem → Producers, Consumers, Decomposers and their relationships (tiny environment). It is the functional unit of the environment
Ø A community of organisms together with the environment in which they live – ecosystem.
Ø The flora and fauna of a geographical area – biodiversity
The components of the ecosystem are categorized into abiotic or non-living and biotic or living components. Both the components of ecosystem and environment are same.
Ø Abiotic components are the inorganic and non-living parts which act as major limiting factors
Ø Plants are the reason that the other animals are able to survive on land. So the effect of abiotic factors on plants is crucial.
Ø Extremely high intensity favors root growth than shoot growth which results in
Ø On the other hand low intensity of light retards growth, flowering and fruiting.
Ø When the Intensity of light is less than the minimum, the plants ceases to grow due to
accumulation of CO2 and finally dies.
Ø Out of 7 colours in the visible part of spectrum, only red and blue are effective in photosynthesis.
Ø Plant grown in blue light are small, red light results in elongation of cells results in etiolated plants. Plants grown in ultraviolet and violet light are dwarf.
Ø Frost results in freezing the soil moisture. The plants growing in such soil, get exposed to direct sun light in the morning, they are killed due to increased transpiration when their roots are unable to supply moisture. This is the main reason for innumerable death of sal seedlings.
Ø As a result of frost, water in the intercellular spaces of the plant gets frozen into ice which withdraws water from the interior of the cells. This results in increasing concentration of salts and dehydration of cells. Thus coagulation and precipitation of the cell colloid results in death of plant. Also, frost leads to formation of canker.
Ø Snow acts as blanket, prevents further drop in temperature and protects Page seedlings from excessive cold and frost.
Ø Accumulation of snow on tree parts can break the branches or even uproot the tree.
Ø Snow shortens the period of vegetative growth.
Ø High temperature results in death of plant due to coagulation of protoplasmic proteins [Some bacteria can survive high temperatures because of their protoplasmic proteins that don‘t coagulate at normally high temperatures].
Ø High temperature disturbs the balance between respiration and photo synthesis thereby causes depletion of food resulting in greater susceptibility to fungal and bacterial attack.
Ø It also results in desiccation of plant tissues and depletion of moisture.
Primary producers - Autotrophs (self-nourishing)
Ø Primary producers are basically green plants, certain bacteria and algae that carry out photosynthesis.
Ø In terrestrial ecosystem, grasses, plants and trees are the primary producers.
Ø while in aquatic ecosystem, microscopic algae [plankton] are the primary producers.
Ø Consumers are incapable of producing their own food. They depend on organic food derived from plants, animals or both.
Ø Consumers can be divided into two broad groups namely micro and macro consumers.
Ø Herbivores are primary consumers which feed mainly on plants e.g. cow. Secondary consumers feed on primary consumers e.g. wolves, dogs, etc.
Ø Carnivores which feed on both primary and secondary consumers are called tertiary consumers e.g. lion which can eat wolves, snakes etc.
Ø Omnivores are organisms which consume both plants and animals e.g. man, bear, etc.
Ø They are bacteria and fungi which obtain energy and nutrients from dead organic substances (detritus) of plant and animals.
Ø The products of decomposition such as inorganic nutrients which are released in the ecosystem are reused by producers and thus recycled.
Ø Earthworm and certain soil organisms (such as nematodes, and arthropods) are detritus feeders and help in the decomposition of organic matter and are called detrivores
Functions Of An Ecosystem
Ø The function of an ecosystem include
o Nutrient cycling (biogeochemical cycles)
o Ecological succession or ecosystem development
o Homeostasis (or cybernetic) or feedback control mechanisms
Ø Each will be discussed in detail in the subsequent posts.
Ø The term ecology was derived from two. Greek words ‗Oikos‘ meaning home and ‗logos‘ meaning study.
Ø Ecology is a science that deals with the complex and dynamic relationships between organisms and their environment, the two components of nature which are interdependent, mutually reactive and inter-related.
Ø Ecology is the branch of biology concerned with the relations of organisms to one another (energy flow and mineral cycling) and to their physical surroundings (environment).
Ø Literally ecology means the study of the earth's "house-holds" including the plants, animals, microorganisms, people and their environment existing together as interdependent components, as well as the energy flows and material cycles in the physical and biological environment.
Ø Ecology encompasses study of individual, organisms, population, community, ecosystem, biome and biosphere which form the various levels of ecological organization.
Ø The Indian texts of Vedas, the Samhitas, the Brahmanas and the Aranyakas- Upanishads contain many references to ecological concepts. The Indian treatise on medicine, the Caraka-Samhita and the surgical text Susruta-Samhita, show that people during this period had a good understanding of plant and animal ecology.
Ø Ecology not only deals with the study of the relationship of individual organisms with their environment, but also with the study of populations, communities, ecosystems, biomes, and biosphere as a whole Individual: Organism is an individual living being that has the ability to act or function independently. It may be any organism.
Ø Species: Species are a group of living organisms consisting of similar individuals capable of exchanging genes or of interbreeding, considered as the basic unit of taxonomy and denoted by a Latin binomial, e.g. Homo sapiens.
Ø Population: Population is a community of interbreeding organisms [same species], occupying a defined area during a specific time.
Ø Population growth rate is the percentage variation between the number of individuals in a population at two different times. It can be positive due to birth and/or immigration or negative due to death and/or emigration.
Ø The number of individuals per unit area at a given time is termed as population density.
Ø In case of large, mobile animals like tigers, leopards, lions, deer etc., the density may be determined by counting individual animals directly or by the pugmarks (foot imprints) left by the animals in a defined area.
Ø Pugmarks of each individual animals are unique and different from one others. Study of pug marks can provide the following information reliably if analyzed skillfully:
Ø Presence of different species in the area of study.
Ø Identification of individual animals.
Ø Population of large cats (tigers, lions etc.).
Ø Sex ratio and age (young or adult) of large cats. [Even sex of tigers can be determined using pugmarks. http://assets.wwfindia.org/downloa ds/reading_pugmarks.pdf also says the same]
Ø Community: Communities in most instances are named after the dominant plant form (species). For example: A grassland community is dominated by grasses, though it may contain herbs, shrubs, and trees, along with associated insects and animals of different species. A community is not fixed or rigid.
Ø On the basis of size and degree of relative independence communities may be divided into two types: Major Communities and Minor Communities.
Ø Major Communities: These are large sized and relatively independent. They depend only on the sun‘s energy from outside. Eg: Tropical evergreen forests.
Ø Minor Communities: These are dependent on neighboring communities and are often called societies. They are secondary aggregations within a major community. Eg: A mat of lichen on a cow dung pad.
Ø Ecosystem: An ecosystem is a community of organisms interacting with each other and with their environment such that energy is exchanged and system-level processes, such as the cycling of elements, emerge.
Ø Biome: Biome is a large naturally occurring community of flora and fauna occupying a major habitat. E.g. Rainforest biome or tundra biome.
Ø Plants and animals in a biome have common characteristics due to similar climates and can be found over a range of continents.
Ø Biomes are distinct from habitats, because any biome can comprise a variety of habitats (habitat: the natural home or environment of an organism).
Ø Biosphere: The biosphere is the biological component of earth which includes lithosphere, hydrosphere and atmosphere. The biosphere includes all living organisms on earth, together with the organic matter produced by them.
Ø On planet Earth, life exists not just in a few favourable habitats but even in extreme and harsh habitats – scorching Rajasthan desert, perpetually rain-soaked Meghalaya forests, deep ocean trenches, torrential streams, permafrost polar regions, high mountain tops, boiling thermal springs, and stinking compost pits, to name a few. Even our intestine is a unique habitat for hundreds of species of microbes. How is this possible?
Ø Each organism is adapted to its particular environment. An adaptation is thus, ―the appearance or behavior or structure or mode of life of an organism that allows it to survive in a particular environment‖. E.g. Neck of a giraffe.
Ø Adaptation is any attribute of the organism (morphological – when trees grew higher, the giraffes neck got longer; physiological – in the absence of an external source of water, the kangaroo rat in North American deserts is capable of meeting all its water requirements through its internal fat oxidation; behavioral – animals migrating temporarily to a less stressful habitat) that enables the organism to survive and reproduce in its habitat.
Ø We need to breathe faster when we are on high mountains. After some days, our body adjusts to the changed conditions on the high mountain.
Ø Such small changes that take place in the body of a single organism over short periods, to overcome small problems due to changes in the surroundings, are called acclimatization.
Ø Many adaptations have evolved over a long evolutionary time and are genetically fixed.
Ø In the absence of an external source of water, the kangaroo rat in North American deserts is capable of meeting all its water requirements through its internal fat oxidation (in which water is a byproduct).
Ø It also has the ability to concentrate its urine so that minimal volume of water is used to remove excretory products.
Ø Many desert plants have a thick cuticle on their leaf surfaces and have their stomata arranged in deep pits to minimise water loss through transpiration.
Ø They also have a special photosynthetic pathway (CAM) that enables their stomata to remain closed during day time.
Ø Mutation (a change in genetic material that results from an error in replication of DNA) causes new genes to arise in a population.
Ø Further, in a sexually reproducing population, meiosis and fertilization produce new combination of genes every generation, which is termed recombination.
Ø Thus members of the same species show ‗variation‘ and are not exactly identical. Variations are heritable.
Ø Natural Selection is the mechanism proposed by Darwin and Wallace. Natural selection is the process by which species adapt to their environment.
Ø It is an evolutionary force that selects among variations i.e. genes that help the organism to better adopt to its environment. Such genes are reproduced more in a population due to natural selection.
Ø Those off springs which are suited to their immediate environment have a better chance of surviving, reaching reproductive age and passing on the suitable adaptations to their progeny
Ø An ecotone is a zone of junction or a transition area between two biomes [diverse ecosystems]. It is where two communities meet and integrate.
Ø For e.g. the mangrove forests represent an ecotone between marine and terrestrial ecosystem. Other examples are grassland (between forest and desert), estuary (between fresh water and salt water) and river bank or marsh land (between dry and wet).
Ø It may be narrow (between grassland and forest) or wide (between forest and desert).
Ø As it is a zone of transition, it has conditions intermediate to the adjacent ecosystems. Hence it is a zone of tension.
Ø Usually, the number and the population density of the species of an outgoing community decreases as we move away from community or ecosystem.
Ø A well-developed ecotones contain some organisms which are entirely different from that of the adjoining communities.
Ø Niche refers to the unique functional role and position of a species in its habitat or ecosystem.
Ø In nature, many species occupy the same habitat but they perform different functions
Ø The functional characteristics of a species in its habitat is referred to as ―niche‖ in that common habitat. Habitat of a species is like its ‗address‘ (i.e. where it lives) whereas niche can be thought of as its ―profession‖ (i.e. activities and responses specific to the species).
Ø A niche is unique for a species while many species share the habitat. No two species in a habitat can have the same niche. This is because of the competition with one another until one is displaced.
Ø For example, a large number of different species of insects may be pests of the same plant but they can co-exist as they feed on different parts of the same plant
Ø Biotic communities are dynamic in nature and change over a period of time. The process by which communities of plant and animal species in an area are replaced or changed into another over a period of time is known as ecological succession.
Ø
Succession is a universal process of directional change in vegetation, on an ecological scale.
Ø Succession occurs when a series of communities replace one another due to large scale destruction (natural or manmade). This process continues with one community replacing another, until a stable, mature community develops.
Ø Primary succession takes place an over a bare or unoccupied areas such as rocks outcrop, newly formed deltas and sand dunes, emerging volcano islands and lava flows as well as glacial moraines (muddy area exposed by a retreating glacier) where no community has existed previously.
Ø In primary succession on a terrestrial site the new site is first colonized by a few hardy pioneer species that are often microbes, lichens and mosses. The pioneers over a few generations alter the habitat conditions by their growth and development.
Ø Secondary succession occurs when plants recognize an area in which the climax community has been disturbed.
Ø Secondary succession is the sequential development of biotic communities after the
Ø A mature or intermediate community may be destroyed by natural events such as floods, droughts, fires, or storms or by human interventions such as deforestation, agriculture, overgrazing, etc.
Ø This abandoned farmland is first invaded by hardy species of grasses that can survive in bare, sunbaked soil. These grasses may be soon joined by tall grasses and herbaceous plants. These dominate the ecosystem for some years along with mice, rabbits, insects and seed-eating birds.
Ø Eventually, some trees come up in this area, seeds of which may be brought by wind or animals. And over the years, a forest community develops. Thus an abandoned farmland over a period becomes dominated by trees and is transformed into a forest.
Energy Flow Through an Ecosystem – Trophic Levels:
Ø A food chain is the sequence of energy transfer from the lower levels to the upper or higher trophic levels through complex network of interconnected food chains.
Ø It is the way an organism obtains and sustain physical, chemical and biological factors it needs to survive. Basically, as stated above, all animals depend on plants for their food.
Ø For instance, foxes may eat rabbits, but rabbits feed on grass. Similarly, a hawk eats a lizard, the lizard had just eaten a grasshopper and the grasshopper was feeding on grassblades.
Ø the leaf, the blue-tit eats the caterpillar, but may fall prey to the kestrel. In other words, the food-web is really an energy flow system, tracing the path of solar energy through the ecosystem.
Ø The circuit along which energy flows from producers (who manufacture their own food) to consumers is a one-directional flow of chemical energy, ending with decomposition.
Ø
This relationship is called food-chain. Another example of a food chain is that a caterpillar eats
Ø The flow of energy from producer to top consumers is called energy flow which is
Ø To understand the energy flow through the ecosystem we need to study about the trophic levels [tropical level interaction].
Ø Trophic level is the representation of energy flow in an ecosystem. The trophic level of an organism is the position it occupies in a food chain.
Ø Trophic level interaction deals with how the members of an ecosystem are connected based on nutritional needs.
Trophic levels
Autotrophs
Green plants (producers)
Heterotrophs
Herbivore (primary consumers)
Heterotrophs
Carnivores (secondary consumers)
Heterotrophs
Carnivore (tertiary consumers)
Heterotrophs
Top carnivores (Quaternary consumers)
Ø Energy flows through the trophic levels from producers to subsequent trophic levels is unidirectional.
Ø Energy level decreases from the first trophic level upwards due to loss of energy in the form of heat at each trophic level.
Ø This energy loss at each tropic level is quite significant. Hence there are usually not more than four-five trophic levels [beyond this the energy available is negligible to support an organism].
The trophic level interaction involves three concepts namely
2. Food Web
3. Ecological Pyramids Food Chain:
Ø Transfer of food energy from green plants (producers) through a series of organisms with repeated eating and being eaten link is called a food chain.
Ø E.g. Grasses → Grasshopper → Frog → Snake → Hawk/Eagle.
Ø Each step in the food chain is called trophic level. A food chain starts with producers and ends with top carnivores.
Ø The trophic level of an organism is the position it occupies in a food chain.
Ø The consumers which start the food chain, utilizing the plant or plant part as their food, constitute the grazing food chain. This food chain begins from green plants
at the base and the primary consumer is herbivore.
Ø For example, In terrestrial ecosystem, grass is eaten by caterpillar, which is eaten by lizard and lizard is eaten by snake.
Ø In Aquatic ecosystem phytoplankton (primary producers) are eaten by zoo planktons which are eaten by fishes and fishes are eaten by pelicans.
Ø This type of food chain starts from dead organic matter of decaying animals and plant bodies.
Ø Dead organic matter or detritus feeding organisms are called detrivores or decomposer. The detrivores are eaten by predators.
Ø The two food chains are linked. The initial energy source for detritus food chain is the waste materials and dead organic matter from the grazing food chain.
Ø In an aquatic ecosystem, grazing food chain is the major conduit for energy flow. As against this, in a terrestrial ecosystem, a much larger fraction of energy flows through the detritus food chain than through the grazing food chain.
Ø Bacterial and fungal enzymes degrade detritus into simpler inorganic substances. This process is called as catabolism.
Ø Humification and mineralization occur during decomposition in the soil.
Ø Humification leads to accumulation of a dark coloured amorphous substance called humus that is highly resistant to microbial action and undergoes decomposition at an extremely slow rate.
Ø Being colloidal in nature, humus serves as a reservoir of nutrients. The humus is further degraded by some microbes and release of inorganic nutrients occur by the process known as mineralization.
Ø Warm and moist environment favor decomposition whereas low temperature and anaerobiosis inhibit decomposition resulting in buildup of organic materials.
Ø
Multiple interlinked food chains make a food web. Food web represents all the possible paths of energy flow in an ecosystem.
Ø If any of the intermediate food chain is removed, the succeeding links of the chain will be affected largely.
Ø The food web provides more than one alternative for food
to most of the organisms in an ecosystem and therefore increases their chance of survival.
Ø Also food availability and preferences of food of the organisms may shift seasonally e.g. we eat watermelon in summer and peaches in the winter. Thus there are interconnected networks of feeding relationships that take the form of food webs.
Ø The pyramidal representation of trophic levels of different organisms based on their ecological position [producer to final consumer] is called as an ecological pyramid.
Ø The food producer forms the base of the pyramid and the top carnivore forms the tip. Other consumer trophic levels are in between.
Ø The pyramid consists of a number of horizontal bars depicting specific trophic levels. The length of each bar represents the total number of individuals or biomass or energy at each trophic level in an ecosystem.
The ecological pyramids are of three categories.
2. Pyramid of biomass
3. Pyramid of energy or productivity
Pyramid of Numbers
Ø Pyramid of numbers represents the total number of individuals of different species (population) at each trophic level.
Ø Depending upon the size, the pyramid of numbers may not always be upright and may even be completely inverted.
Ø It is very difficult to count all the organisms, in a pyramid of numbers and so the pyramid of number does not completely define the trophic structure for an ecosystem.
Ø In this pyramid, the number of individuals is decreased from lower level to higher trophic level.
Ø This type of pyramid can be seen in grassland ecosystem and pond ecosystem.
Ø The grasses occupy the lowest trophic level (base) because of their abundance.
Ø The next higher trophic level is primary consumer - herbivore (example - grasshopper).
Ø The individual number of grasshopper is less than that of grass. The next energy level is primary carnivore (example - rat).
Ø The number of rats are less than grasshopper, because, they feed on grasshopper. The next higher trophic level is secondary carnivore (example - snakes). They feed on rats.
Ø The next higher trophic level is the top carnivore. (Ex: Hawk). With each higher trophic level, the number of individual decreases.
Ø In this pyramid, the number of individuals is increased from lower level to higher trophic level. E.g. Tree ecosystem.
Ø Pyramid of biomass is usually determined by collecting all organisms occupying each trophic level separately and measuring their dry weight.
Ø This overcomes the size difference problem because all kinds of organisms at a trophic level are weighed. Biomass is measured in g/m2.
Ø The biomass of a species is expressed in terms of fresh or dry weight. Measurement of biomass in terms of dry weight is more accurate.
Ø Each trophic level has a certain mass of living material at a particular time called as the standing crop.
Ø The standing crop is measured as the mass of living organisms (biomass) or the number in a unit area.
Ø For most ecosystems on land, the pyramid of biomass has a large base of primary producers with a smaller trophic level perched on top.
Ø The biomass of producers (autotrophs) is at the maximum. The biomass of next trophic level i.e. primary consumers is less than the producers. The biomass of next higher trophic level i.e. secondary consumers is less than the primary consumers. The top, high trophic level has very less amount of biomass.
Ø In contrast, in many aquatic ecosystems, the pyramid of biomass may assume an inverted form. [Pyramid of numbers for aquatic ecosystem is upright]
Ø This is because the producers are tiny phytoplankton that grow and reproduce rapidly.
Ø Here, the pyramid of biomass has a small base, with the consumer biomass at any instant actually exceeding the producer biomass and the pyramid assumes inverted shape.
Ø To compare the functional roles of the trophic levels in an ecosystem, an energy pyramid is most suitable.
Ø An energy pyramid represents the amount of energy at each trophic level and loss of energy at each transfer to another trophic level. Hence the pyramid is always upward, with a large energy base at the bottom.
Ø Suppose an ecosystem receives 1000 calories of light energy in a given day. Most of the energy is not absorbed; some is reflected back to space; of the energy absorbed only a small portion is utilized by green plants, out of which the plant uses up some for respiration and of the 1000 calories, therefore only 100 calories are stored as energy rich materials.
Ø Now suppose an animal, say a deer, eats the plant containing 100 calorie of food energy. The deer uses some of it for its own metabolism and stores only 10 calorie as food energy. A lion that eats the deer gets an even smaller amount of energy. Thus usable energy decreases from sunlight to producer to herbivore to carnivore. Therefore, the energy pyramid will always be upright.
Ø
Concept helps to explain the phenomenon of biological magnification - the tendency for toxic substances to increase in concentration progressively with higher trophic levels.
Ecological efficiency describes the efficiency with which is transferred from one trophic level to the next.
The number of trophic levels in the grazing food chain is restricted as the transfer of energy follows 10 per cent law – only 10 per cent of the energy is transferred to each trophic level. The decreases at each subsequent trophic level are due to two reasons:
1. At each trophic a part of the available energy is lost in respiration or used up in metabolism.
2. A part of energy is lost at each transformation, i.e. when it moves from lower to higher trophic level as heat.
Ø It does not take into account the same species belonging to two or more trophic levels.
Ø It assumes a simple food chain, something that almost never exists in nature; it does not accommodate a food web.
Ø Moreover, saprophytes (plant, fungus, or microorganism that lives on decaying matter) are not given any place in ecological pyramids even though they play a vital role in the ecosystem.
Ø Pollutants, especially non-degradable ones move through the various trophic levels in an ecosystem. Non-degradable pollutants mean materials, which cannot be metabolized by the living organisms. Example: Chlorinated Hydrocarbons.
Ø ChlorinatedHydrocarbons or Organochloride or CHC are hydrocarbons whose some or most hydrogen atoms have been replaced by chlorine atoms. E.g. DDT, endosulfan etc.).
Ø A variety of simple chlorinated hydrocarbons including dichloromethane, chloroform,
Applications of CHC
Ø Production of vinyl chloride almost all of which was converted into polyvinylchloride (PVC) [PVC pipes].
Ø Chloroform, dichloromethane, dichloroethene, and trichloroethane are useful solvents. These solvents are immiscible with water and effective in cleaning applications such as degreasing and dry cleaning.
Ø Pesticides and insecticides such as DDT, heptachlor, and endosulfan are CHCs.
Ø Dioxins (highly toxic organic compound produced as a by-product in some manufacturing processes), produced when organic matter is burned in the presence of chlorine, and some insecticides, such as DDT, are persistent organic pollutants.
Ø DDT, which was widely used to control insects in the mid-20th century, accumulates in food chains, and causes reproductive problems (e.g., eggshell thinning) in certain bird species.
Ø DDT residues continue to be found in humans and mammals across the planet many years after production and use have been limited.
Ø In Arctic areas, particularly high levels are found in marine mammals. These chemicals concentrate in mammals, and are even found in human breast milk.
Ø In some species of marine mammals, particularly those that produce milk with a high fat content, males typically have far higher levels, as females reduce their concentration by transfer to their offspring through lactation.
Ø Endosulfan became a highly controversial agrichemical due to its acute toxicity and potential for bioaccumulation, and role as an endocrine disruptor (enables the effect of estrogens causing reproductive and developmental damage in both animals and humans).
Ø Because of its threats to human health and the environment, a global ban on the manufacture and use of endosulfan was negotiated under the Stockholm Convention in April 2011.
Movement of these pollutants involves two main processes:
2. Biomagnification.
Bioaccumulation:
Ø It refers to how pollutants enter a food chain.
Ø In bioaccumulation there is an increase in concentration of a pollutant from the environment to the first organism in a food chain.
Ø Bio magnification refers to the tendency of pollutants to concentrate as they move from one trophic level to the next.
Ø Thus in bio magnification there is an increase in concentration of a pollutant from one link in a food chain to another.
Ø In order for bio magnification to occur, the pollutant must be: long-lived, mobile, soluble in fats, biologically active. E.g. DDT.
Ø If a pollutant is short-lived, it will be broken down before it can become dangerous.
Ø If it is not mobile, it will stay in one place and is unlikely to be taken up by organisms.
Ø If the pollutant is soluble in water, it will be excreted by the organism. Pollutants that
dissolve in fats, however, may be retained for a long time.
Ø It is traditional to measure the amount of pollutants in fatty tissues of organisms such as fish.
Ø In mammals, we often test the milk produced by females, since the milk has a lot of fat in it and is often more susceptible to damage from toxins (poisons).
Ø The interaction that occurs among different individuals of the same species is called intraspecific interaction while the interaction among individuals of different species in a community is termed as interspecific interaction.
Ø Specific terms are applied to interspecific interactions depending upon whether the interaction is beneficial, harmful or neutral to individuals of the species.
Some types of interactions listed by the effects they have on each partner. ‗0‘ is no effect, ‗-‘ is
S. No.
Type of interaction
Species
Effects of interaction
1
2
Negative Interactions
i.
Amensalism
-
0
one species is inhibited while the other
species is unaffected
ii.
Predation
+
-
Predator—prey relationship: one species
(predator) benefits while the second species
(prey) is harmed and inhibited.
iii.
Parasitism
+
-
Beneficial to one species (parasite) and
harmful to the other species (host).
iv.
Competition
-
-
Adversely affects both species
detrimental and ‗+‘ is beneficial.
Possible biological interactions between two species:
Positive Associations
i.
Commensalism
+
0
One species (the commensal) benefits, while
the other species (the host) is neither
harmed nor inhibited
ii.
Mutualism
+
+
Interaction is favourable to both species
Neutral Interactions
i.
Neutralism
0
0 Neither species affects the other
+ = beneficial; - = harmful, 0 = unaffected
Ø One species respects or harms the other species without itself being adversely affected or harmed by the presence of the other species.
Ø Organisms that secrete antibiotics and the species that get inhibited by the antibiotics are the examples of amensalism.
Ø For example bread mould fungi pencillium produce pencillin an antibiotic substance which inhibits the growth of a variety of bacteria.
Ø Predators like leopards, tigers and cheetahs use speed, teeth and claws to hunt and kill their prey.
Ø They keep prey population under control. But for predators, prey species could achieve very high population densities and cause ecosystem instability.
Ø When certain exotic species are introduced into a geographical area, they become invasive and start spreading fast because the invaded land does not have its natural predators.
Ø Predators also help in maintaining species diversity in a community, by reducing the intensity of competition among competing prey species.
Ø A wide variety of chemical substances that we extract from plants on a commercial scale (nicotine, caffeine, quinine, strychnine, opium, etc.,) are produced by plants actually as defences against grazers and browsers.
Ø In this type of interaction, one species is harmed and the other benefits.
Ø Parasitism involves parasite usually a small size organism living in or on another living species called the host from which the parasite gets its nourishment and often shelter.
Ø Many organisms like animal, bacteria and viruses are parasites of plants and animals.
Ø Plants like dodder plant (Cuscuta) and mistletoe (Loranthus) are parasites that live on flowering plants.
Ø Tap worm, round worm, malarial parasite, many bacteria, fungi, and viruses are common parasites of humans.
Ø Parasites that feed on the external surface of the host organism are called ectoparasites.
E.g. lice on humans. Many marine fish are infested with ectoparasitic copepods.
Ø The female mosquito is not considered a parasite, although it needs our blood for reproduction. Why? Because it doesn‘t live on the host.
Ø In contrast, endoparasites are those that live inside the host body at different sites (liver, kidney, lungs, red blood cells, etc.).
Ø Brood parasitism in birds is a fascinating example of parasitism in which the parasitic bird lays its eggs in the nest of its host. E.g. cuckoo (koel).
Ø This is an interaction between two populations in which both species are harmed to some extent.
Ø Competition occurs when two populations or species, both need a vital resource that is in short supply.
Ø The vital resource could be food, water, shelter, nesting site, mates or space.
Ø Such competition can be: interspecific competition-occurring between individuals of two different species occurring in a habitat and intraspecific competition-occurs between individuals of same species.
Ø Intraspecific competition occurs between members of the same species and so it is very intense.
Ø In this relationship one of the species benefits while the other is neither harmed nor benefited.
Ø Some species obtain the benefit of shelter or transport from another species. For example sucker fish, remora often attaches to a shark by means of its sucker which is present on the top side of its head. This helps the remora get protection, a free ride as well as meal from the left over of the shark‘s meal. The shark does not however get any benefit nor is it adversely affected by this association.
Ø Another example of commensalisms is the relationship between trees and epiphytic plants.
Ø Epiphytes live on the surface of other plants like ferns, mosses and orchids and use the surface of trees for support and for obtaining sunlight and moisture. The tree gets no benefit from this relationship nor are they harmed. Cow dung provides food and shelter to dung beetles. The beetles have no effect on the cows.
Ø Another example of commensalism is the interaction between sea anemone that has stinging tentacles and the clown fish that lives among them.
Ø The fish gets protection from predators which stay away from the stinging tentacles. The anemone does not appear to derive any benefit by hosting the clown fish.
Ø This is a close association between two species in which both the species benefit. For example the sea anemone, a cnidarian gets attached to the shell of hermit crabs for benefit of transport and obtaining new food while the anemone provides camouflage and protection by means of its stinging cells to the hermit crab.
Ø However, some mutualisms are so intimate that the interacting species can no longer live without each other as they depend totally on each other to survive. Such close associations are called symbiosis (symbiosis is intense mutualism – E.g. coral and zooxanthellae).
Ø An example of such close mutualistic association is that of termite and their intestinal flagellates. Termites can eat wood but have no enzymes to digest it. However, their intestine contains certain flagellate protists (protozoans) that have the necessary enzymes to digest the cellulose of the wood eaten by termites and convert it into sugar.
Ø The flagellates use some of this sugar for their own metabolism while enough is left for the termite. Both termite and flagellates cannot survive without each other.
Ø Another familiar example of symbiosis is seen in pollination of flowers where flowering plants are cross pollinated by the bees which benefit by getting nectar from the plants and both cannot survive without the other.
Ø Example: in pollination mutualisms, the pollinator gets food (pollen, nectar), and the plant has its pollen transferred to other flowers for cross-fertilization (reproduction). Lichens represent an intimate mutualistic relationship between a fungus and photosynthesizing algae or cyanobacteria.
Ø Similarly, the mycorrhizae are associations between fungi and the roots of higher plants. The fungi help the plant in the absorption of essential nutrients from the soil while the plant in turn provides the fungi with energy-yielding carbohydrates.
Ø Neutralism describes the relationship between two species which do interact but do not affect each other.
Ø True neutralism is extremely unlikely and impossible to prove.
Biogeo Chemical Cycling or Nutrient Cycling:
Ø The cycling, at various scales, of minerals and compounds through the ecosystem is known as biogeochemical cycle. The cycles (carbon cycle and nitrogen cycle) involve phases of weathering of rocks, uptake and storage by organisms and return to the pool of the soil, the atmosphere or ocean sediments. The biogeochemistry of carbon has attracted particular attention because of the concern of global warming and greenhouse effects.
Ø Energy flow and nutrient circulation are the major functions of the ecosystem. We have studied about energy flow through trophic levels in the previous posts.
Ø Energy is lost as heat forever in terms of the usefulness of the system. On the other hand, nutrients of food matter never get used up. They can be recycled again and again indefinitely.
Ø Carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen and phosphorus as elements and compounds make up 97% of the mass of our bodies and are more than 95% of the mass of all living organisms.
Ø In addition to these, about 15 to 25 other elements are needed in some form for the survival and good health of plants and animals.
Ø These elements or mineral nutrients are always in circulation moving from non-living to living and then back to the non-living components of the ecosystem in a more or less circular fashion. This circular fashion is known as biogeochemical cycling (bio for living; geo for atmosphere).
Ø Among the most important nutrient cycles are the carbon nutrient cycle and the nitrogen nutrient cycle.
Ø There are many other nutrient cycles that are important in ecology, including a large number of trace mineral nutrient cycles.
Ø Based on the replacement period, a nutrient cycle is referred to as Perfect or Imperfect cycle.
Ø A perfect nutrient cycle is one in which nutrients are replaced as fast as they are utilized. Most gaseous cycles are generally considered as perfect cycles.
Ø In contrast sedimentary cycles are considered relatively imperfect, as some nutrients are lost from the cycle and get locked into sediments and so become unavailable for immediate cycling.
Ø Based on the nature of the reservoir, there are two types of cycles namely-Gaseous Cycle
— where the reservoir is the atmosphere or the hydrosphere — water cycle, carbon cycle, nitrogen cycle, etc. and Sedimentary Cycle — where the reservoir is the earth's crust [elements mostly found in earth‘s crust] — phosphorous cycle, sulphur cycle, calcium cycle, magnesium cycle etc.
Ø Carbon is a minor constituent of the atmosphere as compared to oxygen and nitrogen.
Ø However, without carbon dioxide life could not exist because it is vital for the production of carbohydrates through photosynthesis by plants.
Ø It is the element that anchors all organic substances from coal and oil to DNA (deoxyribonudeic acid: the compound that carries genetic information).
Ø Carbon is present in the atmosphere, mainly in the form of carbon dioxide (CO2).
Ø Carbon cycle involves a continuous exchange of carbon between the atmosphere and organisms.
Ø Carbon from the atmosphere moves to green plants by the process of photosynthesis, and then to animals.
Ø By process of respiration and decomposition of dead organic matter it returns back to atmosphere. It is usually a short term cycle.
Ø Some carbon also enters a long term cycle. It accumulates as un-decomposed organic matter in the peaty layers of marshy soil or as insoluble carbonates in bottom sediments of aquatic systems which take a long time to be released.
Ø In deep oceans such carbon can remained buried for millions of years till geological movement may lift these rocks above sea level. These rocks may be exposed to erosion, releasing their carbon dioxide, carbonates and bicarbonates into streams and rivers.
Ø Fossil fuels such as coals, oil and natural gas etc. are organic compounds that were buried before they could be decomposed and were subsequently transformed by time and geological processes into fossil fuels. When they are burned the carbon stored in them is released back into the atmosphere as carbon-dioxide.
Ø Apart from carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, nitrogen is the most prevalent element in living organisms.
Ø
Nitrogen is a constituent of amino acids, proteins, hormones, chlorophylls and many of the vitamins.
Ø Plants compete with microbes for the limited nitrogen that is available in soil. Thus, nitrogen is a limiting nutrient for both natural and agricultural ecosystems.
Ø Nitrogen exists as two nitrogen atoms (N2) joined by a very strong triple covalent bond
(N ≡ N).
Ø In nature, lightning and ultraviolet radiation provide enough energy to convert nitrogen to nitrogen oxides (NO, NO2, N2O).
Ø Industrial combustions, forest fires, automobile exhausts and power-generating stations are also sources of atmospheric nitrogen oxides.
Ø There is an inexhaustible supply of nitrogen in the atmosphere but the elemental form cannot be used directly by most of the living organisms.
Ø Nitrogen needs to be ‗fixed‘, that is, converted to ammonia, nitrites or nitrates, before it can be taken up by plants.
Ø Nitrogen fixation on earth is accomplished in three different ways:
Ø By microorganisms (bacteria and blue-green algae),
Ø By man using industrial processes (fertilizer factories) and
Ø To a limited extent by atmospheric phenomenon such as thunder and lighting.
Ø Certain microorganisms are capable of fixing atmospheric nitrogen into ammonia (NH3)
Ø The enzyme, nitrogenase which is capable of nitrogen reduction is present exclusively in prokaryotes. Such microbes are called N2-fixers. These include:
Ø free living nitrogen fixing bacteria
Ø (non-symbiotic nitrogen fixing bacteria or nitrogen fixing soil bacteria) (e.g. aerobic Azotobacter and Beijemickia; anaerobic Clostridium and Rhodospirillum), symbiotic nitrogen fixing bacteria (e.g. Rhizobium) living in association with leguminous plants and non-leguminous root nodule plants and some cyanobacteria (major source of nitrogen fixation in oceans)(blue green algae. E.g. Nostoc, Anabaena, Spirulina etc.).
Leguminous: denoting plants of the pea family (Leguminosae), typically having seeds in pods, distinctive flowers, and root nodules containing nitrogen-fixing bacteria.
Ø Ammonium ions can be directly taken up as a source of nitrogen by some plants.
Ø Others absorb nitrates which are obtained by oxidizing ammonia and ammonium ions.
Ø Ammonia and ammonium ions are oxidized to nitrites or nitrates by two groups of specialized bacteria.
Ø Ammonium ions are first oxidized to nitrite by the bacteria Nitrosomonas and/or
Ø The nitrite is further oxidized to nitrate with the help of the bacterium Nitrobacter.
Ø These steps are called nitrification.
Ø These nitrifying bacteria are chemoautotrophs.
Ø The nitrate thus formed is absorbed by plants and is transported to the leaves.
Ø In leaves, it is reduced to form ammonia that finally forms the amine group of amino acids, which are the building blocks of proteins. These then go through higher trophic levels of the ecosystem.
Ø Nitrification is important in agricultural systems, where fertilizer is often applied as ammonia. Conversion of this ammonia to nitrate increases nitrogen leaching because nitrate is more water-soluble than ammonia.
Ø Nitrification also plays an important role in the removal of nitrogen from municipal wastewater. The conventional removal is nitrification, followed by denitrification.
Ø Living organisms produce nitrogenous waste products such as urea and uric acid (organic nitrogen).
Ø These waste products as well as dead remains of organisms are converted back into inorganic ammonia and ammonium ions by the bacteria. This process is called ammonification.
Ø Some of this ammonia volatilizes and re-enters the atmosphere but most of it is converted into nitrate by soil bacteria.
Ø Nitrate present in the soil is reduced to nitrogen by the process of denitrification.
Ø In the soil as well as oceans there are special denitrifying bacteria (Pseudomonas and Thiobacillus), which convert the nitrates/nitrites to elemental nitrogen. This nitrogen escapes into the atmosphere, thus completing the cycle.
Ø Step 1: N2 Fixing Nitrogen → Ammonia or Ammonium Ions
Ø Step 2: Nitrification Ammonia or Ammonium Ions → Nitrite → Nitrate
Ø Step 3: Ammonification Dead Matter + Animal Waste (Urea, Uric Acid) → Ammonia or Ammonium Ions.
Ø Dead Matter + Animal Waste (Urea, Uric Acid) → Ammonia or Ammonium Ions [most of it escapes into atmosphere. Rest is Nitrified (Step 2) to nitrates]
Ø
Nitrate [some of it is available for plants. Rest is Denitrified (Step 4)]
Ø Step 4: Denitrification Nitrate → Nitrogen.
Ø The amount of nitrogen fixed by man through industrial process has far exceeded the amount fixed by the natural cycle.
Ø As a result Nitrogen has become a pollutant which can disrupt the balance of nitrogen. It may lead to Acid rain, Eutrophication and Harmful Algal Blooms.
Ø
Phosphorus plays a central role in aquatic ecosystems and water quality.
Ø Unlike carbon and nitrogen, which come primarily from the atmosphere, phosphorus occurs in large amounts as a mineral in phosphate rocks and enters the cycle from erosion and mining activities.
Ø This is the nutrient considered to be the main cause of excessive growth of rooted and free- floating microscopic plants (phytoplankton) in lakes [Eutrophication].
Ø The main storage for phosphorus is in the earth's crust. On land phosphorus is usually found in the form of phosphates.
Ø By the process of weathering and erosion phosphates enter rivers and streams that transport them to the ocean.
Ø In the ocean phosphorus accumulates on continental shelves in the form of insoluble deposits.
Ø After millions of years, the crustal plates rise from the sea floor and expose the phosphates on land.
Ø After more time, weathering will release them from rock and the cycle's geochemical phase begins again.
Ø The sulphur reservoir is in the soil and sediments where it is locked in organic (coal, oil and peat) and inorganic deposits (pyrite rock and sulphur rock) in the form of sulphates, sulphides and organic sulphur.
Ø It is released by weathering of rocks, erosional runoff and decomposition of organic
aquatic ecosystems in salt solution.
Ø The sulphur cycle is mostly sedimentary except two of its compounds – hydrogen sulphide (H2S) and sulphur dioxide (SO2) which add a gaseous component.
Ø Sulphur enters the atmosphere from several sources like volcanic eruptions, combustion of fossil fuels (coal, diesel etc.), from surface of ocean and from gases released by decomposition. Atmospheric hydrogen sulphide also gets oxidized into sulphur dioxide.
Ø Atmospheric sulphur dioxide is carried back to the earth after being dissolved in rainwater as weak sulphuric acid.
Ø Whatever the source, sulphur in the form of sulphates is take up by plants | 9 and incorporated through a series of metabolic processes into sulphur bearing amino acid which is incorporated in the proteins of autotroph tissues. It then passes through the grazing food chain.
Ø Sulphur bound in living organism is carried back to the soil, to the bottom of ponds and lakes and seas through excretion and decomposition of dead organic material.
A natural ecosystem is an assemblage of plants and animals which functions as a unit and is capable of maintaining its identity. There are two main categories of ecosystems.
Terrestrial ecosystem: Ecosystems found on land e.g. forest, grasslands, deserts, tundra.
Ø Arctic and Alpine Tundra Biome
Ø Taiga or Boreal Biome [Coniferous forests]
Ø Temperate Deciduous Biome [North Western Europe]
Ø Temperate Rainforest Biome
Ø Sub-Tropical Deciduous Biome in Eastern China, South Eastern USA
Ø Temperate Deciduous Biome [Mediterranean Region]
Ø Tropical Deciduous Biome [Monsoon Climate]
Ø Savanna or Tropical Wet and Dry Biome
Ø Tropical Rain Forest Biome
Ø Steppe or Temperate Grassland Biome
Ø Savanna or Tropical Wet and Dry Biome [Tropical Grasslands]
Ø Tropical and Mid Latitude Desert Biome
Ø Plants and animal community found in water bodies. These can be further classified into two sub groups.
Ø Fresh water ecosystems, such as rivers, lakes and ponds.
Ø Marine ecosystems, such as oceans, estuary and mangroves.
Ø The terrestrial part of the biosphere is divisible into enormous regions called biomes, which are characterized, by distinct climate [precipitation and temperature mainly], vegetation, animal life and general soil type.
Ø No two biomes are alike. The climate determines the boundaries of a biome and abundance of plants and animals found in each one of them. The most important climatic factors are temperature and precipitation.
Tundra Biome: There are two types of tundra – arctic and alpine.
Ø Arctic tundra extends as a continuous belt below the polar ice cap and above the tree line (taiga) in the northern hemisphere.
Ø It occupies the northern fringe of Canada, Alaska, European Russia, Siberia and island group of Arctic Ocean.
Ø On the south pole, tundra is very small since most of it is covered by ocean.
Ø Alpine tundra occurs at high mountains above the tree line. E.g. High ranges of Himalayas, Andes, Alps etc.
Ø The tundra climate is characterized by a very low mean annual temperature. In mid-winter temperatures are as low as 40 – 50 °C below freezing. Precipitation
Ø Precipitation is mainly in the form of snow and sleet.
Ø There are no trees in the tundra (Ground is frozen). Lowest form of vegetation like mosses, lichens etc. are found here and there.
Ø Coastal lowlands support hardy grasses and the reindeer moss which provide the only pasturage for reindeers.
Ø In the brief summer, berry-bearing bushes and Arctic flowers bloom.
Ø In the summer, birds migrate north to prey on the numerous insects which emerge when the snow thaws.
Ø Insects have short life cycles which are completed during favourable period of the year.
Ø Animals like the reindeer, arctic fox, wolves, musk-ox, polar bear, lemming, arctic hare, arctic willow etc. live in tundra region.
Ø Reptiles and amphibians are almost absent.
Ø Most of the animals have long life e.g. arctic willow has a life span of 150 to 300 years.
Ø They are protected from chillness by the presence of thick cuticle and
epidermal hair or fur.
Ø Mammals of the tundra region have large body size and small tail and ear to avoid the loss of heat from the surface [less surface area = less heat loss = less food required to produce heat].
Temperature
Ø Summers are brief and warm reaching 20-25 °C whereas winters are long and brutually cold – 30-40 °C below freezing.
Ø Typical annual precipitation ranges from 38 cm to 63 cm.
Ø It is quite well distributed throughout the year, with a summer maxima.
Ø In winter the precipitation is in the form of snow.
Soil: Boreal forest soils are characterized by thin podozols and are rather poor.
Ø This is because the weathering of rocks proceeds slowly in cold environments and because the litter derived from conifer needle (leaf) is decomposed very slowly and is not rich in nutrients. Moreover conifers don not shed their leaves frequently.
Ø Most podzols are poor soils for agriculture due to the sandy portion, resulting in a low level of moisture and nutrients.
Ø Some are sandy and excessively drained. Others have shallow rooting zones and poor drainage due to subsoil cementation.
Ø A low pH (acidic) further compounds issues, along with phosphate deficiencies and aluminium toxicity.
Ø The low pH (acidic) factor is due to excessive leaching of alkaline oriented cations which if present would neutralize the organic acids of the accumulating litter.
Ø The predominant vegetation is evergreen coniferous forest.
Ø Conifers are evergreen plant species such as Spruce, fir and pine trees, etc
Ø The conifers require little moisture are best suited to this type of sub-Arctic climate.
Ø The productivity and community stability of a boreal forest are lower than those of any other forest ecosystem.
Ø Animals found in this region include Siberian tiger, wolverine, lynx, wolf, bear, red fox, squirrel, and amphibians like Hyla, Rana, etc.
Ø Unlike the equatorial rain forests, Coniferous forests are of moderate density
and are more uniform. The trees in coniferous forests grow straight and tall.
Ø Almost all conifers are evergreen. There is no annual replacement of new leaves as in deciduous trees.
Ø The same leaf remains on the tree for as long as five years. Food is stored in the
trunks, and the bark is thick to protect the trunk from excessive cold.
Ø Conifers are conical in shape. Their conical shape and sloping branches prevent snow accumulation. It also offers little grip to the winds.
Ø Transpiration can be quite rapid in the warm summer. So, leaves are small, thick, leathery and needle-shaped to check excessive transpiration.
Ø The soils of the coniferous forests are poor. They are excessively leached and very acidic.
Ø Humus content is also low as the Page evergreen leaves barely fall and the rate of decomposition is slow.
Ø Under-growth is negligible because of the poor soil conditions.
Ø Absence of direct sunlight and the short duration of summer are other contributory factors.
Ø Coniferous forests are also found in regions with high elevation [Example: The forests just below the snowline in Himalayas].
Ø But on very steep slopes where soils are immature or non-existent, even the conifer cannot survive [Example: Southern slopes of Greater Himalayas].
Ø Moderately warm summers and fairly mild winters.
Ø The mean annual temperatures are usually between 5° C and 15° C.
Ø Winters are abnormally mild. This is because of the warming effect brought by warm North Atlantic Drift. [Eastern Australian warm current in case of New Zealand]
Rainfall occurs throughout the year with winter maxima.
Ø Adequate rainfall throughout the year.
Ø As in other temperate regions there are four distinct seasons.
Ø Winter is the season of cloudy skies, foggy and misty mornings, and many rainy days from the passing depressions. (Trees shed their leaved in winter to prevent snow accumulation and protect themselves from severe cold).
Ø Spring is the driest and the most refreshing season when people emerge from the depressing winter to see everything becoming green again.
Ø This is followed by the long, sunny summer.
Ø Next is the autumn with the roar of gusty winds; and the cycle repeats itself.
Ø This type of climate with its four distinct seasons is something that is conspicuously absent in the tropics. [Rainforest == Only Rainy season, Tropical Monsoon == Summer, Winter and Rainy, Tropical Savanna == Summer (rains) and Winter]
Ø Soils of temperate forests are podozolic and fairly deep.
Ø The natural vegetation of this climatic type is deciduous forest.
Ø The trees shed their leaves in the cold season.
Ø This is an adaptation for protecting themselves against the winter snow and frost.
Ø Shedding begins in autumn, the ‗fall‘ season. Growth begins in spring.
Ø Some of the common species include oak, elm, ash, birch, beech, and poplar.
Ø In the wetter areas grow willows (Light weight cricket bats are made from willows. In India willows are found in Kashmir).
Ø Most animals are the familiar vertebrates and invertebrates.
Ø Temperate rain forests receive an annual precipitation of 200 cm, mostly due to on shore westerlies.
Ø Precipitation occurs in the form of fog, rain as well as snow. Fog is quite common and is an important source of water.
Ø This is a small biome in terms of area covered. The main stretch of this habitat is along the northwestern coast of North America from northern California though southern Alaska. There are also small areas in southern Chile, New Zealand, Australia and a few other places around the world.
Ø Big coniferous trees dominate this habitat, including Douglas fir, Western red cedar, Mountain hemlock, Western hemlock, Sitka spruce and Lodgepole pine.
Ø In addition to the trees, mosses and lichens are very common, often growing as epiphytes.
Ø Grizzly Bears are the common mammals found in Alaska.
Climate
Ø Characterized by a warm moist summer and a cool, dry winter (one exception: winters are also moist in Natal Type).
Ø The mean monthly temperature varies between 4° C and 25° C and is strongly modified by maritime influence.
Ø Rainfall is more than moderate, anything from 60 cm to 150 cm.
Ø Supports a luxuriant vegetation.
Ø The lowlands carry both evergreen broad-leaved forests and deciduous trees [hardwood].
Ø On the highlands, are various species of conifers such as pines and cypresses which are important softwoods.
Ø Perennial plant growth is not checked by either a dry season or a cold season.
Name of the temperate
grassland
region
Pustaz
Hungary and surrounding areas
Prairies
North America
Pampas
Argentina and Uruguay
Bush-veld [more tropical]
Northern South Africa
High Veld [more temperate]
Southern south Africa
Downs
Southern Australia
Canterbury
New Zealand
Temperature: Climate is continental with extremes of temperature; Temperatures vary greatly between summer and winter.
Precipitation: The average rainfall may be taken as about 45 cm, but this varies according to location from 25 cm to 75 cm.
Grasses: Greatest difference from the tropical savanna is that steppes are practically treeless and the grasses are much shorter. Grasses are fresh and nutritious. This is typical of the grass of the wheat-lands in North America, the rich black earth or chernozem areas of Russian Ukraine and the better watered areas of the Asiatic Steppes.
Trees: Polewards, an increase in precipitation gives rise to a transitional zone of wooded steppes where some conifers gradually appear.
Animals: Does not have much animal diversity. Horses are common in Asian Steppes.
Ø Parts of the world that have Mediterranean type of climate are characterized by warm, dry summers and cool, moist winters.
Ø Trees with small broad leaves are widely spaced and never very tall.
Ø Regions with adequate rainfall are inhabited by low broad leafed evergreen trees [mostly evergreen oaks].
Ø Fire is an important hazardous factor in this ecosystem and the adaptation of the plants enable them to regenerate quickly after being burnt.
Ø Plants are in a continuous struggle against heat, dry air, excessive evaporation and prolonged droughts.
Ø They are, in short xerophytic [drought tolerant], a word used to describe the drought-resistant plants in an environment deficient in moisture.
Ø Unlike equatorial wet climate, monsoon climate is characterized by distinct wet and dry seasons associated with seasonal reversal of winds.
Ø Floods in wet season and droughts in dry season are common.
Ø Usually there are three seasons namely summer, winter and rainy season.
Ø Monthly mean temperatures above 18 °C.
Ø Temperatures range from 30-45° C in summer.
Ø In winters, temperature range is 15-30°
Ø C with mean temperature around 20- 25° C.
Ø Annual mean rainfall ranges from 200-250 cm. In some regions it is around 350 cm Places like Cherrapunji & Mawsynram receive an annual rainfall of about 1000 cm.
Ø Also known as drought-deciduous forest; dry forest; dry-deciduous forest; tropical deciduous forest.
Ø Teak, neem, bamboos, sal, shisham, sandalwood, khair, mulberry are some of the important species found here.
Ø This type of biome has alternate wet and dry seasons similar to monsoon climate but has considerably less annual rainfall.
Ø Also, there is no distinct rainy season like in monsoon climate. [Only two seasons – winter and summer. Rains occur in summer].
Ø Floods and droughts are common.
Ø Vegetation, wildlife and human life are quite different from monsoon climate regions.
Rainfall: Mean annual rainfall ranges from 80 – 160 cm [Rainfall decreases with distance from equator].
Temperature: Mean annual temperature is greater than 18° C. The monthly temperature hovers between 20° C and 32° C for lowland stations.
Ø The savanna landscape is typified by tall grass and short trees.
Ø The grasslands are also called as ‗bush-veld‘.
Ø The trees are deciduous, shedding their leaves in the cool, dry season to prevent excessive loss of water through transpiration, e.g. acacias.
Ø Trees usually have broad trunks, with water-storing devices to survive through the prolonged drought.
Ø Many trees are umbrella shaped, exposing only a narrow edge to the strong winds.
Ø In true savanna lands, the grass is tall and coarse, growing 6 to 12 feet high.
Ø The elephant grass may attain a height of even 15 feet.
Ø Grasses appear greenish and well-nourished in the rainy season but turns yellow and dies down in the dry season that follows.
Ø As the rainfall diminishes towards the deserts the savanna merges into thorny scrub.
Ø There are two main groups of animals in the savanna, the grass-eating herbivorous animals and the fleshing-eating carnivorous animals.
Ø The herbivorous include the zebra, antelope, giraffe, deer, gazelle, elephant etc. [most of the National geographic and Animal Planet documentaries on wild animals are shot in savanna regions] and carnivorous animals include the lion, tiger, leopard, hyena, panther, jaguar, jackal etc..
Ø Species of reptiles and mammals including crocodiles, alligators, giant lizards live together with the larger rhinoceros and hippopotamus in rivers and marshy lakes.
Ø Also known as ‗The Hot, Wet Equatorial Climate‘, ‗Equatorial Rainforest Climate‘.
Ø The regions are generally referred as ‗Equatorial Rainforests‘, ‗Equatorial Evergreen Forests‘, ‗Tropical Moist Broadleaf Forest‘, ‗Lowland Equatorial Evergreen Rainforest‘.
Ø Temperature is uniform throughout the year.
Ø The mean monthly temperatures are always around 27° C with very little variation.
Ø There is no winter. [Typical to Equatorial Rainforest Climate]
Ø Precipitation is heavy and well distributed throughout the year.
Ø Annual average is always above 150 cm. In some regions the annual average may be as high as 250 – 300 cm.
Ø High temperature and abundant rainfall support a luxuriant tropical rain forest.
Ø In the Amazon lowlands, the forest is so dense that it is called ‗selvas'. [selvas: A dense tropical rainforest usually having a cloud cover (dense canopy)]
Ø Unlike the temperate regions, the growing season here is all the year round- seeding, flowering, fruiting and decaying do not take place in a seasonal pattern.
Ø The equatorial vegetation comprises a multitude of evergreen trees that yield
Ø In the coastal areas and brackish swamps, mangrove forests thrive.
Ø All plants struggle upwards (most ephiphytes) for sunlight resulting in a peculiar layer arrangement [Canopy].
Ø Deserts are regions where evaporation exceeds precipitation.
Ø There are mainly two types – hot like the hot deserts of the Saharan type and temperate as are the mid-latitude deserts like the Gobi.
Ø They include the biggest Sahara Desert (3.5 million square miles), Great Australian Desert, Arabian Desert, Iranian Desert, Thar Desert, Kalahari and Namib Deserts.
Ø In North America, the desert extends from Mexico into U.S.A. and is called by different names at different places, e.g. the Mohave, Sonoran, Californian and Mexican Deserts.
Ø In South America, the Atacama or Peruvian Desert is the driest of all deserts with less than 2 cm of rainfall annually.
Ø The temperate deserts are rainless because of either continentality or rain- shadow effect. [Gobi desert is formed due to continentality and Patagonian desert due to rain-shadow effect]
Ø Amongst the mid-latitude deserts, many are found on plateau and are at a considerable distance from the sea. These are Ladakh, The Kyzyl Kum,
Ø The Patagonian Desert is more due to its rain-shadow position on the leeward side of the lofty Andes than to continentiality.
Ø Deserts, whether hot or mid-latitude have an annual precipitation of less than 25 cm.
Ø
There is no cold season in the hot Page deserts and the average summer | 11
temperature is high around 30°C.
Ø The highest temperature recorded is 57.77° C in 1922 at A1 Azizia, Libya. Desert Vegetation
Ø The predominant vegetation of both hot and mid-latitude deserts is xerophytic
or drought-resistant.
Ø This includes the cacti, thorny bushes, long-rooted wiry grasses and scattered dwarf acacias.
Ø Trees are rare except where there is abundant ground water to support clusters of date palms.
Ø Most desert shrubs have long roots and are well spaced out to gather moisture, and search for ground water. Plants have few or no leaves and the foliage is either waxy, leathery, hairy or needle-shaped to reduce the loss of water through transpiration.
Ø The seeds of many species of grasses and herbs have thick, tough skins to protect them while they lie dormant.
Classification of Natural Vegetation of India is primarily based on spatial and annual variations in rainfall. Temperature, soil and topography are also considered.
Annual Rainfall
Type of Vegetation
200 cm or more
Evergreen rain forests
100cm to 200cm
Mansoon deciduous forests
50cm to 100cm
Drier deciduous or tropical
savanna
25cm to 50cm
Dry thorny shrubs (Semi-arid)
Below 25cm
Desert (arid)
Ø Temperature is the major factor in Himalayas and other hilly regions with an elevation of more than 900 metres.
Ø As the temperature falls with altitude in the Himalayan region the vegetal cover changes with altitude from tropical to sub-tropical, temperate and finally alpine.
Ø Soil is an equally determining factor in few regions. Mangrove forests, swamp forests are some of the examples where soil is the major factor.
Ø Topography is responsible for certain minor types e.g. alpine flora, tidal forests, etc..
Ø India's vegetation can be divided into 5 main types and 16 sub-types as given below.
o Tropical Wet Evergreen
o Tropical Semi-Evergreen
o Tropical Moist Deciduous
o Littoral and Swamp
o Tropical Dry Evergreen
o Tropical Dry Deciduous
o Tropical Thorn
o Sub-tropical broad leaved hill
o Sub-tropical moist hill (pine)
o Sub-tropical dry evergreen
o Montane Wet Temperate
o Himalayan Moist Temperate
o Himalayan Dry Temperate
o Sub-Alpine
o Moist Alpine scrub
o Dry Alpine scrub
Ø Tropical Dry Evergreen
Ø Tropical Dry Deciduous
Ø Tropical Thorn
Tropical Dry Evergreen Forests Distribution:Along the coasts of Tamil Nadu.
Ø Annual rainfall of 100 cm [mostly from the north-east monsoon winds in October – December].
Ø Mean annual temperature is about 28°C.
Ø The mean humidity is about 75 per cent.
Ø The growth of evergreen forests in areas of such low rainfall is a bit strange.
Ø Short statured trees, up to 12 m high, with complete canopy.
Ø Bamboos and grasses not conspicuous.
Ø The important species are jamun, tamarind, neem, etc.
Ø Most of the land under these forests has been cleared for agriculture or
Tropical Dry Deciduous Forests Climatic Conditions
Ø Annual rainfall is 100-150 cm.
Ø These are similar to moist deciduous forests and shed their leaves in dry season.
Ø The major difference is that they can grow in areas of comparatively less rainfall.
Ø They represent a transitional type - moist deciduous on the wetter side and thorn forests on the drier side.
Ø They have closed but uneven canopy.
Ø The forests are composed of a mixture of a few species of deciduous trees rising up to a height of 20 metres.
Ø Undergrowth: Enough light reaches the ground to permit the growth of grass and climbers.
Ø They occur in an irregular wide strip running from the foot of the Himalayas to Kanniyakumari except in Rajasthan, Western Ghats and West Bengal.
Ø The important species are teak, axle wood, rosewood, common bamboo, red sanders, laurel, satinwood, etc.
Ø Large tracts of this forest have been cleared for agricultural purposes.
Ø These forests have suffer from over grazing, fire, etc.
Ø Annual rainfall less than 75 cm.
Ø Humidity is less than 50 per cent.
Ø Mean temperature is 25°-30°C.
The trees are low (6 to 10 metres maximum) and widely scattered. Acacias and euphorbias are prominent.
The Indian wild date is common. Some grasses also grow in the rainy season.
Ø Rajasthan, south-western Punjab, western Haryana, Kachchh and neighbouring parts of Saurashtra.
Ø Here they degenerate into desert type in the Thar desert.
Ø Such forests also grow on the leeside of the Western Ghats covering large areas of Maharashtra, Karnataka, Telangana, Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu.
The important species are neem, babul, cactii, etc.
Ø Sub-tropical broad leaved hill
Ø Sub-tropical moist hill (pine)
Ø Sub-tropical dry evergreen
Ø Mean annual rainfall is 75 cm to 125 cm.
Ø Average annual temperature is 18°-21°C.
Ø Humidity is 80 per cent.
Eastern Himalayas to the east of 88°E longitude at altitudes varying from 1000 to 2000 m.
Forests of evergreen species. Commonly found species are evergreen oaks, chestnuts, ash, beech, sals and pines.
Climbers and epiphytes [a plant that grows non-parasitically on a tree or other plant] are common.
These forests are not so distinct in the southern parts of the country. They occur only in the Nilgiri and Palni hills at 1070-1525 metres above sea level.
It is a "stunted rain-forest" and is not so luxuriant as the true tropical evergreen. The higher parts of the Western Ghats such as Mahabaleshwar, the summits of the Satpura and the Maikal Range, highlands of Bastar and Mt. Abu in the Aravali Range carry sub-types of these forests.
Western Himalayas between 73°E and 88°E longitudes at elevations between 1000 to 2000 metres above sea level.
Some hilly regions of Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Naga Hills and Khasi Hills.
Chir or Chil is the most dominant tree which forms pure stands. It provides valuable timber for furniture, boxes and buildings. It is also used for producing resin and turpentine.
Found in the Bhabar, the Shiwaliks and the western Himalayas up to about 1000 metres above sea level.
Annual rainfall is 50-100 cm (15 to 25 cm in December-March). The summers are sufficiently hot and winters are very cold.
Low scrub forest with small | 19 evergreen stunted trees and shrubs.
Olive, acacia modesta and pistacia are the most predominant species.
Montane Wet Temperate
Himalayan Moist Temperate Himalayan Dry Temperate
Grows at a height of 1800 to 3000 m above sea level Mean annual rainfall is 150 cm to 300 cm
Mean annual temperature is about 11°C to 14°C and the Average relative humidity is over 80 per cent.
Higher hills of Tamil Nadu and Kerala, in the Eastern Himalayan region.
These are closed evergreen forests. Trunks have large girth. Branches are clothed with mosses, ferns and other epiphytes. The trees rarely achieve a height of more than 6 metres.
Himalayan Moist Temperate Forests Climatic Conditions
Annual rainfall varies from 150 cm to 250 cm
Such areas are in Ladakh, Lahul, Chamba, Kinnaur, Garhwal and Sikkim.
Occurs in the temperate zone of the Himalayas between 1500 and 3300 metres. Cover the entire length of this mountain range in Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Darjeeling and Sikkim.
Mainly composed of coniferous species.
Species occur in mostly pure strands. Trees are 30 to 50 m high.
Pines, cedars, silver firs, spruce, etc. are most important trees.
They form high but fairly open forest with shrubby undergrowth including oaks, rhododendrons and some bamboos.
It provides fine wood which is of much use for construction, timber and railway sleepers.
Climatic Conditions
Precipitation is below 100 cm and is mostly in the form of snow.
Coniferous forests with xerophytic shrubs in which deodar, oak, ash, olive, etc are the main trees.
Such forests are found in the inner dry ranges of the Himalayas where south-west monsoon is very feeble.
Altitudes ranging between 2,900 to 3,500.
These forests can be divided into: (1) sub-alpine; (2) moist alpine scrub and (3) dry alpine scrub.
The sub-alpine forests occur lower alpine scrub and grasslands.
It is a mixture of coniferous and broad-leaved trees in which the coniferous trees attain a height of about 30 m while the broad leaved trees reach only 10 m.
Fir, spruce, rhododendron, etc. are important species.
The moist alpine scrub is a low evergreen dense growth of rhododendron, birch etc. which occurs from 3,000 metres and extends up to snowline.
The dry alpine scrub is the uppermost limit of scrub xerophytic, dwarf shrubs, over 3,500 metres above sea level and found in dry zone. Juniper, honeysuckle, artemesia etc. are important species.
The grasslands are found where rainfall is about 25-75 cm per year.
Grasslands are generally found in temperate climates [Steppe Grasslands – tree less]. In India, they are found mainly in the high Himalayas.
The rest of India's grasslands are mainly composed of savannas [Tropical grasslands
– trees like khetri, acacias, shrubs, cacti intersperse (scatter among or between other things) here and there].
The major difference between Indian steppes and savannas is that all the forage (food for horses and cattle) in the steppe is provided only during the brief wet season whereas in the savannas forage is largely from grasses that not only grow during the wet season but also from the smaller amount of regrowth in the dry season.
It covers the northern portion of Gujarat, Rajasthan (excluding Aravallis), western Uttar Pradesh, Delhi and Punjab.
The topography is broken up by hill spurs and sand dunes.
It covers the whole of peninsular India (except Nilgiri).
It covers the Ganga alluvial plain in Northern India. The topography is level, low lying and ill-drained. Themeda
This extends to the humid montane regions and moist sub-humid areas of Assam, Manipur, West Bengal, Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Himachal Pradesh and Jammu and Kashmir.
It is derived from the humid forests on account of shifting cultivation and sheep grazing.
The livestock wealth plays a crucial role in Indian life. It is a major source of fuel, draught power, nutrition and raw material for village industries.
Grassland biomes are important to maintain the population of livestock such as horse, mule, ass, cow, pig, sheep, goat, buffalo, camel, deer, zebra, etc.
This huge mass of livestock needs fodder for sustenance but there is not enough of it. Only about 13 million hectares in the country are classified as permanent grazing lands. But they exist in a highly degraded state.
Due to heavy grazing the mulch cover of the soil reduces and the soil is readily invaded by xerophytic plants.
Increased areas of bare soil creates a new habitat for burrowing animals such as mice, jack-rabbits, gophers, prairie dogs, locusts etc., which render large areas of forage lands sterile.
Soil surface is heavily trampled by cattle leading to pulverized (reduce to fine particles) top soil which is easily washed away by rain.
Soil trampled by cattle in wet season creates puddling which reduce the percolation of water. This leads to quick water runoff and the rate of soil erosion increases.
Reduced percolation also lowers the ground water table leading to water scarcity and drought in dry season.
Wind erosion becomes intense due to bare soil and this slowly leads to desertification of grasslands.
These changes contribute to the reduction of energy flow, and the disruption of the periodicity of the primary producers.
It results in a breakdown of the biogeochemical cycles of water, carbon and nitrogen.
Ø Fire plays an important role in the management of grasslands.
Ø Under moist conditions fire favors grass over trees, whereas in dry conditions fire is often necessary to maintain grasslands against the invasion of desert
shrubs. Burning increases the forage yields (burning of grasses and shrubs adds lot of nutrients to the soil).
Deserts are formed in regions with less than 25 cm of annual rainfall.
At high altitudes and at greater distance from the equator the deserts are cold and near the equator and at low altitudes in tropics they are hot.
The perennial plant species like bush, cactus, fetrocactus are scattered throughout the desert biomes.
Where soils are suitable, irrigation can convert deserts into some of the most productive agricultural lands.
As the large volume of water passes through the irrigation system, salts may be left behind that will gradually accumulate over the years until they become limiting.
Desert plants conserve water by following methods
They are mostly shrubs.
They have deep roots. Root system spread over large area. Their epidermal layers are made up of thick cuticle.
Leaves are absent or reduced in size.
In some plants leaves are modified into thorns or spines that can carry out photosynthesis.
Leaves and stem are succulent (having thick fleshy leaves or stems adapted to storing water) and water storing.
In some plants even the stem contains chlorophyll for photosynthesis. The seeds germinate only during the short rainy season.
They are fast runners.
They are nocturnal in habit to avoid the sun's heat during day time. They conserve water by excreting concentrated urine.
Animals and birds usually have long legs to keep the body away from the hot ground.
Lizards are mostly insectivorous and can live without drinking water for several days.
Herbivorous animals get sufficient water from the seeds which they eat.
A few species of nocturnal rodents can Page live in the desert without drinking water.
The climate of this region is characterized by excessive drought, the rainfall being scanty and irregular.
The winter rains of northern India rarely penetrate into the region.
The cold season starts from about the middle of November to the middle of March. This season is characterized by extreme variations of temperature and the temperature is frequently below freezing point at night.
During April to June the heat are intense, frequent scorching winds prevail with great desiccating effect.
The relative humidity of the atmosphere is always low.
The climate is hostile to all vegetation, only plants and animals possessing special adaptations being able to establish themselves.
The proper desert plants may be divided into two main groups. depending directly upon on rain and those depending on the presence of subterranean water.
The first group consists of two types:
the ‗ephemerals‘ and the ‗rain perennials‘.
The ephemerals are delicate annuals, apparently free from any xerophilous adaptations, having slender stems and root-systems and often large flowers.
They appear almost immediately after rain, develop flowers and fruits in an incredibly short time, and die as soon as the surface layer of the soil dries up.
The rain perennials are visible above the ground only during the rainy season, but have a perennial underground stem.
It is home to some of India's most magnificent grasslands and sanctuary for a charismatic bird, the Great Indian Bustard.
Among the mammal fauna, the blackbuck, wild ass, chinkara, caracal, sandgrouse and desert fox inhabit the open plains, grasslands, and saline depressions.
The nesting ground of Flamingoes and the only known population of Asiatic wild Ass lies in the remote part of Great Rann, Gujarat.
It is the migration flyway used by cranes and flamingos.
Cold desert of India include areas of Ladakh, Leh and Kargil of Kashmir and Spiti valley of Himachal Pradesh and some parts of northern Uttaranchal and Sikkim.
These arid areas are not affected by the Indian monsoons because they lie in the rain- shadow of the Himalayan mountain systems.
Characterized by extreme cold weather and denuded terrain they are not suitable for plant growth.
Isolated, scattered and over grazed herbaceous shrubs are found. Grazing period is less than 3-4 months.
The flora and fauna is unique to the area. Oak, pine, deodar, birch and rhododendron are the important trees and bushes found there. Major animal include yaks, dwarf cows, and goats.
Severe arid conditions - Dry Atmosphere.
Temperature less than 00 C for most of the period, drops to -500 C during winter. Mean annual rainfall less than 40 cm.
Heavy snow fall occurs between November and march. Soil type - sandy to sandy loam.
Soil pH - neutral to slight alkaline.
Soil nutrient - Poor organic matter content. Soil has low water retention capacity.
Wind erosion is more common.
Narrow growing period, mostly during the summer.
Due to aforesaid extreme cold conditions, growth of vegetation is slow and of stunted nature.
Ø Cold desert is the home of highly adaptive, rare endangered fauna, such as Asiatic Ibex, Tibetan Argali, Ladakh Uriyal, Bharal, Tibetan Antelope (chiru), Tibetan Gazelle; Wild Yak, Snow Leopard, Brown Bear, Tibetan Wolf, Wild Dog and Tibetan Wild Ass ('Kiang' a close relative of the Indian wild ass), Woolly hare, Black Necked Crane, etc.
Ø Cold desert comprises of alpine mesophytes [a plant needing only a moderate amount of water] and desert vegetation.
It is the destruction of the biological potential of the land which can ultimately lead to desert like conditions.
In arid and semiarid regions, the restoration of the fragile ecosystem is very slow, and issues like deforestation, mining enhances the desertification.
Desertification is a main problem faced by desert adjoining areas, which stretches across parts of Rajasthan, Gujarat, Punjab and Haryana.
Ø India as a signatory to United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD) has submitted National Reports to UNCCD since 2000.
Ø The National Action Programme for Combating Desertification was prepared in 2001 to take appropriate action in addressing the problems of desertification.
Ø Some of the major programmes currently implemented that address issues related to land degradation and desertification are Integrated Watershed Management Programme (IWMP), National Afforestation Programme (NAP), National Mission for Green India (GIM), The Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme (MGNREGS), Soil Conservation in the Catchment of River Valley Project and Flood Prone River, National Watershed Development Project for Rained Areas (NWDPRA), Desert Development Programme (DDP) Fodder and Feed Development Scheme-component of Grassland Development including Grass Reserves Command Area Development and Water Management (CADWM) programme etc.
The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC) has released India State of Forest Report (ISFR) 2017.
It has revealed that total forest and tree cover in India has increased of over 8,021 sq km (about
80.20 million hectare) which is one percent increase from 2015.
The increase in the forest cover has been observed as 6,778 sq km and that of tree cover as 1, 243 sq km. The total forest and tree cover is 24.39% of geographical area of the country. The increase in forest cover has been observed in Very Dense Forest (VDF) which absorbs maximum carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. It is followed by increase in forest cover in open forest.
India is ranked 10th in world, with 24.4% of land area under forest and tree cover, even though it accounts for 2.4 % of the world surface area and sustains needs of 17 % of human and 18 % livestock population. India was placed 8th in list of Top Ten nations reporting the greatest annual net gain in forest area.
15 states/UTs have above 33% of geographical area under forest cover. About 40% of country‘s forest cover is present in 9 large contiguous patches of the size of 10, 000 sq.km, or more.
7 States/UTs have more than 75% forest cover: Mizoram, Lakshadweep, Andaman & Nicobar Islands, Arunachal Pradesh, Nagaland, Meghalaya and Manipur.
8 States/UTs have forest cover between 33% to 75%: Tripura, Goa, Sikkim, Kerala, Uttarakhand, Dadra & Nagar Haveli, Chhattisgarh and Assam.
Top 5 States with maximum increase in forest cover: Andhra Pradesh (2141 sq km), followed by Karnataka (1101 sq km) and Kerala (1043 sq km), Odisha (885 sq kms) and Telangana (565 sq kms).
Top 5 States with maximum Forest cover (in terms of area): Madhya Pradesh (77,414 sq km) Arunachal Pradesh (66,964 sq km) and Chhattisgarh (55,547 sq km).
Top states with highest Forest cover in terms of percentage geographical area: Lakshadweep with (90.33%), Mizoram (86.27%) and Andaman & Nicobar Islands (81.73%)
Top 5 states where forest cover has decreased: Mizoram (531 sq km), Nagaland (450 sq km), Arunachal Pradesh (190 sq km), Tripura (164 sq km) and Meghalaya (116 sq km). These states are in North Eastern region of the country where total forest cover is very high i.e. more than 70% in each state.
The main reasons for decrease are shifting cultivation, rotational felling, other biotic pressures, diversion of forest lands for developmental activities, submergence of forest cover, agriculture expansion and natural disasters.
Mangrove eco-systems are rich in biodiversity and provide number of ecological services. They also play a major role in protecting coastal areas from erosion, tidal storms and tsunamis.
According to ISFR 2017, total mangrove cover stands at 4,921 sq km and has increased by 181 sq kms. 7 out of 12 mangrove states have shown an increase in mangrove cover and none of them show any negative change. Maharashtra (82 sq kms), Andhra Pradesh (37 sq kms) and Gujarat (33 sq kms) are top three gainers in terms of mangrove cover.
Forests play vital role in water conservation and improve water regime in area. According to ISFR 2017, water bodies inside forest cover have increased by 2,647 sq kms during the last decade. Maharashtra (432 sq kms), Gujarat (428 sq kms), Madhya Pradesh (389 sq kms) are top three states showing increase in water bodies within forest areas. Overall, almost all the states have shown a positive change in water bodies.
The extent of bamboo-bearing area in country is estimated at 15.69 million ha. There has been an increase of 1.73 million ha in bamboo area in comparison to last assessment done in 2011. There is increase of 19 million tonnes in bamboo-growing stock as compared to last assessment done in 2011. The growing stock of bamboo in forest has been estimated to be 189 million tonnes.
The India State of Forest Report 2017 (ISFR 2017) is 15th such report in the series prepared by Forest Survey of India (FSI). The report has been prepared with the help of scientific tools and contains information on forest cover, tree cover, mangrove cover, carbon stock in India‘s forests, growing stock inside and outside the forest areas and forest cover in different patch size classes.
The report for first time contains information on decadal change in water bodies in forest during 2005-2015, forest fire, production of timber from outside forest, state wise carbon stock in different forest types and density classes. FSI has been assessing the forest and tree resources o
The water-bodies have great diversity in fauna and flora. Aquatic systems have distinct zones characterised with distinct plants, animals and micro-organisms. The variations in the fauna and flora of water-bodies is mainly due to variations in temperature, salinity, thermocline, photic- zone (depth of penetration of light in water), dissolved nutrients, mud, silt and inorganic contents in the water. The main characteristics of aquatic systems have been given in table
Ø Eutrophic water body: it is a a body of water rich in nutrients and so supporting a dense plant population, the decomposition of which kills animal life by depriving it of oxygen.
Ø Eutrophication is the response to the addition of nutrients such as nitrates and
phosphates naturally or artificially, fertilizing the aquatic ecosystem.
Ø Algal blooms are the consequence of Eutrophication.
Ø Eutrophication occurs naturally due to deposition of nutrients [such as in depositional environments] carried by flood waters. It takes over centuries for eutrophication to occur naturally.
Ø Similar nutrient enrichment of lakes at an accelerated rate is caused by human activities [discharge of wastewaters or agricultural runoff, Combustion of fossil fuel (produces gases —nitrogen oxides), growing urban population in the coastal areas) and the consequent phenomenon is known as ‗cultural eutrophication‘. It takes only decades.
Ø Phytoplankton (algae and blue-green bacteria) thrive on the excess nutrients.
Ø Loss of fresh water lakes: Eutrophication eventually creates detritus layer in lakes and produces successively shallower depth of surface water. Eventually the water body is and their population explosion covers almost entire surface layer. This condition is known as algal bloom.
Ø Oxygen in aquatic ecosystem is replenished by photosynthetic aquatic plants. Algal Blooms restrict the penetration of sunlight resulting in death of aquatic plants, and hence restricts the replenishment of oxygen.
Ø The oxygen level is already depleted due to the population explosion of phytoplankton.
Ø Phytoplankton are photosynthetic during day time adding oxygen to aquatic ecosystem. But during nights, they consume far more oxygen as they respire
Algal blooms accentuate the rate of oxygen depletion as the population of phytoplankton is very high.
Ø The primary consumers like small fish are killed due to oxygen deprivation caused by algal blooms.
Ø Death of primary consumers adversely effects the food chain and leads to the destruction of higher life forms. Further, more oxygen is taken up by microorganisms during the decomposition process of dead algae, plants and fishes. Due to reduced oxygen level, the remaining fishes and other aquatic organisms also die. All this eventually leads to degradation of aquatic ecosystem.
Ø The new anaerobic conditions [absence of oxygen] created promote growth of bacteria such as Clostridium botulinum which produces toxins deadly to aquatic organisms, birds and mammals.
Ø Reduced into marsh whose plant community is transformed from an aquatic environment to recognizable terrestrial ecosystem. [Lakes are one of the major sources of fresh water]
Ø New species invasion: Eutrophication may cause the ecosystem competitive by transforming the normal limiting nutrient to abundant level. This cause shifting in species composition of ecosystem.
Ø Toxicity: Some algal blooms when died or eaten, release neuro & hepatotoxins which can kill aquatic organism & pose threat to humans. E.g. Shellfish poisoning.
Ø Loss of coral reefs: Occurs due to decrease in water transparency (increased turbidity).
Ø Affects navigation due to increased turbidity; creates colour (yellow, green, red), smell and water treatment problems; increases biomass of inedible toxic phytoplankton, benthic and epiphytic algae and bloom of gelatinous zooplankton.
Ø Checking water pollution is the ultimate solution to eutrophication.
Ø Treating Industrial effluents domestic sewage to remove nutrient rich sludge through waste water processing.
Ø Riparian buffer: Interfaces between a flowing body of water and land created near the waterways, farms, roads, etc. in an attempt to filter pollution. Sediments and nutrients are deposited in the buffer zones instead of deposition in water [Wetlands, estuaries are natural riparian buffers].
Ø Increase in efficiency of nitrogen & phosphorous fertilizers and using them in adequate levels.
Ø Nitrogen testing & modeling: N-Testing is a technique to find the optimum amount of fertilizer required for crop plants. It will reduce the amount of nitrogen lost to the surrounding area.
Ø Encouraging organic farming.
Ø Reduction in nitrogen emission from vehicles and power plants.
Ø Algae or phytoplankton are microscopic organisms that can be found naturally in coastal waters.
Ø They are major producers of oxygen and food for many of the animals that live in these waters.
Ø The term "red tide" is a misnomer because blooms are not always red, they are not associated with tides, they are usually not harmful, and some species can be harmful or dangerous at low cell concentrations that do not discolor the water.
Ø Water temperature has also been related to the occurrence of algal blooms, with unusually warm water being conducive to blooms.
Ø A bloom often results in a color change in the water. Algal blooms can be any color, but the most common ones are red or brown. These blooms are commonly referred to as red or brown tides.
Ø Most algal blooms are not harmful but some produce toxins and do affect fish, birds, marine mammals and humans. The toxins may also make the surrounding air difficult to breathe. These are known as Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs).
Ø Harmful Algal Blooms are considered an environmental hazard because these events can make people sick when contaminated shellfish or finfish are eaten, or when people breathe aerosolized HAB toxins near the beach.
Ø HAB events adversely affect commercial and recreational fishing, tourism, and valued habitats, creating a significant impact on local economies and the livelihood of coastal residents.
Ø "Red Tide" is a common name for such a phenomenon where certain phytoplankton species contain pigments and "bloom" such that the human eye perceives the water to be discolored.
Ø Blooms can appear greenish, brown, and even reddish orange depending upon the type of organism, the type of water, and the concentration of the organisms.
Ø Aquatic ecosystems refers to plant and animal communities occurring in water bodies. Aquatic ecosystems are classified on the basis of salinity into following types:
Ø Fresh water ecosystems — Water on land which is continuously cycling and has low salt content (always less than 5 ppt) is known as fresh water. There are two types of fresh water ecosystems: (i) Static or still water (Lentic) ecosystems e.g. pond, lake, bogs and swamps. (ii) Running water (Lotic) ecosystems e.g. springs, mountain brooks, streams and rivers.
Ø Marine ecosystems — the water bodies containing salt concentration equal to or above that of sea water (i.e., 35 ppt or above). Eg: shallow seas and open ocean.
Ø Brackish water ecosystems — these water bodies have salt content in between 5 to 35 ppt. e.g. estuaries, salt marshes, mangrove swamps and forests.
Ø The aquatic organisms are classified on the basis of their zone of occurrence.
Ø Neuston: These organisms live at the air-water interface e.g. floating plants.
Ø Periphyton: These are organisms which remain attached to stems and leaves of rooted plants or substances emerging above the bottom mud such as sessile algae.
Ø Plankton: Microscopic floating organisms such as algae, diatoms, protozoans and larval forms are called plankton. This group includes both microscopic plants like algae (phytoplankton) and animals like crustaceans and protozoans (zooplankton).
Ø The locomotory power of the planktons is limited so that their distribution is controlled, largely, by currents in the aquatic ecosystems.
Ø Nekton: This group contains powerful swimmers that can overcome the water currents. The animals range in size from the swimming insects to the largest blue whale.
Ø Benthos: The benthic organisms are those found living in the bottom of the water mass.
Ø Sunlight and oxygen are the most important limiting factors of the aquatic ecosystems
Ø Sunlight penetration rapidly diminishes as it passes down the column of water.
Ø The depth to which light penetrates a lake determines the extent of plant distribution.
Ø Suspended particulate matters such as clay, silt, phytoplankton, etc. make the water turbid.
Ø Turbidity limits the extent of light penetration and the photosynthetic activity in a significant way.
Ø Based on light penetration and plant distribution they are classified as photic and aphotic zones.
Ø Photic (or "euphotic") zone is the portion that extends from the lake surface down to where the light level is 1% of that at the surface. The depth of this zone depends on the transparency of water.
Ø It is the upper layer of the aquatic ecosystems within which photosynthetic activity is confined. Both photosynthesis and respiration activity takes place.
Ø The lower layers of the aquatic ecosystems, where light penetration and plant growth are restricted forms the aphotic zone (profundal zone). Only respiration activity takes place in this zone.
Ø Aphotic zone extends from the end of the photic zones to bottom of the lake.
Ø In fresh water the average concentration of dissolved oxygen is 10 parts per million or 10 ppm by weight. This is 150 times lower than the concentration of oxygen in an equivalent volume of air.
Ø Oxygen enters the aquatic ecosystem through the air water interface and by the photosynthetic activities of aquatic plants.
Ø Dissolved oxygen escapes the water body through air-water interface and through respiration of organisms (fish, decomposers, zooplanktons, etc.).
Ø The amount of dissolved oxygen retained in water is also influenced by temperature. Oxygen is less soluble in warm water. Warm water also enhances decomposer activity. Therefore, increasing the temperature of a water body increases the rate at which oxygen is depleted from water.
Ø When the dissolved oxygen level falls below 3-5 ppm, many aquatic organisms are likely to die.
Ø An ice layer on the top of a water body can effectively cut off light. Photosynthesis stops but respiration continues in such water body.
Ø If the water body is shallow, the oxygen gets depleted and the fish die. This condition is known as winterkill.
Ø Since water temperatures are less subject to change, the aquatic organisms have narrow temperature tolerance limit.
Ø As a result, even small changes in water temperature are a great threat to the survival of aquatic organisms when compared to the changes in air temperatures in the terrestrial organisms.
Ø Any body of standing water, generally large enough in area and depth is known as lake.
Ø The largest lake in the world is lake Superior in North America. Lake Baikal in Siberia is the deepest. Chilka lake of Orissa is largest lake in India.
Ø Three main zones can be differentiated in a lake:-
o Peripheral zone (littoral zone) with shallow water.
o Open water beyond the littoral zone where water is quite deep.
o Benthic zone (bottom) or the floor of the lake.
Ø Lakes receive their water from surface runoff (sometimes also groundwater discharge) and along with it various chemical substances and mineral matter eroded from the land.
Ø Over periods spanning millennia, ageing occurs as the lakes accumulate mineral and organic matter and gradually, get filled up.
Ø The nutrient-enrichment of the lakes promotes the growth of algae, aquatic plants and various fauna. This process is known as natural ‗eutrophication‘.
Ø Similar nutrient enrichment of lakes at an accelerated rate is caused by human activities (discharge of wastewaters or agricultural runoff) and the consequent ageing phenomenon is known as ‗cultural eutrophication‘.
Ø On the basis of their nutrient content, lakes are categorized as Oligotrophic | 5 (very low nutrients), Mesotrophic (moderate nutrients) and Eutrophic (highly nutrient rich).
Ø Vast majority of lakes in India are either eutrophic or mesotrophic because of the nutrients derived from their surroundings or organic wastes entering them.
Parameter
Oligotrophic
Eutrophic
Oxygen in the bottom layer
Present
Absent
Depth
Tend to be deeper
Tend to be shallower
Water quality for domestic &
Good
Poor
industrial uses
Number of plants and animal
species
Many
fewer
Ø Coral reefs are built by and made up of thousands of tiny animals—coral ―polyps‖—that are related to anemones and jellyfish.
Ø Polyps are shallow water organisms which have a soft body covered by a calcareous skeleton. The polyps extract calcium salts from sea water to form these hard skeletons.
Ø The polyps live in colonies fastened to the rocky sea floor.
Ø The tubular skeletons grow upwards and outwards as a cemented calcareous rocky mass, collectively called corals.
Ø When the coral polyps die, they shed their skeleton [coral] on which new polyps grow.
Ø The cycle is repeated for over millions of years leading to accumulation of layers of corals [shallow rock created by these depositions is called reef].
Ø These layers at different stages give rise to various marine landforms. One such important landform is called coral reef.
Ø Coral reefs over a period of time transform or evolve into coral islands (Lakshadweep).
Ø The corals occur in different forms and colours, depending upon the nature of salts or constituents they are made of.
Ø Small marine plants (algae) also deposit calcium carbonate contributing to coral growth.
Fringing reef, barrier reef and atoll (coral islands are formed on atolls) are the most important relief features.
Fringing reefs are reefs that grow directly from a shore. They are located very close to land, and often form a shallow lagoon between the beach and the main body of the reef.
Ø A fringing reef runs as a narrow belt [1-2 km wide]. This type of reef grows from the deep sea bottom with the seaward side sloping steeply into the deep sea. Coral polyps do not extend outwards because of sudden and large increase in depth.
Ø The fringing reef is by far the most common of the three major types of coral reefs, with numerous examples in all major regions of coral reef development.
Ø Fringing reefs can be seen at the New Hebrides Society islands off Australia and off the southern coast of Florida.
What is a lagoon?
Ø A lagoon - as used in the context of coral reef typology - refers to a comparatively wide band of water that lies between the shore and the main area of reef development, and contains at least some deep portions.
Ø Barrier reefs are extensive linear reef complexes that parallel a shore, and are separated from it by lagoon.
Ø This is the largest (in size, not distribution) of the three reefs, runs for hundreds of kilometres and is several kilometres wide. It extends as a broken, irregular ring around the coast or an island, running almost parallel to it.
Ø Barrier reefs are far less common than fringing reefs or atolls, although examples can be found in the tropical Atlantic as well as the Pacific.
Ø The 1200-mile long Great Barrier Reef off the NE coast of Australia is the world's largest example of this reef type.
Ø
The GBR is not actually a single reef as the name implies, but rather a very large complex consisting of many reefs.
Land areas of poor surface drainage, such as marshes and swamps are known as wetlands. The wetland ecosystems experience periodic flooding from the adjacent deep-water habitat, and therefore supports plants and animals specifically adapted to such shallow flooding or water logging. Wetlands are shallow lakes, generally less than three meters in depth.
Wetlands include lake littorals (marginal areas between the highest and the lowest water level of the lakes), floodplains, bogs, fens, peat-land, marshy and swampy areas.
The wetlands may be classified into (i)inland wetland, (ii) coastal wetland. The inland wetland may be natural or man-made. The natural inland wetlands include lakes, ponds, ox-bow lakes, bogs, swamps and marsh, while the man-made wetlands include reservoirs, tanks and waterlogged tracts.
The coastal wetlands include bays, backwaters, creek, estuaries, lagoons, mangroves, salt marsh, tidal-flats. There may be man-made wetlands also along the coasts like salt-pans and aquaculture tracts.
Wetlands have great significance for humanity and ecology. Some of the important benefits from the wetlands are: (i) they are the habitats of aquatic plants, animals, birds including the migratory species, (ii) areas where sediments and nutrients are filtered from the surface water, (iii) they help in the purification of water, (iv) they mitigate floods, (v) help in the recharge of underground water table, (vi) provide drinking water, fish, fodder and fuel, (vii) help in maintaining biodiversity, and (viii) promote tourism and ecotourism.
The wetlands are however, depleting at a faster pace. The main causes of depletion of wetlands are: (i) rapid growth of population, (ii) encroachment of agriculture on wetlands, (iii) over- grazing, (iv) aquaculture, (v) reclamation, (vi) water-pollution, (vii) dumping grounds for industrial and domestic waste.
Ø Wetlands are indispensable for the countless benefits or ―ecosystem services‖ that they provide humanity, ranging from freshwater supply, food and building materials, and biodiversity, to flood control, groundwater recharge, and climate change mitigation.
Ø Wetlands are habitat to aquatic flora and fauna, numerous species of native and migratory birds.
Ø Wetlands are an important resource for sustainable tourism.
Ø They carry out water purification, filtration of sediments and nutrients from surface water.
Ø They help in nutrients recycling, groundwater recharging and stabilisation of local climate. Play an important role in flood mitigation by controlling the rate of runoff. Buffer (act as a riparian buffer) shorelines against erosion and pollutants. They act as a genetic reservoir for various species of plants (especially rice).
Ø Excessive pollutants (Industrial effluents, domestic waste, agricultural runoff etc.) are dumped into wetlands beyond the recycling capacity.
Ø Habitat destruction and deforestation create ecological imbalance by altering the population of wetland species.
Ø Conversion of wetlands for agriculture and encroachment by public and mafia.
Ø Overfishing and fish farming (Aquaculture).
Ø Overgrazing in marshy soils.
Ø Removal of sand from beds near seas makes the wetland vulnerable to wave action and tidal bore.
Ø Demarcation of wetlands using the latest technology, proper enforcement of laws and stringent punishments for violators.
Ø Preventing unsustainable aquaculture and cultivation of shellfish.
Ø Treating industrial effluents and water from farmlands before discharging into wetlands.
Ø Utilizing wetlands on a sustainable basis by giving enough time for natural regeneration.
Ø Artificial regeneration for a quick recovery.
Ø Afforestation, weed control, preventing invasive species is the key to wetland conservation.
Ø Preventive measures to stop the introduction of exotic invasive species like water hyacinth.
Ø Soil conservation measures & afforestation.
Ø Preventing grazing in peripherals of wetlands.
Ø Wildlife conservation, sustainable tourism, eco-tourism and sensitizing local populace.
Ø Eutrophication abatement by processing nutrient rich discharge into the water body.
Ø Involving the local population in the conservation of wetlands.
Ø Ramsar Convention on Wetlands
Ø Ramsar Sites in India
Ø Wetlands International
Ø National Wetlands Conservation Programme (NWCP)
Ø Wetlands International is a global organisation (NGO) that works to sustain and restore wetlands and their resources for people and biodiversity.
Ø Wetlands International‘s work ranges from research, advocacy and engagement with governments, corporate and international policy fora and conventions.
Ø NWCP was implemented in the year 1985-86.
Ø Under the programme, 115 wetlands have been identified by the MoEF which require urgent conservation and management interventions.
Ø Criteria for identification of wetlands of national importance under NWCP are the same as those prescribed under the Ramsar Convention on Wetlands.
Ø The Central Government is responsible for the overall coordination of wetland conservation programmes.
Ø It also provides guidelines, financial & technical assistance to state govt.
Ø Since the land resources belong to them, the State Governments/UT Administration are responsible for the management of wetlands.
Ø International treaty for ―the conservation and sustainable use of wetlands‖.
Ø It is also known as the Convention on Wetlands.
Ø It is named after the city of Ramsar in Iran.
Ø The Convention was signed on 2nd of February 1971.
Ø The 2nd of February each year is World Wetlands Day.
Ø Number of parties to the convention (COP) is170.
Ø At the centre of the Ramsar philosophy is the ―wise use‖ of wetlands.
Ø Wise use: maintenance of ecological character within the context of sustainable development.
Need for Such Convention
Ø Wetlands are indispensable for the countless benefits or ―ecosystem services‖ that they provide ranging from freshwater supply, food and building materials, and biodiversity, flood control, groundwater recharge, and climate change mitigation.
Ø 64% of the world‘s wetlands have disappeared in the last century.
What is wetland
Ø The Convention uses a broad definition of wetlands. It includes all lakes and rivers, underground aquifers, swamps and marshes, wet grasslands, peatland, oases, estuaries, deltas and tidal flats, mangroves and other coastal areas, coral reefs, and all human-made sites such as fish ponds, rice paddies, reservoirs and salt pans.
COP
Ø COP is the policy-making organ of the Convention which adopts decisions (Resolutions and Recommendations) to administer the work of the Convention.
Ø Every three years, representatives of the Contracting Parties meet as the Conference of the Contracting Parties (COP)
Ø COP12 was held in Punta del Este, Uruguay in 2015. COP13 took place in Dubai, United Arab Emirates, in 2018.
Under the Convention, the Contracting Parties commit to:
Ø Work towards the wise use of all their wetlands;
Ø Designate suitable wetlands for the List of Wetlands of International Importance (the
―Ramsar List‖) and ensure their effective management;
Ø Cooperate internationally on trans boundary wetlands, shared wetland systems and shared species.
Ø At the time of joining the Convention, each Contracting Party undertakes to designate at least one wetland site for inclusion in the List of Wetlands of International Importance.
Ø The inclusion of a ―Ramsar Site‖ in the List embodies the government‘s commitment to take the steps necessary to ensure that its ecological character is maintained.
Ø There are over 2,300 Ramsar Sites on the territories of 170 Ramsar Contracting Parties across the world.
Ø The countries with the most Sites are the United Kingdom with 170 and Mexico with 142.
Ø Bolivia has the largest area under Ramsar protection.
Transboundary Ramsar Sites
Ø Contracting Parties are designating their new and existing Ramsar Sites as Transboundary Ramsar Sites.
Ø These are ecologically coherent, shared wetlands extending across national borders, which are managed collaboratively.
The Montreux Record
Ø The Montreux Record is a register of wetland sites on the List of Wetlands of International Importance where changes in ecological character have occurred, are occurring, or are likely to occur as a result of technological developments, pollution or other human interference.
Ø It is maintained as part of the Ramsar List.
International Organization Partners
Ø The Ramsar Convention works closely with six organisations known as International Organization Partners (IOPs). These are:
1. Birdlife International
2. International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN)
3. International Water Management Institute (IWMI)
4. Wetlands International
5. WWF
6. International Wildfowl & Wetlands Trust (WWT) Other Partners
Ø Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
Ø Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD),
Ø Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals
Ø Convention on Migratory Species (CMS),
Ø World Heritage Convention (WHC) and
Ø Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES).
Ø Project funding is done by various groups like multilateral development banks, bilateral donors, UN agencies such as UNEP, UNDP, Non-governmental organisations etc.
Criteria for Identification of Wetlands under Ramsar Convention If a wetland
Ø contains a representative, rare, or unique example of a natural or near-natural wetland type.
Ø supports vulnerable, endangered, or critically endangered species; or threatened ecological communities.
Ø supports populations of plant and/or animal species important for maintaining the biological diversity of a particular biogeographic region.
Ø supports plant and/or animal species at a critical stage in their life cycles or provides refuge during adverse conditions.
Ø regularly supports 20,000 or more water birds.
Ø regularly supports 1% of the individuals in a population of one species or subspecies of water birds.
Ø supports a significant proportion of indigenous fish subspecies
Ø is an important source of food for fishes, spawning ground, nursery and/or migration path.
Ø is an important source of food and water resource, increased possibilities for recreation and eco-tourism, etc.
Ø An estuary is a place where a river or a stream opens into the sea (mouth of the river).
Ø It is a partially enclosed coastal area of brackish water (salinity varies between 0-35 ppt) with one or more rivers or streams flowing into it, and with a free connection to the open sea.
Ø At the estuaries, fresh water carrying fertile silt and runoff from the land mixes with the salty sea water.
Ø Estuaries form a transition zone (ecotone) between river environments and maritime environments.
Ø Examples of estuaries are river mouths, coastal bays, tidal marshes, lagoons and deltas.
Ø Estuaries are formed due to rise in sea level, movement of sand and sandbars,glacial processes and tectonic processes.
Ø All the plants and animals in the estuaries are subjected to variations in salinity to which they are adapted (osmoregulation).
Ø Estuaries are greatly influenced by tidal action. They are periodically washed by sea water once or twice a day based on the number of tides.
Ø In some narrow estuaries, tidal bores are significant. Tidal bores cause great damage to the estuarine ecology.
Ø They are the most productive (more productive than wetlands) water bodies in the world because of the mixing of fresh water and saline water zone where marine organisms of both the ecosystems meet.
Ø Ecotone regions (transitional zones) like mangroves, wetlands, estuaries, grasslands etc. have far greater are ideal locations for the construction of ports and harbours The banks of estuarine channels form a favored location for human settlements, which use the estuaries for fishing and commerce, but nowadays also for dumping civic and industrial waste.
Ø Mangroves represent a characteristic littoral (near the sea shore) forest ecosystem.
Ø These are mostly evergreen forests that grow in sheltered low lying coasts, estuaries, mudflats, tidal creeks backwaters (coastal waters held back on land), marshes and lagoons of tropical and subtropical regions.
Ø Mangroves grow below the high water level of spring tides. The best locations are where abundant silt is brought down by rivers or on the backshore of accreting sandy beaches.
Ø Mangroves are highly productive ecosystems and the trees may vary in height from 8 to 20 m. They protect the shoreline from the effect of cyclones and tsunamis.
Ø They are breeding and spawning ground for many commercially important fishes.
Ø Since mangroves are located between the land and sea they represent the best example of ecotone.
Ø Mangroves are shrubs or small trees that grow in coastal saline or brackish water.
Ø Mangroves are salt tolerant trees, also called halophytes, and are adapted to life in harsh coastal conditions.
Ø Mangrove vegetation facilitates more water loss. Leaves are thick and contain salt secreting glands. Some block absorption of salt at their roots itself.
Ø They contain a complex salt filtration system and complex root system to cope with salt water immersion and wave action.
Ø They are adapted to the low oxygen (anoxic) conditions of waterlogged mud.
Ø They produces pneumatophores (blind roots) to overcome respiration problem in the anaerobic soil conditions.
Ø Mangroves occur worldwide in the tropics and subtropics, mainly between latitudes 25° N and 25° S.
Ø They require high solar radiation to filter saline water through their roots. This explains why mangroves are confined to only tropical and sub-tropical coastal waters.
Ø Mangroves occur in a variety of configurations. Some species (e.g. Rhizophora) send arching prop roots down into the water. While other (e.g.Avicennia) sendvertical
―Pneumatophores‖ or air roots up from the mud.
Ø Adventitious roots which emerged from the main trunk of a tree above ground level are called stilt roots.
Ø Mangroves exhibit Viviparity mode of reproduction. i.e. seeds germinate in the tree itself (before falling to the ground).
Ø This is an adaptive mechanism to overcome the problem of germination in saline water.
Ø The mangroves of Sundarbans are the largest single block of tidal holophytic mangroves of the world.
Ø The major species of this dense mangrove forest include Herritiera fames, Rhizophora spp., Bruguiera spp., Ceriops decandra, Sonneratia spp. and Avicennia spp., Nypa fruticans are found along the creeks.
Ø This mangrove forest is famous for the Royal Bengal Tiger and crocodiles. Mangrove areas here are being cleared for agricultural use.
Ø The mangroves of Bhitarkanika (Orissa), which is the second largest in the Indian sub- continent, harbour high concentration of typical mangrove species and high genetic diversity.
Ø Mangrove swamps occur in profusion in the intertidal mudflats on both side of the creeks in the Godavari-Krishna deltaic regions of Andhra Pradesh.
Ø Mangroves of Pichavaram and Vedaranyam are degraded mainly due to construction of aquaculture ponds and salt pans.
Ø On the west coast of India, mangroves, mostly scrubby and degraded occur along the intertidal region of estuaries and creeks in Maharashtra, Goa and Karnataka.
Ø The mangrove vegetation in the coastal zone of Kerala is very sparse and thin.
Ø In Gujarat (north-west coast) mangroves Avicennia marine, Avicennia officinalis and Rhizophora mucronata are found mainly in Gulf of Kachchh and the Kori creek.
Ø Mangroves are of scrubby type with stunted growth, forming narrow, discontinuous patches on soft clayey mud.
Ø The condition of the mangroves is improving especially in the Kori creek region, which is a paleodelta of the Indus river.
Ø In size, mangroves range from bushy stands of dwarf mangroves found in Gulf of Kuchchh, to taller stands found in the Sunderbans.
Ø On the Andaman & Nicobar Islands, the small tidal estuaries, neritic inlets and the lagoons support a dense and diverse undisturbed mangrove flora.
Ø Mangrove plants have (additional) special roots such as prop roots, pneumatophores which help to impede water flow and thereby enhance the deposition of sediment in areas (where it is already occurring), stabilize the coastal shores, provide breeding ground for fishes.
Ø Mangroves moderate monsoonal tidal floods and reduce inundation of coastal lowlands.
Ø They prevents coastal soil erosion.
Ø They protects coastal lands from tsunami, hurricanes and floods.
Ø Mangroves enhance natural recycling of nutrients.
Ø Mangrove supports numerous flora, avifauna and wild life.
Ø Provide a safe and favorable environment for breeding, spawning, rearing of several fishes.
Ø They supplies woods, fire wood, medicinal plants and edible plants to local people.
Ø They provides numerous employment opportunities to local communities and augments their livelihood.
Ø They are destroyed for conversion of area for agricultural purpose, fuel, fodder and, salinization, mining, oil spills, aqua cultural (shrimp farming), use of chemical pesticides & fertilizers, industrial purposes.
Ø The ozone layer is a deep layer in the stratosphere, encircling the Earth, that has large amounts of ozone in it. The layer shields the entire Earth from much of the harmful ultraviolet radiation that comes from the sun.
Ø Interestingly, it is also this ultraviolet radiation that forms the ozone in the first
place. Ozone is a special form of oxygen, made up of three oxygen atoms rather than the usual two oxygen atoms. It usually forms when some type of radiation or electrical discharge separates the two atoms in an oxygen molecule (O2), which can then individually recombine with other oxygen molecules to form ozone (O3).
Ø The ozone layer became more widely appreciated by the public when it was realized that certain chemicals mankind manufactures, called chlorofluorocarbons, find their way up into the stratosphere where, through a complex series of chemical reactions, they destroy some of the ozone. As a result of this discovery, an international treaty was signed in 1973 called the Montreal Protocol, and the manufacture of these chemicals was greatly reduced.
Ø The ozone layer has since begun to recover somewhat as a result of these efforts, but there is some science which now suggests that the major volcanic eruptions (mainly El Chichon in 1983 and and Mt. Pinatubo in 1991) which have occurred since we started monitoring ozone with satellites in the late 1970's, could have also contributed to the ozone depletion.
Ø The amount of stratospheric ozone overhead on any given day and at any given location varies quite a bit. Because of vertical circulations of air in both the troposphere and the stratosphere, there can be greater or lesser amounts of ozone protecting you from ultraviolet radiation. Also, living at higher elevations exposes people to more UV radiation than at low elevations.
Ø While stratospheric ozone which protects us from the sun is good, there is also ozone produced near the ground from sunlight interacting with atmospheric pollution in cities that is bad for human health. It causes breathing problems for some people, and usually occurs in the summertime when the pollution over a city builds up during stagnant air conditions associated with high pressure areas.
Ø Polar vortex and ozone depletion are two distinct but related phenomena.
Ø Ozone gas is continuously formed by the action of UV rays on molecular oxygen in the stratosphere. Also, ozone is simultaneously degraded into molecular oxygen in the stratosphere.
Ø There should be a balance between production and degradation of ozone in the stratosphere so that there is a continuous layer of ozone.
Ø Of late, the balance has been disrupted due to enhancement of ozone degradation by chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) [chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs)
Ø are
halocarbons]. There is a steady decline of about 4% in the total volume of ozone in Earth's stratosphere.
Ø Much larger decrease in stratospheric ozone is observed around Earth's polar regions. Halocarbon == a compound in which the hydrogen of a hydrocarbon is replaced by halogens like chlorine, bromine, iodine etc.
Ø The thickness of the ozone in a column of air from the ground to the top of the atmosphere is measured in terms of Dobson units (DU).
Ø The ozone measurement instruments and techniques are varied. Some of them are the Dobson spectrometer and the filter ozonometer called M83.
Ø Photodissociation (under the influence of sunlight) of ozone-depleting substances (ODS) like halocarbon refrigerants (CFCs), halocarbon solvents (Methyl Chloroform, carbon tetrachloride), propellants, and foam-blowing agents (CFCs, HCFCs, carbon tetrachloride and trichloroethane, freons, halons [used in firefighting]) creates free chlorine atoms that destroy ozone.
Ø Bromine containing compounds called halons and HBFCs, i.e. hydrobromo fluorocarbons [both used in fire extinguishers and methyl bromide (a widely used pesticide)] release bromine atoms similar to CFCs that release chlorine atoms.
Ø Each bromine atom destroys hundred times of more ozone molecules than what a chlorine atom does.
Ø Polar vortex (circumpolar vortex) is a polar cyclone.
Ø A polar vortex is a large pocket of very cold air, typically the coldest air in the Northern Hemisphere, which sits over the polar region during the winter season.
Ø Polar vortex is closely associated with jet streams [Rossby waves].
Ø It is formed mainly in winter and gets weaker in summer.
Ø It surrounds polar highs and lie within the polar front (boundary separating the temperate and polar air masses).
Ø
Extend from 12 km – 22 km above the surface. They are nacreous clouds.
Ø Nacreous clouds, sometimes called mother-of-pearl clouds, are rare clouds.
Ø They are mostly visible within two hours after sunset or before dawn.
Ø They form in frigid regions of the lower stratosphere, some 15 - 25 km (9 -16 mile) high and well above tropospheric clouds.
Ø They are bright even after sunset and before dawn because at those heights there is still sunlight.
Ø
They are seen mostly during winter at high latitudes like Scandinavia, Iceland, Alaska and Northern Canada. Sometimes, however, they occur as far south as England.
Ø PSCs or nacreous clouds contain water, nitric acid and/or sulfuric acid.
Ø They are formed mainly during the event of polar vertex in winter; more intense at south pole.
Ø The Cl-catalyzed ozone depletion is dramatically enhanced in the presence of polar stratospheric clouds (PSCs) [Finally this how polar vortex contributes to
Ø A number of naturally occurring substances like Hydrogen oxide (HOx), Methane (CH4), Hydrogen gas (H2), Nitrogen oxides (NOx) aid Page the process of ozone depletion.
Ø PSCs convert "reservoir" compounds into reactive free radicals (Cl and ClO).
Ø These free radicals deplete ozone as shown in the animation below. So PSC accelerate ozone depletion.
Ø UV rays are highly injurious to living organisms since DNA and proteins of living
organisms preferentially absorb UV rays, and its high energy breaks the chemical bonds within these molecules.
Ø UV radiation of wavelengths shorter than UV-B, are almost completely absorbed by Earth‘s atmosphere, given that the ozone layer is intact.
Ø But if UV-B manages to reach the troposphere due to ozone depletion, DNA and mutation may occur. It causes aging of skin, damage to skin cells and various types of skin cancers.
Ø In human eye, cornea absorbs UV-B radiation, and a high dose of UV-B causes inflammation of cornea, called snow-blindness cataract, etc. Such exposure may permanently damage the cornea.
Ø Increased susceptibility to skin-cancer
Ø Increase cataract (a medical condition in which the lens of the eye becomes progressively opaque, resulting in blurred vision)
Ø Damage DNA (DNA mutations)
Ø Damage to cornea and causes retinal diseases
Ø Suppresses human immune systems
Psychological and developmental processes of plants are affected by UV-B radiation.
Ø Inhibits photosynthesis
Ø Inhibits metabolism
Ø Represses growth
Ø Destroys cells
Ø Causes DNA mutations
Ø Decline in forest productivity
Ø Exposure to solar UV-B radiation has been shown to affect both orientation mechanisms and motility in phytoplankton, resulting in reduced survival rates for plankton population adversely affecting marine food chain.
Ø Marine/freshwater organisms are very sensitive to UV-rays. E.g. Corals
Ø Increase in UV-B radiation result in higher photo dissociation rates of key trace gases that control the chemical reactivity of the troposphere.
Ø This can increase both production and destruction of ozone (03) and related oxidants such as hydrogen peroxide (H202), which are known to have adverse effects on human health, terrestrial plants, and outdoor materials.
Ø Changes in the atmospheric concentrations of the hydroxyl radical (OH) may change the atmospheric lifetimes of climatically important gases such as methane (CH4) and the CFC substitutes.
Ø Increased tropospheric reactivity could also lead to increased production of Particulates such as cloud condensation nuclei, from the oxidation and subsequent nucleation of sulphur.
Ø Accelerate breakdown of paints
Ø Accelerate breakdown of plastics
Ø Affect temperature gradient levels in the atmosphere
Ø Affect atmospheric circulation pattern, climatic changes.
Monitoring of ozone layer is taken up by
Ø World Meteorological Organization (WMO)
Ø World Weather Watch (WWW)
Ø Integrated Global Ocean Services Systems (IGOSS)
Ø Global Climate Observing System (GCOS)
Further, use of HCFCs (Hydrochloric fluorocarbons) as a substitute for CFCs is being recommended on temporary basis because HCFCs are relatively less damaging to ozone layer as compared to CFCs, but they are not completely ozone safe.
Recognizing the deleterious effects of ozone depletion, an international treaty, known as the Montreal Protocol, was signed at Montreal (Canada) in 1987 (effective in 1989) to control the
emission of ozone depleting substances.
Multilateral Environmental Agreement
It was agreed upon at the Vienna Conference of 1985 and entered into force in 1988. It acts as a framework for the international efforts to protect the ozone layer.
However, it does not include legally binding reduction goals for the use of CFCs, the main chemical agents causing ozone depletion. These are laid out in the accompanying Montreal Protocol.
The Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer (a protocol to the Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer) is an international treaty designed to protect the ozone layer by phasing out the production of numerous substances that are responsible for ozone depletion.
It was agreed in 1987, and entered into force in 1989, followed by a first meeting in Helsinki, May 1989. Since then, it has undergone eight revisions.
As a result of the international agreement, the ozone hole in Antarctica is slowly recovering.
Climate projections indicate that the ozone layer will return to 1980 levels between 2050 and 2070.
It is the single most successful international agreement to date.
The two ozone treaties (Vienna Convention and Montreal Protocol) have been ratified by 197 parties [196 UN states + European Union] making them the first universally ratified treaties in United Nations history.
UN Framework Convention on Climate Change is also ratified by 197 parties.
Chapter 05: Pollution and its different types:
Ø Pollution may be defined as the addition of undesirable material into the environment as a result of human activities. The agents which cause environmental pollution are called pollutants.
Ø A pollutant may be defined as a physical, chemical or biological substance released into the environment which is directly or indirectly harmful to humans and other living organisms.
Ø Pollution may be of the following types: Air pollution, Noise pollution, Water pollution, Soil pollution, Thermal pollution and Radiation pollution.
Ø In order to control environmental pollution, the Government of India has passed the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (Bhopal disaster) to protect and improve the quality of our air, water and soil.
Ø Air pollution is defined as limited to situation in which the outdoor ambient atmosphere contains materials in concentration, which are harmful to man and his surrounding environment.
Ø Air pollution is one of the most widespread form of pollution all over the world. The main agent of air pollution is wind. Wind gathers and moves pollutants from one area to another, sometimes reducing the
Ø concentration of pollution in one location, while increasing it in another. Such air movement makes the atmosphere‘s condition an international issue. For example, in Europe, the cross-boundary drift of pollution is a major issue because of the close proximity of nations and has led to Europe‘s unification.
Ø As stated above air pollution is caused by natural forces, like volcanic eruptions and forest fire. But human interaction and resource utilization is perhaps taxing the atmosphere‘s capacity to absorb the pollutant. Various human activities, particularly industrial and transport activity lead to the emission of a variety of pollutants to the atmosphere which lead to a number of environmental problems.
Ø The adverse effect of air pollution appears in the form of poor quality of air, acidic precipitation and deposition, and health hazards. The main pollutants of air the carbon dioxide (CO2), carbonic acid (H2SO3), water (H2O), nitric acid (HNO3) sulphuric acid (H2SO4).
Ø
Air pollution may be defined as the presence of any solid, liquid or gaseous substance
including noise and radioactive radiation in the atmosphere in such concentration that may be directly and/or indirectly injurious to humans or other living organisms, property or interferes with the normal environmental processes.
Ø An ever-increasing use of fossil fuels in power plants, industries, transportation, mining, construction of buildings, stone quarries had led to air pollution.
Ø Fossil fuels contain small amounts of nitrogen and sulphur.
Ø Burning of fossil fuels like coal (thermal power plants) and petroleum release different oxides of nitrogen and sulphur into the atmosphere.
Ø These gases react with the water vapour present in the atmosphere to form sulphuric acid and nitric acid. The acids drop down with rain, making the rain acidic. This is called acid rain.
Ø Acid rain corrodes the marble monuments like Taj Mahal. This phenomenon is called as Marble cancer.
Ø Other kinds of pollutants are chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) which are used in refrigerators, air conditioners and as pressurising agents in aerosol sprays. CFCs damage the ozone layer of the atmosphere.
Ø The combustion of fossil fuels also increases the number of suspended particles in the air. These suspended particles could be unburnt carbon particles or substances called hydrocarbons.
Ø Presence of high levels of all these pollutants causes visibility to be lowered, especially in cold weather when water also condenses out of the air. This is known as smog and is a visible indication of air pollution.
According to the form in which they persist after release into the environment.
Ø Primary pollutants: These persist in the form in which they are added to the environment
Ø e.g. DDT, plastic.
Ø Secondary Pollutants: These are formed by interaction among the primary pollutants. For example, peroxyacetyl nitrate (PAN) is formed by the interaction of nitrogen oxides and hydrocarbons.
According to their existence in nature
Ø Quantitative Pollutants: These occur in nature and become pollutant when their concentration reaches beyond a threshold level. E.g. carbon dioxide, nitrogen oxide.
Ø Qualitative Pollutants: These do not occur in nature and are man-made. E.g. fungicides, herbicides, DDT etc.
Ø Particulate matter suspended in air are dust and soot released from the industrial
Ø chimneys. Their size ranges from 0.001 to 500 micrometers (µm) in diameter.
Ø Particles less than 10 µm float and move freely with the air current. Particles which are more than 10 µm in diameter settle down. Particles less than 0.02 µm form persistent
Ø aerosols.
Ø Major source of SPM (suspended particulate matter) are vehicles, power plants,
Ø construction activities, oil refinery, railway yard, market place, industries, etc.
Ø According to Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), particulate size 2.5 µm or less in
Ø diameter (PM 2.5) are responsible for causing the greatest harm to human health.
Ø
These fine particulates can be inhaled deep into the lungs and can cause breathing and respiratory symptoms, irritation, inflammations and pneumoconiosis – a disease of the lungs due to inhalation of dust, characterized by inflammation, coughing, and fibrosis.
Ø Fly ash is ejected mostly by thermal power plants as byproducts of coal burning
operations.
Ø Fly ash pollutes air and water and may cause heavy metal pollution in water bodies.
Ø
Fly ash affects vegetation as a result of its direct deposition on leaf surfaces or indirectly through its deposition on soil.
Ø Fly ash in the air slowly settles on leaves and crops in fields in areas near power plants and lowers the plant yield.
Ø Fly ash is now being used for making bricks and as a land fill material.
thermal
Ø Fly ash particles are oxide rich and consist of silica, alumina, oxides of iron, calcium, and magnesium and toxic heavy metals like lead, arsenic, cobalt, and copper.
Ø Major oxides are present are Aluminium silicate (in large amounts), silicon dioxide (SiO2) and calcium oxide (CaO).
Ø Cement can be replaced by fly ash up to 35%, thus reducing the cost of construction,
· making roads, etc.
Ø Fly ash bricks are light in weight and offer high strength and durability.
Ø Fly ash is a better fill material for road embankments and in concrete roads.
Ø Fly ash can be used in reclamation of wastelands.
Ø Abandoned mines can be filled up with fly ash.
Ø Fly ash can increase the crop yield and it also enhances water holding capacity of the land.
Ø The Ministry of Environment and Forests has made it mandatory to use Fly Ash based products in all construction projects, road embankment works and low lying land filling works within 100kms radius of Thermal Power Station and mine filling activities within 50kms radius of Thermal Power Station.
Ø Nanoparticles are particle with dimensions comparable to 1/109 of a meter [1 divided by 100 crores].
Ø Major natural processes that release NPs in the atmosphere are forest fires, volcanic
Ø eruptions, weathering, dust storms from desert etc.
Ø Naturally occurring NPs are quite heterogeneous in size and can be transported over
Ø thousands of kilometres and remain suspended in the air for several days.
Ø Nanotechnology has a global socioeconomic value, with applications ranging from
Ø
electronics to biomedical uses (delivering drugs to target sites).
Ø Man-made NPs are unknowingly or purposely released in the environment during various industrial and mechanical processes.
Ø After release in the environment, NPs will accumulate in various environmental matrices
Ø such as air, water, soil and sediments including wastewater sludge.
Ø NPs in the environment influences dust cloud formation, environmental hydroxyl radical concentration, ozone depletion, or stratospheric temperature change.
Ø NNPs are thought to play an important role in dust-clouds formation after being released
Ø into the environment as they coagulate and form dust cloud.
Ø Dust cloud formation decreases sun light intensity.
Ø Asian brown clouds carry large amounts of soot and black carbon (NPs) which are deposited on the glaciers.
Ø This could lead to higher absorption of the sun's heat and potentially contributing to the increased melting of glaciers.
Ø The nanoparticles have greater chemical reactivity. They can result in increased production of reactive oxygen species (ROS), including free radicals like Cl-. Radicals like Cl- destroy ozone. [Explained in ―Ozone Depletion‖]
Ø In chemistry, a radical (a free radical) is an atom, molecule, or ion that has unpaired valence electrons.
Ø NPs in the troposphere interact with molecular hydrogen accidentally released from hydrogen fuel cells and other sources.
Ø Molecular hydrogen along with NPs moves up to the stratosphere, resulting in the abundance of water vapour in the stratosphere.
Ø This will cause stratospheric cooling due to formation Stratospheric clouds (mostly ice crystals).
Ø Stratospheric clouds destroys ozone. [Explained in ―Ozone Depletion‖]
Prim ary and secondary pollutants:
Ø A primary pollutant is an air pollutant emitted directly from a source.
Ø A secondary pollutant is not directly emitted as such, but forms when other pollutants
Ø (primary pollutants) react in the atmosphere.
Ø Examples of a secondary pollutant include ozone, which is formed when
Ø hydrocarbons (HC) and nitrogen oxides (NOx) combine in the presence of sunlight; NO combines with oxygen in the air; and Acid rain is another example for secondary pollutant. Acid rain is formed when sulfur dioxide or nitrogen oxides react with water. large numbers of automobiles (Nitrogen oxides are the primary emissions).
Reactions involved:
· Paints, carpets, furniture, etc. in rooms may give out volatile organic compounds (VOCs).
· Use of disinfectants, fumigants, etc. may release hazardous gases.
· In hospitals, pathogens present in waste remain in the air in the form of spores.
· In congested areas, slums and rural areas burning of firewood and biomass results in lot of smoke.
· Children and ladies exposed to smoke may suffer from acute respiratory problems.
· Use of wood and dung cakes should be replaced by cleaner fuels such as biogas, LPG or electricity. The use of solar cookers must be encouraged.
· Those species of trees such as baval (Acacia nilotica) which are least smoky should be used.
· Charcoal is a comparatively cleaner fuel.
· Indoor pollution due to the decay of exposed kitchen waste can be reduced by covering the waste properly.
· Segregation of waste, pre-treatment at the source, sterilisation of rooms will help.
· Industrial pollution can be greatly reduced by:
· use of cleaner fuels such as liquefied natural gas (LNG) in power plants, fertiliser plants etc. which is cheaper in addition to being environmentally friendly.
· employing environment-friendly industrial processes so that emission of pollutants and hazardous waste is minimized.
· installing devices which reduce the release of pollutants.
· Devices like filters, electrostatic precipitators, inertial collectors, scrubbers, gravel bed filters or dry scrubbers are described below:
· Filters remove particulate matter from the gas stream.
· Baghouse filtration system is the most common one and is made of cotton or synthetic fibres (for low temperatures) or glass cloth fabrics (for higher temperature up to 2900 C).
· Electrostatic precipitation can remove over 99 per cent particulate matter present in the exhaust.
· The emanating dust is charged with ions, and the ionised particulate matter is collected on an oppositely charged surface.
Working
· An electrostatic precipitator has electrode wires that are maintained at several thousand volts, which produce a corona that releases electrons.
· These electrons attach to dust particles giving them a net negative charge. The collecting plates are grounded (relatively positive charge) and attract the charged dust particles.
· The velocity of air between the plates must be low enough to allow the dust to fall.
· The particles are removed from the collection surface by occasional shaking or by rapping the surface.
· ESPs are used in boilers, furnaces, and many other units of thermal power plants, cement factories, steel plants, etc.
Inertial collectors
· It works on the principle that inertia of SPM (suspended particulate matter) in gas is higher than its solvent and as inertia is a function of the mass of the particulate matter, this device collects heavier particles more efficiently (centrifugation is the technique).
· ‗Cyclone‘ is a common inertial collector used in gas cleaning plants.
Scrubbers
· Scrubbers are wet collectors. They remove aerosols from a stream of gas either by collecting wet particles on a surface followed by their removal or else the particles are wetted by a scrubbing liquid.
· The particles get trapped as they travel from supporting gaseous medium across the interface to the liquid scrubbing medium. (this is just like mucus in trachea trapping dust)
· A scrubber can remove gases like sulphur dioxide.
Catalytic converter
· Catalytic converters, having expensive metals namely platinum- palladium and rhodium as the catalysts, are fitted into automobiles for reducing the emission of poisonous gases.
· As the exhaust passes through the catalytic converter, unburnt hydrocarbons are converted into carbon dioxide and water , and carbon monoxide and nitric oxide are changed to carbon dioxide and nitrogen gas , respectively.
· Motor vehicles equipped with catalytic converter should use unleaded petrol because the lead in the petrol inactivates the catalyst.
Apart from the use of the above mentioned devices, other control measures are:
· increasing the height of chimneys.
· closing industries which pollute the environment.
· shifting of polluting industries away from cities and heavily populated areas.
· development and maintenance of a green belt of adequate width.
· The emission standards for automobiles have been set which if followed will reduce the pollution.
· Standards have been set for the durability of catalytic converters which reduce vehicular emission.
· In cities like Delhi, vehicles need to obtain Pollution Under Control (PUC) certificate at regular intervals.
· This ensures that levels of pollutants emitted from vehicles are not beyond the prescribed legal limits.
· The price of diesel is much lower than petrol which promotes the use of diesel. To reduce the emission of sulphur dioxide , sulphur content in diesel has been reduced to 0.05%.
· Earlier lead in the form of tetraethyl lead was added in the petrol to raise octane level for the smooth running of engines. Addition of lead in petrol has been banned to prevent the emission of lead particles.
· Usage of alternative fuels like CNG in public transport vehicles is made mandatory in cities like Delhi. All the buses of Delhi were converted to run on CNG by the end of 2002.
· CNG burns most efficiently, unlike petrol or diesel, in the automobiles and very little of it is left unburnt.
· Moreover, CNG is cheaper than petrol or diesel, cannot be siphoned off by thieves and adulterated like petrol or diesel.
· The main problem with switching over to CNG is the difficulty of laying down pipelines to deliver CNG through distribution points/pumps and ensuring uninterrupted supply.
· Simultaneously parallel steps taken in Delhi for reducing vehicular pollution include phasing out of old vehicles, use of unleaded petrol, use of low-sulphur petrol and diesel, use of catalytic converters in vehicles, application of stringent pollution-level norms for vehicles, etc.
· The Government of India through a new auto fuel policy has laid out a roadmap to cut down vehicular pollution in Indian cities.
· More stringent norms for fuels means steadily reducing the sulphur and aromatics content in petrol and diesel fuels.
· The goal, according to the roadmap, is to reduce sulphur to 50 ppm in petrol and diesel and bring down the level of aromatic hydrocarbons to 35 per cent.
· From April 2017, BS IV norms are applicable nationwide.
· October 2018: Supreme Court ordered a ban on the sale of Bharat Stage IV vehicles from April 1, 2020 .
· The central government had announced the April 1, 2020 deadline for adopting Bharat Stage VI emission norms by manufactures.
· The BS norms are instituted by the government to regulate the emission of air pollutants from motor vehicles.
· The norms were introduced in 2000.
· The norms limit the release of air pollutants such as nitrogen oxides, carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons, particulate matter (PM) and sulphur oxides from vehicles using internal combustion engines.
· The norms are meant to be adopted by using appropriate fuel and technology.
· As the stage goes up, the control of emissions become stricter.
· BS IV and BS VI norms are based on similar norms in Europe called Euro 4 and Euro 6.
· As decided initially, BS V would have been rolled out by 2021 and BS VI in 2024, but leapfrog to BS VI norms by 2020 (skipping BS V) had to be done because of the carbon footprint obligations.
India‘s UNFCCC commitments (Intended Nationally Determined Contributions)
· Improve the emissions intensity of its GDP by 33 to 35 per cent by 2030 below 2005 levels.
· Increase the share of non-fossil fuels-based electricity to 40 per cent by 2030.
· Enhance forest cover which will absorb 2.5 to 3 billion tonnes of carbon dioxide by 2030.
· The extent of sulphur is the major difference between Bharat Stage IV and Bharat Stage VI norms.
· BS-IV fuels contain 50 parts per million (ppm) sulphur ; the BS-VI grade fuel only has 10 ppm sulphur .
· BS VI can bring
o PM in diesel cars down by 80 per cent.
o nitrogen oxides from diesel cars by 70 per cent and in petrol cars by 25 per cent.
· BS VI also makes onboard diagnostics (OBD) mandatory for all vehicles.
· OBD device informs the vehicle owner or the repair technician how efficient the systems in the vehicle are.
· RDE (Real Driving Emission) will be introduced for the first time that will measure the emission in real-world conditions and not just under test conditions.
· Bharat Stage VI norms will also change the way particulate matter is measured. It will now be measured by number standard instead of mass standard.
Impact
· Compliance requires a higher investment in technology to make new vehicles.
· Upgrading vehicles in stock is an additional burden for the manufacturers.
· BS Vl-compliant vehicles will be expensive.
· BS Vl-compliant fuel too will be more expensive.
· Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has been executing a nationwide programme of ambient air quality monitoring known as National Air Quality Monitoring Programme (NAMP).
The National Air Quality Monitoring Programme (NAMP) is undertaken
· to determine the status and trends of ambient air quality;
· to ascertain the compliance of NAAQS;
· to identify non-attainment cities;
· to understand the natural process of cleaning in the atmosphere; and
· to undertake preventive and corrective measures.
The NAAQS have been revisited and revised in November 2009 for 12 pollutants, which include
· sulphur dioxide (SO2),
· nitrogen dioxide (NO2),
· particulate matter having micron (PM10),
· particulate matter having a size less than 2.5 microns (PM2.5),
· ozone,
· lead,
· carbon monoxide (CO),
· arsenic,
· nickel,
· benzene,
· ammonia, and
· benzopyrene.
· Launched by the Environment Ministry in April 2015.
· Initiative under ‗Swachh Bharat‘.
· It helps the common man to judge the air quality within his vicinity.
· Index constituted as a part of the Government‘s mission to improve the culture of cleanliness.
Old vs new
· While the earlier measuring index was limited to three indicators, the current measurement index had been made quite comprehensive by the addition of more parameters.
Previously who measured Air pollution
· Central Pollution Control Board along with State Pollution Control Boards have been operating the National Air Monitoring Program (NAMP).
Why is AQI necessary?
· Quality of data from some cities remains weak, and the standards set for pollutants fall short of World Health Organization recommendations.
· The pollution related analysis using a vast number of complex parameters was complicated for the common man to understand.
Categories of air pollution under AQI
· There are six AQI categories, namely Good, Satisfactory, Moderately polluted, Poor, Very Poor, and Severe.
Pollutants considered
· The AQI will consider eight pollutants (PM10, PM2.5, NO2, SO2, CO, O3, NH3, and Pb ).
· Water pollution is the addition/presence of undesirable substances to/in water such as organic, inorganic, biological, radiological, heat, which degrades the quality of water so that it becomes unfit for use‘.
· Natural sources of pollution of water are soil erosion, leaching of minerals from rocks (due to natural solubility and solubility triggered by acid rain) and decaying of organic matter.
· When pollutants are discharged from a specific location such as a drain pipe carrying industrial effluents discharged directly into a water body it represents point source pollution.
· In contrast, non-point sources include discharge of pollutants from diffused sources or from a larger area such as runoff from agricultural fields, grazing lands, construction sites, abandoned mines and pits, etc.
· Sewage water includes discharges from houses and other establishments.
· The sewage contains human and animal excreta, food residues, cleaning agents, detergents, etc.
· Domestic and hospital sewage contain many undesirable pathogenic microorganisms.
· Presence of organic and inorganic wastes in water decreases the dissolved oxygen content of the water.
· Water having DO content below 8.0 mg/L may be considered as contaminated.
· Water having DO content below. 4.0 mg/L is considered to be highly polluted.
· DO content of water is important for the survival of aquatic organisms.
· A number of factors like surface turbulence, photosynthetic activity, O2 consumption by organisms and decomposition of organic matter are the factors which determine the amount of DO present in water.
· The higher amounts of waste increase the rates of decomposition and O2 consumption thereby decreases the DO content of water.
· Water pollution by organic wastes is measured in terms of Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD).
· BOD is the amount of dissolved oxygen needed by bacteria in decomposing the organic wastes present in water. It is expressed in milligrams of oxygen per litre of water.
· The higher value of BOD indicates low DO content of water .
· Since BOD is limited to biodegradable materials, it is not a reliable method of measuring water pollution.
· Chemical oxygen demand (COD) is a slightly better mode used to measure pollution load in the water.
· COD measures the amount of oxygen in parts per million required to oxidise organic (biodegradable and non-biodegradable) and oxidizable inorganic compounds in the water sample.
Industrial Wastes
· Discharge of wastewater from industries like petroleum, paper manufacturing, metal extraction and processing, chemical manufacturing, etc., that often contain toxic substances, notably, heavy metals (defined as elements with density > 5 g/cm3 such as mercury, cadmium, copper, lead, arsenic ) and a variety of organic compounds.
Agricultural sources
· Agricultural runoff contains dissolved salts such as nitrates, phosphates, ammonia and other nutrients, and toxic metal ions and organic compounds.
· Fertilizers contain major plant nutrients such as nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium .
· Excess fertilisers may reach the groundwater by leaching or may be mixed with surface water.
· Pesticides include insecticides, fungicides, herbicides, etc. They contain a wide range of chemicals such as chlorinated hydrocarbons (CHCs. E.g. DDT, Endosulfan etc.) , organophosphates, metallic salts, carbonates, etc.
· Many of the pesticides are non-degradable, and their residues have a long life.
· Wastes from poultry farms, piggeries and slaughterhouses etc. reach the water though runoff.
· Power plants – thermal and nuclear, chemical and other industries use a lot of water for cooling purposes, and the used hot water is discharged into rivers, streams or oceans.
· Discharge of hot water may increase the temperature of the receiving water by 10 to 15
°C above the ambient water temperature. This is thermal pollution.
· Increase in water temperature decreases dissolved oxygen in the water.
· Unlike terrestrial organisms, aquatic organisms are adapted to a uniform steady temperature of the environment. A sudden rise in temperature kills fishes and other aquatic animals.
· One of the best methods of reducing thermal pollution is to store the hot water in cooling ponds, allow the water to cool before releasing into any receiving water body
· Nuclear accidents near water bodies or during natural calamities like tsunami and earthquakes pose the risk of radiation leakage (radiation exposure) into water bodies. E.g. Fukushima Daiichi nuclear disaster.
· Radiation exposure causes mutations in the DNA of marine organisms. If those mutations are not repaired, the cell may turn cancerous.
· Radioactive iodine tends to be absorbed by the thyroid gland and can cause thyroid cancer.
· Oceans are the ultimate sink of all natural and manmade pollutants.
· The sewerage and garbage of coastal cities are also dumped into the sea.
· The other sources of oceanic pollution are navigational discharge of oil, grease, detergents, sewage, garbage and radioactive wastes, offshore oil mining, oil spills.
· The most common cause of oil spill is leakage during marine transport and leakage from underground storage tanks.
· An oil spill could occur during offshore oil production as well.
· Oil being lighter than water covers the water surface as a thin film cutting off oxygen to floating plants and other producers.
· Within hours of an oil spill, the fishes, shellfish, plankton die due to suffocation and metabolic disorders.
· Birds and sea mammals that consume dead fishes and plankton die due to poisoning.
· Plants of water hyacinth are the world‘s most problematic aquatic weed, also called
‗Terror of Bengal ‘.
· They grow abundantly in eutrophic water bodies and lead to an imbalance in the ecosystem.
· They cause havoc by their excessive growth leading to stagnation of polluted water.
· In India at many places, the groundwater is threatened with contamination due to seepage from industrial and municipal wastes and effluents, sewage channels and agricultural runoff.
· Pollutants like fluorides, uranium, heavy metals and nutrients like nitrates and phosphates are common in many parts of India.
Nitrates
· Dissolved nitrates commonly contaminate groundwater.
· Excess nitrate in drinking water reacts with haemoglobin to form non- functional methaemoglobin and impairs oxygen transport. This condition is called methemoglobinemia or blue baby syndrome .
Methaemoglobin is a form of the oxygen-carrying metalloprotein haemoglobin. Methaemoglobin cannot bind oxygen, unlike oxyhaemoglobin.
· High level of nitrates may form carcinogens and can accelerate eutrophication in surface waters.
Trace metals
· Include lead, mercury, cadmium, copper, chromium and nickel .
· These metals can be toxic and carcinogenic.
Arsenic
· Seepage of industrial and mine discharges, fly ash ponds of thermal power plants can lead to arsenic in groundwater.
· In India and Bangladesh (Ganges Delta), millions of people are exposed to groundwater contaminated with high levels of arsenic, a highly toxic and dangerous pollutant.
· Chronic exposure to arsenic causes black foot disease . It also causes diarrhoea and also lung and skin cancer.
Fluoride
· Excess fluoride in drinking water causes neuromuscular disorders, gastrointestinal problems, teeth deformity, hardening of bones and stiff and painful joints (skeletal fluorosis).
· Pain in bones and joint and outward bending of legs from the knees is called Knock-Knee syndrome.
· Fluorosis is a common problem in several states of the country due to the intake of high fluoride content water.
· Domestic and hospital sewage contain many undesirable pathogenic microorganisms, and its disposal into water without proper treatment may cause an outbreak of serious diseases, such as typhoid, cholera, etc.
· Metals like lead, zinc, arsenic, copper, mercury and cadmium in industrial wastewaters adversely affect humans and other animals.
· Consumption of such arsenic polluted water leads to accumulation of arsenic in the body parts like blood, nails and hairs causing skin lesions, rough skin, dry and thickening of the skin and ultimately skin cancer.
· Mercury compounds in wastewater are converted by bacterial action into extremely toxic methyl mercury, which can cause numbness of limbs, lips and tongue, deafness, blurring of vision and mental derangement.
· Pollution of water bodies by mercury causes Minamata (neurological syndrome) disease in humans.
· Lead causes lead poisoning (Lead interferes with a variety of body processes and is toxic to many organs and tissues).
· The compounds of lead cause anaemia, headache, loss of muscle power and bluish line around the gum.
· Water contaminated with cadmium can cause itai itai disease also called ouch-ouch disease (a painful disease of bones and joints) and cancer of lungs and liver.
· Micro-organisms involved in biodegradation of organic matter in sewage waste consume a lot of oxygen and make water oxygen deficient killing fish and other aquatic creatures.
· Presence of large amounts of nutrients in water results in algal bloom (excessive growth of planktonic algae. This leads to ageing of lakes.
· A few toxic substances, often present in industrial wastewaters, can undergo biological magnification (Biomagnification) in the aquatic food chain. This phenomenon is well- known for mercury and DDT.
· High concentrations of DDT disturb calcium metabolism in birds, which causes thinning of eggshell and their premature breaking, eventually causing a decline in bird populations.
· Polluted water reduces Dissolved Oxygen (DO) content, thereby, eliminates sensitive organisms like plankton, molluscs and fish etc.
· However, a few tolerant species like Tubifex (annelid worm) and some insect larvae may survive in highly polluted water with low DO content. Such species are recognized as indicator species for polluted water.
· Biocides, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and heavy metals directly eliminate sensitive aquatic organisms.
· Hot waters discharged from industries, when added to water bodies, lowers its DO content.
·
Lakes receive their water from surface runoff and along with its various chemical substances and minerals.
· Over periods spanning millennia, ageing occurs as the lakes accumulate mineral and organic matter and gradually, get filled up.
· The nutrient-enrichment of the lakes promotes the growth of algae, aquatic plants and various fauna. This process is known as natural eutrophication.
· Similar nutrient enrichment of lakes at an accelerated rate is caused by human activities and the consequent ageing phenomenon is known as cultural eutrophication.
· On the basis of their nutrient content, lakes are categorized as Oligotrophic (very low nutrients), Mesotrophic (moderate nutrients) and Eutrophic (highly nutrient rich).
· A vast majority of lakes in India are either eutrophic or mesotrophic because of the
· Eutrophic water body: it is a body of water rich in nutrients and so supporting a dense plant population, the decomposition of which kills animal life by depriving it of oxygen.
· Eutrophication is the response to the addition of nutrients such as nitrates and phosphates naturally or artificially, fertilising the aquatic ecosystem.
· Phytoplankton (algae and blue-green bacteria) thrive on the excess nutrients and their population explosion covers almost entire surface layer. This condition is known as algal bloom.
· Phytoplankton are photosynthetic during day time adding oxygen to the aquatic ecosystem.
· But during nights, they consume far more oxygen as they respire aggressively.
· i.e. Algal blooms accentuate the rate of oxygen depletion as the population of phytoplankton is very high.
· The primary consumers like small fish are killed due to oxygen deprivation caused by algal blooms.
· Death of primary consumers adversely affects the food chain.
· Further, more oxygen is taken up by microorganisms during the decomposition process of dead algae, plants and fishes.
· The new anaerobic conditions (absence of oxygen) created to promote the growth of bacteria such as Clostridium botulinum which produces toxins deadly to aquatic organisms, birds and mammals.
· Water temperature has also been related to the occurrence of algal blooms, with unusually warm water being conducive to blooms.
· Algal blooms can be any colours, but the most common ones are red or brown. These blooms are commonly referred to as red or brown tides.
· Loss of freshwater lakes: Eutrophication eventually creates detritus layer in lakes and produces successively shallower depth of surface water.
· Eventually, the water body is reduced into marsh whose plant community is transformed from an aquatic environment to a recognizable terrestrial environment.
· Algal Blooms restrict the penetration of sunlight resulting in the death of aquatic plants and hence restricts the replenishment of oxygen.
· New species invasion: Eutrophication may cause the ecosystem competitive by transforming the normal limiting nutrient to abundant level. This cause shifting in species composition of the ecosystem.
· Loss of coral reefs: Occurs due to decrease in water transparency (increased turbidity).
· Affects navigation due to increased turbidity; creates colour (yellow, green, red), smell and water treatment problems; increases biomass of inedible toxic phytoplankton, benthic and epiphytic algae and bloom of gelatinous zooplankton.
· Most algal blooms are not harmful, but some produce toxins. These are known as Harmful Algal Blooms (HABs).
· Toxicity: Some algal blooms when died or eaten, release neuro & hepatotoxins which can kill aquatic organism & pose a threat to humans. E.g. Shellfish poisoning.
· HAB events adversely affect commercial and recreational fishing, tourism, and valued habitats, creating a significant impact on local economies and the livelihood of coastal residents.
· Treating Industrial effluents domestic sewage to remove nutrient-rich sludge through wastewater processing.
· Riparian buffer: Interfaces between a flowing body of water and land created near the waterways, farms, roads, etc. in an attempt to filter pollution.
· Sediments and nutrients are deposited in the buffer zones instead of deposition in water (Wetlands, estuaries are natural riparian buffers).
· Increase in efficiency of nitrogen & phosphorous fertilisers and using them inadequate levels.
· Nitrogen testing & modelling: N-Testing is a technique to find the optimum amount of fertiliser required for crop plants. It will reduce the amount of nitrogen lost to the surrounding area.
· Encouraging organic farming.
· Reduction in nitrogen emission from vehicles and power plants.
· Algae or phytoplankton are microscopic organisms that can be found naturally in coastal waters.
· They are major producers of oxygen and food for many of the animals that live in these waters.
· When environmental conditions are favourable for their development, these cells may multiply rapidly and form high numbers of cells, and this is called an algal bloom.
· Marine pollution refers to the emptying of chemicals into the ocean and its harmful effects.
· The potentially toxic chemicals stick to tiny particles and these are taken up by plankton and benthos animals which are deposit or filter feeders concentrating upward within food chains.
· As animal feeds usually have a high fish meal or fish oil content, toxins can be found in consumed food items obtained from livestock and animal husbandry.
· To curb marine pollution and regulate the use of the world‘s oceans by individual States, the nations of the world have come together to form two major conventions:
1. Convention on the Dumping of Wastes at Sea, to be replaced by the 1996 Protocol) and
2. United Nations Convention on Law of the Sea or UNCLOS.
· An inter-governmental conference on the Convention on the Dumping of Wastes at Sea met in London in November 1972 to adopt this instrument, the London Convention.
· The Convention has a global character and is aimed at international control and putting an end to marine pollution.
· The definition of dumping under the Convention relates to deliberate disposal at sea of wastes or other materials from vessels, aircraft, platforms and other man-made structures.
· ‗Dumping‘ here does not cover wastes derived from the exploration and exploitation of sea-bed mineral resources.
· The 1978 amendment dealt with the incineration of wastes at sea.
· Another set of amendments adopted at the same time related to introduction of new procedures for dispute settlement.
· The 1993 amendments banned dumping of low-level radioactive wastes into the seas.
· They phased out the dumping of industrial wastes by 1995 and called for an end to incineration of industrial wastes at sea.
· It is to be noted that dumping of low-level radioactive wastes and industrial wastes as well as incineration of wastes were earlier permitted by the Convention.
· The changing approach, keeping in view the need of the times, led to the adoption of the 1996 Protocol on November 7, 1996.
· The Protocol, which became effective in 2006, replaces the 1972 Convention.
· The 1996 Protocol is much more restrictive as compared to the 1972 Convention that allowed dumping provided certain conditions were satisfied.
· 1996 Protocol calls for appropriate preventive measures to be taken when wastes thrown into the sea are likely to cause harm ―even when there is no conclusive evidence to prove a cause relation between inputs and their effects.‖
· The Protocol states that ―the polluter should, in principle, bear the cost of pollution‖.
· The Contracting Parties must ensure that the Protocol does not simply result in pollution being transferred from one part of the environment to another.
· The Protocol prohibits the Contracting Parties from dumping ―wastes or any other matter with the exception of those listed in Annex 1‖.
· Annex 1 includes dredged material; sewage sludge; fish waste from industrial fish processing operations etc. for which the concern is mainly physical impact.
· The Protocol prohibits incineration of wastes at sea (permitted by the 1972 convention but prohibited under the 1993 amendments).
· The Protocol states that ―Contracting Parties shall not allow the export of wastes or other matter to other countries for dumping or incineration at sea‖.
· The International Maritime Organization (IMO) is responsible for Secretariat duties with respect to the Protocol.
· Adopted in 2006, the amendments were enforced in 2007.
· The amendments have created a basis in international environment law to regulate carbon capture and storage in subsealed geological formation.
· It is part of the measures being considered to address climate change and ocean acidification like developing low carbon energy forms especially for sources of enormous CO2
· The amendments allow storage of carbon dioxide (CO2) under the seabed but regulate the sequestration of CO2 streams from CO2 capture processes in sub-seabed geological formations.
· UNCLOS establishes general obligations for safeguarding the marine environment and protecting freedom of scientific research on the high seas.
· It also creates an innovative legal regime for controlling mineral resource exploitation in deep seabed areas beyond national jurisdiction, through an International Seabed Authority.
· UNCLOS can hold states liable for damage caused by violation of their international obligations to combat pollution of the seas.
Point and non-point sources of pollution
· When pollutants are discharged from a specific location such as a drain pipe carrying industrial effluents discharged directly into a water body it represents point source pollution.
· In contrast, non-point sources include discharge of pollutants from diffused sources or from a larger area such as runoff from agricultural fields, grazing lands, construction sites, abandoned mines and pits, etc.
· Realising the importance of maintaining the cleanliness of the water bodies, the Government of India has passed the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 to safeguard our water resources.
· An ambitious plan to save the river called the Ganga Action Plan was launched in 1985.
· In India, the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), an apex body in the field of water quality management, has developed a concept of ―designated best use‖.
· Accordingly, the water body is designated as A, B, C, D, E on the basis of
· pH,
· dissolved oxygen, mg/l
· BOD, (200C) mg/l
· total coliform (MPN/100ml)
· free ammonia mg/l,
· electrical conductivity etc.
· The CPCB, in collaboration with the concerned State Pollution Control Boards, has classified all the water bodies including coastal waters in the country according to their
―designated best uses‖.
· This classification helps the water quality managers and planners to set water quality targets and identify needs and priority for water quality restoration programmes for various water bodies in the country.
· The famous Ganga Action Plan and subsequently the National River Action Plan are results of such exercise.
· Riparian buffers: A riparian buffer is a vegetated area (a ―buffer strip‖) near a stream, usually forested, which helps shade and partially protect a stream from the impact of adjacent land uses.
· Treatment of sewage water and the industrial effluents before releasing it into water bodies. Hot water should be cooled before release from the power plants.
· Excessive use of fertilisers and pesticides should be avoided. Organic farming and efficient use of animal residues as fertilisers can replace chemical fertilizers.
· Water hyacinth (an aquatic weed, invasive species) can purify water by taking some toxic materials and a number of heavy metals from water.
· Oil spills in water can be cleaned with the help of bregoli — a by-product of paper industry resembling sawdust, oil zapper, microorganisms.
· It has been suggested that we should plant eucalyptus trees all along sewage ponds. These trees absorb all surplus wastewater rapidly and release pure water vapour into the atmosphere.
· Bioremediation is the use of microorganisms (bacteria and fungi) to degrade the environmental contaminants into less toxic forms.
· Microorganisms can be specifically designed for bioremediation using genetic engineering techniques.
· In situ — It involves treatment of the contaminated material at the site.
· Bioventing: supply of air and nutrients through wells to contaminated soil to stimulate the growth of indigenous bacteria.
· Biosparging: Injection of air under pressure below the water table to increase groundwater oxygen concentrations and enhance the rate of biological degradation of contaminants by naturally occurring bacteria.
· Bioaugmentation: Microorganisms are imported to a contaminated site to enhance the degradation process.
Using bioremediation techniques, TERI has developed a mixture of bacteria called ‗Oilzapper and Oilivorous-S‘ which degrades the pollutants of oil-contaminated sites, leaving behind no harmful residues..
· Ex situ — involves the removal of the contaminated material to be treated elsewhere.
· Landfarming: contaminated soil is excavated and spread over a prepared bed and periodically tilled until pollutants are degraded. The goal is to stimulate indigenous biodegradative microorganisms and facilitate their aerobic degradation of contaminants.
· Bioreactors: it involves the processing of contaminated solid material (soil, sediment, sludge) or water through an engineered containment system.
· Composting: Composting is nature‘s process of recycling decomposed organic materials into a rich soil known as compost.
· Useful for the destruction of a wide variety of contaminants.
· The destruction of target pollutants is possible.
· Less expensive.
· Environment-friendly.
· Bioremediation is limited to biodegradable compounds. Not all compounds are susceptible to rapid and complete degradation.
· Bioremediation often takes a longer time than other treatment processes.
· Phytoremediation is the use of plants to remove contaminants from soil and water.
· Natural phytoremediation is carried out by mangroves, estuarine vegetation and other wetland vegetation.
· Phytoextraction/phytoaccumulation: plants accumulate contaminants into the roots and aboveground shoots or leaves.
· Substances that are removed during the process of drinking water treatment include suspended solids, bacteria, algae, viruses, fungi, and minerals such as iron and manganese.
· The processes involved in removing the contaminants include physical processes such as settling and filtration, chemical processes such as disinfection and coagulation and biological processes such as slow sand filtration.
EcoSan toilets
· Ecological sanitation is a sustainable system for handling human excreta, using dry composting toilets.
· This is a practical, hygienic, efficient and cost-effective solution to human waste disposal.
· With this composting method, human excreta can be recycled into a resource (as natural fertiliser), which reduces the need for chemical fertilisers.
Bio-Toilets
· Designed by Railways along with DRDO. Why Bio Toilets in Rail?
· Direct discharge of human waste from the existing toilet system in trains causes corrosion of the tracks, costing crores to replace the rail tracks.
· The bio-toilets are fitted underneath the lavatories and the human waste discharged into them is acted upon by a particular kind of bacteria that converts it into non- corrosive neutral water.
Terms associated with Bio-Toilets
· Bio-digesters: The term biodigester is used for the shells made up of steel for the anaerobic digestion of human waste.
· Bio tank: The term bio tank is used for the tanks made up of concrete for the anaerobic digestion of human waste.
· Aerobic Bacteria: Aerobic bacteria are those which flourish in the presence of free dissolved oxygen in the wastewater and consume organic matter for their food, and thereby oxidising it to stable end products.
· Anaerobic Bacteria: Anaerobic bacteria flourish in the absence of free dissolved oxygen, and survive by utilizing the bounded molecular oxygen in compounds like nitrates (NO3) and sulphates (SO4) etc. thereby reducing them to stable end products along with evolution of foul-smelling gases like H2S (hydrogen sulphide) , CH4 (methane) .
· Facultative Bacteria: Facultative bacteria can operate either as aerobically or as anaerobically.
· Anaerobic Microbial inoculums: a mixture of different types of bacteria responsible for the breakdown of complex polymers into simple sugars which are further broken down into low chain fatty acids and finally into biogas .
· Note: 22 March is celebrated as the world water day.
· General Assembly of the United Nations proclaimed the period 2005 – 2015 as the International Decade for action on “Water for life”
· The moisture in the soil indicates the presence of water underground.
· If we dig deeper and deeper, we would reach a level where all the space between particles of soil and gaps between rocks are filled with water. The upper limit of this layer is called the water table.
· The water table may be at a depth of less than a metre or may be several metres below the ground. The water found below the water table is called groundwater.
· The process of seeping of water into the ground is called infiltration.
· At places the groundwater is stored between layers of hard rock below the water table. This is known as an aquifer.
· The rainwater can be used to recharge the groundwater. This is referred to as water harvesting.
· Mahatma Gandhi said: “No one need to wait for anyone else to adopt a humane and enlightened course of action.”
· Dissolved nitrates commonly contaminate groundwater.
· Excess nitrate in drinking water reacts with hemoglobin to form non-functional methaemoglobin, and impairs oxygen transport. This condition is called methaemoglobinemia or blue baby syndrome.
· Note:Methemoglobin is a form of the oxygen-carrying metalloprotein hemoglobin. Methemoglobin cannot bind oxygen, unlike oxyhemoglobin.
· High level of nitrates may form carcinogens and can accelerate eutrophication in surface waters.
· Poor hygiene of wells may cause pathogenic contamination. Water seepage from solid waste dumps and municipal drains may also cause pathogenic contamination.
· Trace metals Include lead, mercury, cadmium, copper, chromium and nickel. These metals can be toxic and carcinogenic.
· Seepage of industrial and mine discharges, fly ash ponds of thermal power plants can lead to metals in groundwater.
· In India and Bangladesh [Ganges Delta], millions of people are exposed to groundwater contaminated with high levels of arsenic, a highly toxic and dangerous pollutant.
· Chronic exposure to arsenic causes black foot disease. It also causes diarrhoea, peripheral neuritis, hyperkeratosis and also lung and skin cancer.
· Seepage of agricultural runoff loaded with organic compounds like pesticides and may cause pesticide pollution of ground water.
· Excess fluoride in drinking water causes neuromuscular disorders, gastro-intestinal problems, teeth deformity, hardening of bones and stiff and painful joints (skeletal fluorosis).
· Fluorisis is a common problem in several states of the country due to intake of high fluoride content water.
· Fluorides cause dental fluorisis, stiffness of joints (particularly spinal cord) causing humped back.
· Pain in bones and joint and outward bending of legs from the knees is called Knock-Knee syndrome.
· High concentration of fluoride ions is present in drinking water in 13 states of India. The maximum level of fluoride, which the human body can tolerate is 1.5 parts per million (mg/L of water). Long term ingestion of fluoride ions causes fluorosis.
· Due to un-even distribution of rainfall in time and space and ever-increasing demand of water for agricultural, industrial and domestic activities, the water resources are over- exploited. This is resulting in shrinking or even drying up of many water bodies for considerable periods in a year.
· Reducing demands by optimum use, minimization of wastage, efforts to reduce the percolation and evaporation losses, conservation efforts in domestic uses, groundwater recharging, rain water harvesting, afforestation, recycling and reuse are important to combat this problem.
· Water borne diseases are the most important water quality issues in India. This is mainly due to inadequate arrangements for transport and treatment of wastewaters.
· Eutrophication [oxygen depletion due to algal blooms] is a common problem in most of the India lakes and rivers due to discharge of untreated sewage and industrial effluents.
· There are number of cases where salinity is increasing in both surface water and groundwater.
· The increase in groundwater salinity is mainly due to increased irrigation activities or sea water intrusion in coastal areas.
· Due to discharge of toxic effluents from many industries and increased use of chemicals in agriculture and their subsequent contribution to the water bodies, many water bodies in the country are polluted due to presence of toxic substances.
· A large number of areas in our aquatic environment support rare species of aquatic and amphibious plants and animals and are, therefore, ecologically very sensitive. They need special protection.
· Primary source of water in India is south-west and north-east monsoons. Monsoon, however, is erratic and amount of rain fall is highly variable in different parts of our country. Hence, surface runoff needs be conserved.
· Contour farming is an example of harvesting technique involving water and moisture control at a very simple level.
· It often consists of rows of rocks placed along the contour of steps. Runoff captured by these barriers also allows for retention of soil, thereby serving as erosion control measure on gentle slopes.
· This technique is especially suitable for areas having rainfall of considerable intensity, spread over large part i.e. in Himalayan area, north east states and Andaman and Nicobar Islands.
· In areas where rainfall is scanty and for a short duration, it is worth attempting these techniques, which will induce surface runoff, which can then be stored.
· Increasing the surface area for percolation, percolation tank construction etc. are some artificial recharge methods.
· It helps in withholding runoff water albeit temporarily by a check bund constructed across the streams in hilly terrains to delay the run off so that greater time is available for water to seep underground.
· Such methods are in use in north-east states, in hilly areas of tribal belts. This technique also helps in soil conservation. Afforestation in the catchment area is also adopted for water and soil conservation.
· Western and peninsular regions have comparatively low water resources/cultivable land ratio. Northern and eastern region which are drained by Ganga and Brahmaputra have substantial water resources.
· Hence, the scheme of diverting water from region with surplus water to water deficit region can be adopted.
· Ganga-Cauvery link would enable the transfer of vast quantities of Ganga basin flood water running out to sea, to west and south west India.
· The transfer of the surplus Ganga water would make up for the periodical shortage in Son, Narmada, Godavari, Krishna and Cauvery.
·
Surface irrigation methods leads to water loss due to evaporation and percolation.
· Drip irrigation is an efficient method of irrigation in which a limited area near the plant is irrigated by dripping water. This method is particularly useful in row crop.
· Similarly sprinkler method is also suitable for such water scarce areas. About 80% water consumption can be reduced by this method, whereas the drip irrigation can reduce water consumption by 50 to 70 %.
In water scarce areas, the crop selection should be based on efficiency of the crop to utilize the water. Some of the plants suitable for water scarce areas are:
· plants with shorter growth period;
· high yielding plants that require no increase in water supply;
· Plants with deep and well trenched roots and plants which cannot tolerate surface irrigation.
· Crop performance and yield are the results of genotype expression as modulated by continuous interactions with the environment.
· Generally, the new varieties of crop do not require more water than the older ones. However, they require timely supply of water because their productivity is high.
· Frequent light irrigation is more conductive than heavy irrigation at large intervals for obtaining high yields.
· Potassium plays a major role under stress conditions. It improves the tissue water potential by osmoregulation, ultimately increasing the water use efficiency. Experiments conducted at the Water Technology Centre, Coimbatore, indicated that foliar application of 0.5% potassium chloride can reduce the moisture stress in soyabean, sorghum and groundnut.
· The wastewater from industrial or domestic sources can be used after proper treatment, for irrigation, recharging ground water, and even for industrial or municipal use. If agricultural lands are available close to cities, municipal waste water can be easily used for irrigation.
· Wastewater contains lots of nutrients. Its use for irrigation saves these nutrients. It improves the productivity of crops and soil fertility.
· Wastewater is a resource rather than a waste since it contains appreciable amount of nitrogen, phosphorus and potash.
· Stabilization ponds can be used for fish aquaculture. The effluent can also be used for cultivation of short-term and long term, ornamental, commercial and fodder crops.
· The potential applications of reusing of treated wastewater are in the following fields or areas:
o Agricultural use through irrigation of crops as well as for improving river amenity;
o Industrial cooling especially in large industrial enterprises;
o Reuse in municipal public areas such as watering lawns, parks, play grounds and trees;
o Flushing toilets in hotels and residential districts;
o Reuse of the treated wastewater for urban landscape purposes.
o Treated waste water can also be used for groundwater recharging.
· Grey water is defined as untreated household wastewater, which has not come into contact with toilet waste. It can originate from the shower, bath, bathroom, washing
basin, clothes washing machine and laundry trough. Grey water can be used in agriculture and many industries.
· The methods that reduce evaporation from water bodies are - installing wind breaks, reducing energy available for evaporation, constructing artificial aquifers, minimizing exposed surface through reservoir regulation, reducing ratio of area/volume of water bodies, locating reservoirs at higher altitudes and applying monomolecular firms.
· There are numerous methods to reduce losses due to evaporation and to improve soil moisture. Some of them are listed below:
· Mulching i.e. the application of organic or inorganic materials such as plant debris, compost, etc., slows down the surface run-off, improves soil moisture, reduces evaporation losses and improves soil fertility.
· Soil covered by crops, slow down run-off and minimize evaporation losses, hence, fields should not be left bare for long periods of time.
· Ploughing helps to move the soil around. As a consequence it retains more water thereby reducing evaporation.
· Shelter belt of trees and bushes along the edge of agricultural fields slow down the wind speed and reduce evaporation and erosion.
· Planting of trees, grass, and bushes breaks the force of rain and helps rainwater penetrate the soil.
· Fog and dew contain substantial amounts of water that can be used directly by adapted plant species. Artificial surfaces such as netting-surface traps or polythene sheets can be exposed to fog and dew; the resulting water can be used for crops.
· Contour farming is adopted in hilly areas and in lowland areas for paddy fields. Farmers recognize the efficiently of contour based systems for conserving soil and water.
· Salt-resistant varieties of crops have been also developed recently. Because these grow in saline areas, overall agricultural productivity is increased without making additional demands on fresh water sources. Thus, this is a good water conservation strategy.
· Desalination technologies such as distillation, electro-dialysis and reverse osmosis are available.
· Substances that are removed during the process of drinking water treatment include suspended solids, bacteria, algae, viruses, fungi, and minerals such as iron and manganese.
· The processes involved in removing the contaminants include physical processes such as settling and filtration, chemical processes such as disinfection and coagulation and ological processes such as slow sand filtration.
· Watershed is an area that contributes water to a stream or a water body through run-off or underground path. That is the region from which surface water draws into a river, a lake, wet land or other body of water is called its watershed or drainage basin.
· Watershed management is a technique for conservation of water and soil in a watershed.
· The presence of water in soil is essential for the growth of plants and vegetation. Forests and their associated soils and litter layers are excellent filters as well as sponges, and water that passes through this system is relatively pure.
· Various kinds of forest disturbances can speed up the movement of water from the system and in effect, reduce the filtering action.
· In mountainous terrain the forests play a prominent role in prevention of soil erosion.
· Erosion threat can be tackled by the maintenance of continual cover. Ideally, this is achieved by single stem harvesting; only one tree is felled at any one point, and the small gap so created is soon sealed by the outward growth of its neighbors.
· Despite the uncertain balance of water gain and loss, forests offer the most desirable cover for water management strategies.
· In contrast to the rapid flows of short duration characteristics of sparsely vegetated land water yields are gradual, reliable and uniform in forests. Deforested land sheds water swiftly, causing sudden rises in the rivers below.
· Over a large river system, such as that of the Ganga and the Yamuna, forests are a definite advantage since they lessen the risk of floods. They also provide conditions more favorable to fishing and navigation than does un-forested land.
· All natural streams contain varying amounts of dissolved and suspended matter, although streams contain varying amounts of dissolved and suspended matter, although streams issuing from undisturbed watershed are ordinarily of high quality.
· Waters from forested areas are not only low in foreign substances, but they also are relatively high in oxygen and low in unwanted chemicals.
· The belief that forests increase rainfall has not been substantiated by scientific inquiry. Local effects can, however, prove substantial, particularly in semiarid regions where every millimeter of rain counts.
· The air above a forest, as contrasted with grassland, remains relatively cool and humid on hot days, so that showers are more frequent.
· Many areas in India used to get significant rainfall when they were forested are now facing severe draught due to denudation (example Rajasthan desert).
Acid Rain – Acidification
Ø Acid rain refers to any precipitation (rain, fog, mist, snow) that is more acidic than normal (pH of less than 5.6 . pH below 7 is acidic).
Ø Acid rain is caused by atmospheric pollution from acidic gases such as sulphur dioxide and oxides of nitrogen emitted from the burning of fossil fuels.
Ø It is also recognized that acidic smog, fog, mist, move out of the atmosphere and settle on dust particles which in turn accumulate on vegetation as acid depositions.
Ø When rain falls, the acid from these depositions leak and form acid dews.
The pH scales
Ø The pH scale is a measure of how acidic or basic (alkaline) a solution is.
Ø It ranges from 0 to 14. A pH of 7 is neutral.
Ø A pH less than 7 is acidic, and a pH greater than 7 is basic.
Ø It is based on hydrogen ion concentration in an aqueous solution.
Ø pH values decrease as hydrogen ion levels increase.
Ø A solution with pH 4 is ten times more acidic than pH 5, and a hundred times more acidic than pH 6.
Ø Whilst the pH range is usually given as 0 to 14, lower and higher values are theoretically possible.
Ø CO2 (Carbon dioxide): Fossil fuel burning, industrial process, respiration
Ø CH4 (Methane): Paddy fields, wetlands, gas drilling, landfills, decomposition of animals wastes and carcasses.
Ø CO (Carbon monoxide): Biomass burning, Industrial sources: smelting of iron ore, Biogenesis, Plant isoprene's.
Ø SOx (Sulphur oxides): Fossil fuel burning, power plants, smelting of metal sulphide ores, industrial sources, industrial production of sulfuric acid in metallurgical, chemical and fertiliser industries volcanoes, seas and oceans, decomposition of organic matter.
Ø NOx (Nitrogen oxides – NO, NO2 and N2O): Fossil fuel burning, lightning, biomass burning, forest fires, oceans, power plants.
Ø Formic acid (HCOOH): Biomass burning due to forest fires causes emission of formic acid (HCOOH) and formaldehyde (HCHO) into the atmosphere. Large fraction formaldehyde gets photo — oxidation and forms formic acid in the atmosphere.
Ø Carbonic acid (H2CO3): Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide dissolve in water (water vapor) to form carbonic acid.
Some points on N2O and NO:
Ø Are neutral in nature.
Ø These acidic oxides react with water and produce acids like HNO3 (nitric acid) and HNO2 (nitrous acid) which causes acid rain.
Ø The neutral oxides are comparatively less, and they combine with oxygen and produce nitrogen dioxide.
Ø Thus, N2O and NO are indirectly involved (2NO +O2 —>2NO2) in causing acid rain.
Ø ―Acid rain‖ is a broad term referring to a mixture of wet and dry deposition (a form of deposition material) from the atmosphere.
Ø If the acid chemicals in the air are blown into areas where the weather is wet, the acids can fall to the ground in the form of rain, snow, fog, or mist.
Ø As this acidic water flows over and through the ground, it affects a variety of plants and animals.
Ø In areas where the weather is dry, the acid chemicals may become incorporated into dust or smoke and fall to the ground through dry deposition, sticking to the ground, buildings, vegetation, cars, etc.
Ø Dry deposited gases and particles can be washed from these surfaces by rainstorms, through runoff. This runoff water makes the resulting mixture more acidic.
Ø About half of the acidity in the atmosphere falls back to earth through dry deposition.
five basic steps are involved in the formation of acid rain:
1. The atmosphere receives oxides of sulphur and nitrogen from natural and human-made sources.
2. Some of these oxides fall back directly to the ground as dry deposition, either close to the place of origin or some distance away.
3. Sunlight stimulates the formation of photo-oxidants (such as ozone ) in the atmosphere.
4. These photo-oxidants interact with the oxides of sulphur and nitrogen and other gases (like NH3) to produce H2SO4 (sulphuric acid) and HNO3 (nitric acid) by oxidation.
5. Acid rain containing ions of sulfate, nitrate, ammonium and hydrogen falls as wet deposition.
Ø Acid precipitation affects both aquatic and terrestrial organisms.
Ø It also damages buildings and monuments.
Ø Bad smells, reduced visibility; irritation of the skin, eyes and the respiratory tract.
Ø Some direct effects include chronic bronchitis, pulmonary emphysema and cancer.
Ø The exchange between hydrogen ions and the nutrient cations like potassium and magnesium in the soil cause leaching of the nutrients , making the soil infertile.
Ø An increase in ammonia in the soil due to a decrease in other nutrients decrease the rate of decomposition. The nitrate level of the soil is also found to decrease.
Ø The impact of acid rain on soil is less in India; because Indian soils are mostly alkaline, with good buffering ability .
Ø Eggs or sperms of fish, frogs and other aquatic organisms are sensitive to pH changes.
Ø Acid rain kills their gametes affecting the life cycles and productivity (ecosystem imbalances).
Ø Acidic lake waters may kill microbes and turn them unproductive.
Ø Acid rain can make metals bound on soils to be released into the aquatic environment.
Ø Acid rain damage cuticle of plant leaves and reduces photosynthesis.
Ø Acidic medium promotes leaching of heavy metals like aluminium, lead and mercury. Such metals when percolate into ground water affect soil micro flora/fauna.
Ø Other indirect effects of acid rain on wildlife are loss or alteration of food and habitat resources.
Ø pH determines the proliferation of any microbial species.
Ø The optimum pH of most bacteria and protozoa is near neutrality.
Ø Most fungi prefer an acidic environment.
Ø Most blue-green bacteria prefer an alkaline environment.
Ø So, microbial species in the soil and water shift from bacteria-bound to fungi-bound.
Ø This causes a delay in the decomposition of soil organic material.
Ø Many old, historical, ancient buildings and works of art/textile etc. are adversely affected by acid rain.
Ø Limestone and marble are destroyed by acid rain. Smoke and soot cover such objects. They slowly dissolve/flake away from the surfaces because of acid fumes in the air.
Ø Many buildings/monuments such as Taj Mahal in Agra have suffered from acid rain (Marble Cancer).
Acid Rain Areas
Ø They are concentrated in the industrialised belt of the northern hemisphere.
Ø Scandinavia, Canada, the Northeast United States and North-western Europe.
In India
Ø In India, the first report of acid rain came from Bombay in 1974.
Ø Instances of acid rain are being reported from metropolitan cities.
Ø Lowering of soil pH is reported from north-eastern India, coastal Karnataka and Kerala, parts of Orissa, West Bengal and Bihar.
Acid Rain Control
Ø Use of low sulphur fuel or natural gas or washed coal (chemical washing of pulverised coal) in thermal plants can reduce incidences of acid rain.
Ø Buffering: the practice of adding a neutralising agent to the acidified water to increase the pH. Usually, lime in the form of calcium oxide and calcium carbonate is used.
Ø
Ocean acidification has been called the ―evil twin of global warming‖ and ―the other CO2 problem‖.
Ø Ocean acidification is the ongoing decrease in the pH of the Earth‘s oceans, caused by the uptake of carbon dioxide (CO2) from the atmosphere.
Ø An estimated 30–40% of the carbon dioxide from human activity released into the atmosphere dissolves into oceans, rivers and lakes.
Ø To achieve chemical equilibrium, some of it reacts with the water to form carbonic acid.
Ø Some of these extra carbonic acid molecules react with a water molecule to give a bicarbonate ion and a hydronium ion, thus increasing ocean acidity (H+ ion concentration).
Ø Checking CO and CO2 emissions and controlling pollution are the only means to reduce ocean acidification.
Other contributors
Ø Eutrophication leads to large plankton blooms, and when these blooms collapse and sink to the sea bed the subsequent respiration of bacteria decomposing the algae leads to a decrease in seawater oxygen and an increase in CO2 (a decline in pH).
Effects of Ocean Acidification
Ø Oceans are an important reservoir for CO2, absorbing a significant quantity of it (one- third) produced by anthropogenic activities and effectively buffering climate change.
Ø The uptake of atmospheric carbon dioxide is occurring at a rate exceeding the natural buffering capacity of the oceans.
Ø Increasing acidity depresses metabolic rates and immune responses in some organisms.
Ø Seawater absorbs CO2 to produce carbonic acid, bicarbonate and carbonate ions.
Ø However, the increase in atmospheric CO2 levels lead to a decrease in pH level, an increase in the concentration of carbonic acid and bicarbonate ions, causing a decrease in the concentration of carbonate ions.
Ø The decrease in the amount of carbonate ions available makes it more difficult for marine calcifying organisms, such as coral (calcareous corals) and some plankton (calcareous plankton), to form biogenic calcium carbonate.
Ø Commercial fisheries are threatened because acidification harms calcifying organisms which form the base of the Arctic food webs.
Ø Increasing acidity accentuates coral bleaching as corals are very sensitive to changes in water composition.
Impact of Ocean Acidification on Cloud Formation
Ø The majority of sulphur in the atmosphere is emitted from the ocean, often in the form of dimethylsulfide (DMS) produced by phytoplankton .
Ø Some of DMS produced by phytoplankton enters the atmosphere and reacts to make sulphuric acid, which clumps into aerosols, or microscopic airborne particles.
Ø Aerosols seed the formation of clouds, which help cool the Earth by reflecting sunlight.
Ø But, in acidified ocean water, phytoplankton produces less DMS.
Ø This reduction of sulphur may lead to decreased cloud formation, raising global temperatures .
Ø
Cloud seeding is the process of spreading either dry ice or more commonly, silver iodide aerosols , into the upper part of clouds to try to stimulate the precipitation process and form rain.
Ø Since most rainfall starts through the growth of ice crystals from super-
cooled cloud droplets in the upper parts of clouds, the silver iodide particles are meant to encourage the growth of new ice particles
Ø Soil pollution is defined as the 'addition of substances to the soil, which adversely affect physical, chemical and biological properties of soil and reduces its productivity.
Ø It is build-up of persistent toxic compounds, chemicals, salts, radioactive materials, or disease causing agents in soil which have adverse effects on plant growth, human and animal health.
Ø They accumulate in soil and prevents germination of seeds. They stay in soil for centuries without decomposing (non-biodegradable).
Ø Burning of plastic in garbage dumps release highly toxic and poisonous gases like carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, phosgene, dioxins and other poisonous chlorinated compounds.
Ø Toxic solid residue left after burning remains in soil. The harmful gases enters soils through chemical cycles.
Ø They includes fly ash, metallic residues, mercury, lead, copper, zinc,cadmium,cynides, thiocynates, chromates, acids, alkalies, organic substances, nuclear wastes etc.
Ø Large number of industrial chemicals, dyes, acids, etc. find their way into the soil and are known to create many health hazards including cancer.
Ø Pesticides are chemicals that include insecticides, fungicides, algicides, rodenticides, weedicides sprayed in order to improve productivity of agriculture, forestry and horticulture.
Ø Chlorohydrocarbons (CHCs) like DDT, endosulfan, heptachlor accumulate in soil and cause biomagnification. Some of these pesticides like DDT and endosulfan are banned by most of the countries.
Ø Excessive use of chemical fertilizers reduces the population of soil borne organisms and the crumb structure of the soil, productivity of the soil and increases salt content of the soil.
Ø It includes concrete, asphalt, rungs, leather, cans, plastics, glass, discarded food, paper and carcasses.
Ø Radioactive elements from mining and nuclear power plants, find their way into water and then into the soil.
Many air pollutants (acid rain) and water pollutants ultimately become part of the soil and the soil also receives some toxic chemicals during weathering of certain rocks.
Ø Reduced soil fertility due to increase in alkalinity, salinity or pH.
Ø Reduced crop yield due to reduced fertility.
Ø Reduced nitrogen fixation due to the reduced number of nitrogen fixers.
Ø Increased erosion due to loss of forests and other vegetation.
Ø Run off due to deforestation cause loss of soil and nutrients.
Ø Deposition of silt in tanks and reservoirs due to soil erosion.
Ø Health effects are similar to effects of water pollution.
Ø Ecological imbalance.
Ø Foul smell and release of gases.
Ø Waste management problems.
More or less same as for water pollution.
Ø Indiscriminate disposal of solid waste should be avoided.
Ø To control soil pollution, it is essential to stop the use of plastic bags and instead use bags of degradable materials like paper and cloth.
Ø Sewage should be treated properly before using as fertilizer and as landfills.
Ø The organic matter from domestic, agricultural and other waste should be segregated and subjected to vermicomposting which generates useful manure as a byproduct.
Ø The industrial wastes prior to disposal should be properly treated for removing hazardous materials.
Ø Biomedical waste should be separately collected and incinerated in proper incinerators.
Ø Use of bio pesticides, bio fertilizers. Organic farming.
Ø Four R's: Refuse, Reduce, Reuse, and Recycle.
Ø Afforestation and Reforestation.
Ø Solid waste treatment.
Ø Reduction of waste from construction areas.
Ø Noise by definition is ―sound without value‖ or ―any noise that is unwanted by the recipient.
Ø Noise level is measured in terms of decibels (dB). An increase of about 10 dB is approximately double the increase in loudness.
Ø W.H.O. (World Health Organization) has prescribed optimum noise level as 45 dB by day and 35 dB by night. Anything above 80 dB is hazardous.
Ø Noise pollution leads to irritation, increased blood pressure, loss of temper, mental depression and annoyance, decrease in work efficiency, loss of hearing which may be first temporary but can become permanent in the noise stress continues.
Ø Road traffic noise can be reduced by better designing and proper maintenance of vehicles.
Ø Noise abatement measures include creating noise mounds, noise attenuation walls and well maintained roads and smooth surfacing of roads.
Ø Retrofitting of locomotives, continuously welded rail track, use of electric locomotives or deployment of quieter rolling stock will reduce noises emanating from trains.
Ø Air traffic noise can be reduced by appropriate insulation and introduction of noise regulations for takeoff and landing of aircrafts at the airport.
Ø Industrial noises can be reduced by sound proofing equipment like generators and areas producing lot of noise.
Ø Power tools, very loud music and land movers, public functions using loud speakers etc, should not be permitted at night.
Ø Use of horns, alarms, refrigeration units, etc. is to be restricted.
Ø Use of fire crackers which are noisy and cause air pollution should be restricted.
Ø A green belt of trees is an efficient noise obsorber.
Noise pollution (control and regulation) rules 2000, define ambient noise levels for various areas as follows:
The Government of India on Mar 2011 launched a Real time Ambient Noise Monitoring Network.
Silence Zone is an area comprising not less than 100 metres around hospitals, educational institutions, courts, religious places or any other such area declared by a competent authority.
Sources
Artificial Sources of Radioactive pollution:
Ø Accidents in nuclear power plants and nuclear waste.
Ø Nuclear weapon testing and explosion (Nuclear fallout). The fall Out contains radioactive substances such as strontium-90, cesium-137, iodine-131 etc.
Ø Uranium mining and mining of other radioactive material like thorium etc, uranium contamination is well observed in India.
Ø Radiation therapy and direct exposures to radiation for diagnostic purposes (eg. X-rays), chemotherapy etc.
Ø The slow nuclear radiations can emanate from a variety of sources viz. nuclear reactors, laboratories, hospitals and direct exposures to X-rays etc.
Ø They include cosmic rays from space and terrestrial radiations from radio-nuclides present in earth‘s crust such as radium-224, uranium-238, thorium-232, potassium-40, carbon- 14, etc
Ø
Some species of animals and plants preferentially accumulate specific radioactive materials
Ø The use of nuclear energy has two very serious inherent problems.
Ø accidental leakage, as occurred in the Three Mile Island, Chernobyl and Fukushima incidents and safe disposal of radioactive wastes. It has been recommended that storage of nuclear waste, after sufficient pre-treatment, should be done in suitably shielded containers buried within the rocks, about 500 m deep below the earth‘s surface.
Ø However, this method of disposal is meeting stiff opposition from the public.
Ø The quick devastating and immediate effects of nuclear radiations are well known as witnessed following Hiroshima and Nagasaki in Japan during world war II.
Ø Continued small dose exposure to nuclear radiation can cause childhood leukemia, miscarriage, underweight babies, infant deaths, increased susceptibility to AIDS and other immune disorders and increased criminalities.
Ø Underground bomb testing releases radiations in very small doses of radicals that pollutes water and soil.
Ø This radioactive water is taken by Page plants through roots. The radioactivity enters food chain when such plants are | 4 eaten by animals and humans. Such radioactivity has been detected even in the milk.
Ø Radiation, that is given off by nuclear waste is extremely damaging to biological organisms, because it causes mutations to occur at a very high rate.
Ø At high doses, nuclear radiation is lethal but at lower doses, it creates various disorders, the most frequent of all being cancer.
Ø The biological damage caused by the radiation is determined by the intensity of radiation and duration of the exposure.
Ø It depends on the amount of energy deposited by the radiation in the biological system.
Ø For example, alpha particles (protons) do much more damage per unit energy deposited than do beta particles (electrons).
Ø A traditional unit of human-equivalent dose is the rem, which stands for radiation equivalent in man.
Ø At low doses, such as what we receive every day from background radiation (<1 m rem), the cells repair the damage rapidly.
Ø At higher doses (up to 100 rem), the cells might not be able to repair the damage, and the cells may either be changed permanently or die.
Ø Cells changed permanently may go on to produce abnormal cells when they divide and may become cancerous.
Ø At even higher doses, the cells cannot be replaced fast enough and tissues fail to function. An example of this would be ―radiation sickness.‖ This is a condition that results after high doses is given to the whole body (>100 rem).
Ø Alpha particles, can be blocked by a piece of paper and human skin.
Ø Beta particles can penetrate through skin, while can be blocked by some pieces of glass and metal.
Ø Gamma rays can penetrate easily to human skin and damage cells on its way through, reaching far, and can only be blocked by a very thick, strong, massive piece of concrete.
Ø Each radioactive material has a constant decay rate. Half-life is the time needed for half of its atoms to decay.
Ø Half-life of a radio nuclide refers to its period of radioactivity. The half-life may vary from a fraction of a second to thousands of years.
Ø The radio nuclides with long half-time are the chief source of environmental radioactive pollution.
Ø Nuclear fission in the reactor core produces lot of heat which if not controlled can lead to a meltdown of fuel rods in the reactor core.
Ø
If a meltdown happens by accident, it will release large quantities of highly dangerous radioactive materials in the environment with disastrous consequences to the humans, animals and plants.
Ø To prevent this type of accidents and reactor blow up, the reactors are designed to have a number of safety features. Inspire of these safety measures three disasters in the nuclear power plants are noteworthy – Three
o Chernobyl (U.S.S.R.) in 1986 and
o Fukushima Daiichi nuclear disaster in 2011.
Ø In the first two cases a series of mishaps and errors resulted in over heating of the reactor core and lot of radiation was released into the environment.
Ø The leakage from Three Mile Island reactor was apparently low and no one was injured immediately. However, in case of Chernobyl the leakage was very heavy causing death of some workers and radiation spread over large areas scattered all over Europe.
Ø The latest one – Fukushima Daiichi nuclear accident was triggered by an earthquake.
Ø Other important nuclear power plant disasters include Chalk river, Canada, Windscale Plutonium Production Center, U.K and Monju, Japan.
Ø Accidents with nuclear submarines and nuclear warships is a possibility.
Radioactive wastes are of two types
1. low level radioactive wastes (LLW) which include civilian applications of radionuclides in medicine, research and industry, materials from decommissioned reactors, protection clothing worn by persons working with radioactive materials or working in nuclear establishments.
2. High level radioactive wastes (HLW) results from spent nuclear fuel rods and obsolete nuclear weapons.
Some proposed methods of disposing nuclear waste are:
Ø bury it deep underground in insulated containers. This is a strategy being pursued in United States.
Ø shoot it into the space or into the sun. The cost would be very high and a launch accident should be disastrous.
Ø bury it under the ice sheet of Antarctica or Greenland ice cap. The ice could be destabilized by heat from the waste. The method has been prohibited by international law.
Ø dump it into deep oceans by keeping the waste into glass and steel cases. But the containers might leak and contaminate the ocean.
Ø change it into harmless or less harmful isotopes. Currently no method is known to do that and the method would be too costly.
Ø presently waste fuel rods are being stored in special storage ponds at reactor sites or sent to reprocessing plants. Even though reprocessing is more expensive but some countries use reprocessing as an alternative to waste storage.
Ø Prevention is the best control measure as there is no cure available for radiation damage.
Ø All safety measures should be strictly enforced. UN should have more powers to perform safety checks in various nuclear establishments across the world.
Ø Worldwide monitoring of radiation leakage should be a priority.
Ø Proper technologies should be developed to prevent contamination of water and soil by radioactive waste and radioactive materials.
Ø More avenues for safe disposal of radioactive must be worked out.
Ø Regular monitoring through frequent sampling and quantitative analysis in domestic nuclear establishments.
Ø Appropriate steps should be taken to protect from occupational exposure.
Ø Gradually decreasing the share of nuclear power is a necessity.
Ø World must unite to ban production and use of nuclear weapons.
The radiation that comes from mobile tower radiation is non-ionizing radiation.
Ø Every antenna on cell phone tower radiates electro-magnetic radiation (power).
Ø One cell phone tower is being used by a number of operators, more the number of antennas more is the power intensity in the nearby area.
Ø The power level near towers is higher and reduces as we move away.
Ø EMR may cause cellular and psychological changes in human beings due to thermal effects that are generated due to absorption of microwave radiation.
Ø The exposure can lead to genetic defects, effects on reproduction and development, Central Nervous System behavior etc.
Ø EMR can also cause non thermal effects which are caused by radio frequency fields at levels too low to produce significant heating and are due to movement of calcium and other ions across cell membranes.
Ø Such exposure is known to be responsible for fatigue, nausea, irritability, headaches, loss of appetite and other psychological disorders.
Ø The current exposure safety standards are purely based on the thermal effects considering few evidences from exposure to non-thermal effects.
Ø The surface area of bird is relatively larger than their body weight in comparison to human body so they absorb more radiation.
Ø Also the fluid content in the body of the bird is less due to small body weight so it gets heated up very fast.
Ø Magnetic field from the towers disturbs birds' navigation skills hence when birds are exposed to EMR they disorient and begin to fly in all directions.
Ø A large number of birds die each year from collisions with telecommunication masts.
Ø The MoEF has to notify the impacts of communication towers on wildlife and human health to the concerned agencies for regulating the norms for notification of standards for safe limit of EMR.
Ø Regular monitoring and auditing in urban localities/educational/hospital/industrial/ residential/recreational premises including the Protected Areas and ecologically sensitive areas. Carry out an 'Ecological Impact Assessment' before giving permission for construction of towers in wildlife and ecologically important areas.
Ø State Environment and Forest Department are entrusted with the task of providing regular awareness among the people about the norms on cell phone towers and dangers of EMR from them.
Ø Solid wastes or municipal solid wastes generally comprise paper, food wastes, plastics, glass, metals, rubber, leather, textile, etc.
Ø Open-burning reduces the volume of the wastes, although it is generally not burnt to completion and open dumps often serve as the breeding ground for rats and flies.
Ø Sanitary landfills were adopted as the substitute for open-burning dumps. In a sanitary landfill, wastes are dumped in a depression or trench after compaction, and covered with dirt every day.
Ø Landfills are also not really much of a solution since the amount of garbage generation specially in the metros has increased so much that these sites are getting filled too.
Ø Also there is danger of seepage of chemicals, etc. from these landfills polluting the underground water resources.
Ø Conventional plastics, right from their manufacture to their disposal are a major problem to the environment.
Ø The land gets littered by plastic bag garbage and becomes ugly and unhygienic.
Ø Conventional plastics have been associated with reproductive problems in both humans and wildlife.
Ø Dioxin (highly carcinogenic and toxic) byproduct of the manufacturing process is one of the chemicals believed to be passed on through breast milk to the nursing infant.
Ø Burning of plastics, especially PVC releases dioxin and also furan into the atmosphere.
Ø Dioxins are environmental pollutants. They belong to the so-called ―dirty dozen‖ - a group of dangerous chemicals known as persistent organic pollutants (POPs).
Ø The name "dioxins" is often used for the family of structurally and chemically related polychlorinated dibenzo para dioxins (PCDDs) and polychlorinated dibenzofurans (PCDFs).
Ø Plastic bags can also contaminate foodstuffs due to leaching of toxic dyes and transfer of pathogens.
Ø Careless disposal of plastic bags chokes drains, blocks the porosity of the soil and causes problems for groundwater recharge.
Ø Plastic disturbs the soil microbe activity. The terrestrial and aquatic animals misunderstand plastic garbage as food items, swallow them and die.
Ø Plastic bags deteriorates soil fertility as it forms part of manure and remains in the soil for years.
Ø Designing eco-friendly, biodegradable plastics is the need of the hour.
Ø Polyblend is a fine powder of recycled and modified plastic waste. This mixture is mixed with the bitumen that is used to lay roads.
Ø Blends of Polyblend and bitumen, when used to lay roads, enhanced the bitumen‘s water repellant properties, and helped to increase road life by a factor of three.
Ø Thermal power plants producing coal ash/fly ash;
Ø The integrated iron and steel mills producing blast furnace slag;
Ø Non-ferrous industries like aluminium, copper and zinc producing red mud and tailings;
Ø Sugar industries generating press mud;
Ø Pulp and paper industries producing lime mud;
Ø Fertilizer and allied industries producing gypsum; Recoverable Matter
Ø Pulp and paper: Ligno-sulphate, sodium salts.
Ø Textile: Caustic soda.
Ø Distillery: Potassium salts, yeast
Ø Fertilizer (phosphatic) Calcium sulphate, fluoride.
Ø Coke oven: Ammonia, ammonium sulphate, tar, naphthalene, phenol.
Ø One way to emulate nature is to recycle and reuse the chemicals used in industries instead of dumping them into the environment.
Ø Industries may interact in such a way that they establish a ―resource exchange‖ programme in which waste of one industry or manufacturer is utilized as raw material by another-industry- similar to food web in nature.
Ø Use of CNG by automobiles instead of petrol, as an automobile fuel, is an example of cleaner technology which has reduced pollution of the environment.
Ø Instead of throw away economy which creates huge amount of waste, the manufacturers can make more money if their product is redesigned so that it uses minimum amount of raw materials lasts longer, easy to maintain, repair, remanufacture, reuse or recycle.
Ø Any substance that is present in the environment or released into the environment causing substantial damage to public health and welfare of the environment is called hazardous substance.
Ø Any hazardous substance could exhibit any one or more of the following characteristics: toxicity, ignitability, corrosivity or reactivity (explosive). Thus, any waste that contains hazardous or very hazardous substance is called hazardous waste.
Ø Hazardous wastes can originate from various sources such as: house-hold, local areas, urban, industry, agriculture, construction activity, hospitals and laboratories, power plants and other sources.
Ø The hazardous waste when disposed of release a number of environmentally unfriendly substance(s).
Ø Hospitals generate hazardous wastes that contain disinfectants and other harmful chemicals, and also pathogenic micro-organisms. Such wastes also require careful treatment and disposal.
Ø The use of incinerators (destroy, especially waste material, by burning) is crucial to disposal of hospital waste.
o Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants is an international environmental treaty.
o Came into effective in 2004.
o Aims to eliminate or restrict the production and use of persistent organic pollutants (POPs).
o POPs are defined as ―chemical substances that persist in the environment, bioaccumulate through the food web, and pose a risk of causing adverse effects to human health and the environment‖.
o Aldrin: Used as an insecticide
o Heptachlor: Uses as a termiticide (including in the structure of houses and underground), for organic treatment and in underground cable boxes
o Hexachlorobenzene: Use as a chemical intermediate and a solvent for pesticides
o Endrin: Endrin has been used primarily as an agricultural insecticide on tobacco, apple trees, cotton, sugar cane, rice, cereal, and grains.
o Polychlorinated biphenyl : PCB‘s commercial utility was based largely on their chemical stability, including low flammability, and physical properties, including electrical insulating properties. They are highly toxic.
o DDT : DDT is the best-known of several chlorine-containing pesticides used in the 1940s and 1950s.
o Basel Convention on the Control of Transboundary Movements of Hazardous Wastes and Their Disposal .
o An international treaty that was designed to reduce the movements of hazardous waste between nations.
o Main goal is to prevent the transfer of hazardous waste from developed to less developed countries (LDCs).
o It does not address the movement of radioactive waste.
o Rotterdam Convention on the Prior Informed Consent Procedure for Certain Hazardous Chemicals and Pesticides in International Trade .
o Multilateral treaty to promote shared responsibilities in relation to the importation of hazardous chemicals.
o The convention promotes an open exchange of information and calls on exporters of hazardous chemicals to use proper labelling, safe handling, and inform purchasers of any known restrictions or bans.
o Signatory nations can decide whether to allow or ban the importation of chemicals listed in the treaty.
o The discarded and end-of-life electronic products ranging from computers, equipment, home appliances, audio and video products and all of their peripherals are popularly known as Electronic waste (E-waste).
o E-waste is not hazardous if it is stocked in safe storage or recycled by scientific methods or transported from one place to the other in parts or totality in the formal sector.
o The e-waste can, however, be considered hazardous if recycled by primitive methods.
Lead
· Used in glass panels and gaskets in computer monitors
· Solder in printed circuit boards and other Components
· Lead tends to accumulate in the environment and has high acute and chronic effects on plants, animals and microorganisms.
Cadmium
· Occurs in SMD chip resistors, infra-red detectors, and semiconductor chips
· Some older cathode ray tubes contain cadmium
· Toxic cadmium compounds accumulate in the human body, especially the kidneys.
Mercury
· It is estimated that 22 % of the yearly world consumption of mercury is used in electrical and electronic equipment
· Mercury is used in thermostats, sensors, relays, switches, medical equipment, lamps, mobile phones and in batteries
· Mercury, used in flat panel displays, will likely increase as their use replaces cathode ray tubes
· Mercury can cause damage to organs including the brain and kidneys, as well as the foetus.
· The developing foetus is highly vulnerable to mercury exposure.
· When inorganic mercury spreads out in the water, it is transformed to methylated mercury which bio-accumulates in living organisms and concentrates through the food chain, particularly via fish.
Hexavalent Chromium/Chromium VI 29
· Chromium VI is used as corrosion protector of untreated and galvanized steel plates and as a decorative or hardener for steel housings Plastics (including PVC): Dioxin is released when PVC is burned.
· The largest volume of plastics (26%) used in electronics has been PVC. PVC elements are found in cabling and computer housings.
· Many computer mouldings are now made with the somewhat more benign ABS plastics
· Chromium VI can cause damage to DNA and is extremely toxic in the environment.
Barium
· Barium is used in computers in the front panel of a CRT, to protect users from radiation
· Studies have shown that short-term exposure to barium causes brain swelling.
Beryllium
· Beryllium is commonly found on motherboards and finger clips
· It is used as a copper-beryllium alloy to strengthen connectors and tiny plugs while maintaining electrical conductivity
· Exposure to beryllium can cause lung cancer.
· Beryllium also causes a skin disease that is characterised by poor wound healing and wart-like bumps.
Toners
· Found in the plastic printer cartridge containing black and colour toners.
· Inhalation is the primary exposure pathway, and acute exposure may lead to respiratory tract irritation. Carbon black has been classified as a class 2B carcinogen, possibly carcinogenic to humans.
Phosphor and additives
· Phosphor is an inorganic chemical compound that is applied as a coat on the interior of the CRT faceplate.
· The phosphor coating on cathode ray tubes contain heavy metals, such as cadmium, and other rare earth metals, for example, zinc, vanadium as additives. These metals and their compounds are very toxic.
· India generates about 18.5 lakh metric tonnes (MT) of electronic waste every year, with Mumbai and Delhi-NCR accounting for the biggest chunk. The figure is likely to reach up to 30 lakh MT per year by 2018.
· Bangalore, Chennai, Kolkata, Ahmadabad, Hyderabad, Pune, Surat and Nagpur are other important cities generating a substantial amount of e-waste.
· Among the eight largest e-waste generating states, Maharashtra ranks first followed by Tamil Nadu (2nd), Andhra Pradesh (3rd), Uttar Pradesh (4th), Delhi (5th), Gujarat (6th), Karnataka (7th) and West Bengal (8th).
· Over half of the e-waste generated in the developed world are exported to developing countries, mainly to China, India and Pakistan, where metals like copper, iron, silicon, nickel and gold are recovered during the recycling process.
· Unlike developed countries, which have specifically built facilities for recycling of e- waste, recycling in developing countries often involves manual participation thus exposing workers to toxic substances present in e-waste.
· Toxic metals are dispersed in the environment through metal smelting industrial emissions, burning of organic wastes, automobiles and coal-based power generation.
· Heavy metals can be carried to places far away from their source of origin by winds when they are emitted in gaseous form or form of fine particulates.
· Rain ultimately washes the air having metallic pollutants and brings them to the land and to water bodies.
· Heavy metals cannot be destroyed by biological degradation.
· The heavy metals often encountered in the environment include lead, mercury, arsenic, chromium. These are known to cause toxic effects in living organisms.
Lead
· Lead enters the atmosphere from automobile exhaust.
· Tetraethyl lead (TEL) was added to petrol as an anti-knock agent for a smooth running of engines.
· Lead in petrol is being phased out by the introduction of lead-free petrol.
· Many industrial processes use lead, and it is often released as a pollutant.
· Battery scrap also contains lead. It can get mixed up with water and food and create cumulative poisoning.
· Lead can cause irreversible behavioural disturbances, neurological damage and other developmental problems in young children and babies. It is a carcinogen of the lungs and kidneys.
Mercury
· In Japan, mass mercury poisoning (Minamata disease ) was observed in the 1960s, caused by eating fish from Minamata Bay which was contaminated with methyl mercury .
· Mercury kills cells in the body and damages organs and thus impairs their functioning.
· Inhalation of mercury vapours is more dangerous than its ingestion.
· Chronic exposure causes lesions in the mouth and skin and neurological problems.
· Mercury thermometers used earlier are getting replaced by mercury-free thermometer.
Arsenic
· Arsenic is associated with copper, iron and silver ores.
· Arsenic is also emitted from fossil fuel burning.
· Liquid effluents from fertilizer plants also contain arsenic.
· Groundwater contamination with arsenic is very common in areas where it is present.
· Surface waters are generally free from arsenic pollution and should be preferred for drinking and cooking.
Cadmium
· Mining, especially of zinc and metallurgical operations, electroplating industries, etc., release cadmium in the environment.
· It may enter the human body by inhalation or from aquatic sources including fish, etc.
· It may cause hypertension, liver cirrhosis, brittle bones, kidney damage and lung cancer.
· Itai-itai disease first reported from Japan in 1965 was attributed to cadmium contamination in water and rice caused by the discharge of effluents from a zinc smelter into a river.
· Metals such as zinc, chromium, antimony and tin enter food from cheap cooking utensils.
· Preserved foods stored in tin cans also cause contamination by tin.
· Zinc is a skin irritant and affects the pulmonary system.
Ø Open dumps refer to uncovered areas that are used to dump solid waste of all kinds.
Ø The waste is untreated, uncovered, and not segregated. It is the breeding ground for flies, rats, and other insects that spread disease.
Ø The rainwater runoff from these dumps contaminates nearby land and water thereby spreading disease. Treatment by open dumps is to be phased out.
Ø It is a pit that is dug in the ground. The garbage is dumped and the pit is covered with soil everyday thus preventing the breeding of flies and rats.
Ø After the landfill is full, the area is covered with a thick layer of mud and the site can thereafter be developed as a parking lot or a park.
Ø
Problems - All types of waste are dumped in landfills and when water seeps through them it gets contaminated and in turn pollutes the surrounding area. This contamination of groundwater and soil through landfills is known as leaching.
Ø Sanitary landfill is more hygienic and built in a methodical manner to solve the problem of leaching.
Ø These are lined with materials that are impermeable such as plastics and clay, and are also built over impermeable soil. Constructing sanitary landfills is very costly.
Ø The process of burning waste in large furnaces at high temperature is known as incineration.
Ø In these plants the recyclable material is segregated and the rest of the material is burnt and ash is produced.
Ø Burning garbage is not a clean process as it produces tonnes of toxic ash and pollutes the air and water.
Ø A large amount of the waste that is burnt there can be recovered and recycled. In fact, at present, incineration is kept as the last resort and is used mainly for treating the infectious waste.
Ø It is a process of combustion in absence of oxygen or the material burnt under controlled atmosphere of oxygen. It is an alternative to incineration.
Ø The gas and liquid thus obtained can be used as fuels.
Ø Pyrolysis of carbonaceous wastes like firewood, coconut, palm waste, corn combs, cashew shell, rice husk paddy straw and saw dust, yields charcoal along with products like tar, methyl alcohol, acetic acid, acetone and fuel gas.
Ø Composting is a biological process in which micro-organisms, mainly fungi and bacteria, decompose degradable organic waste into humus like substance in the presence of oxygen.
Ø This finished product, which looks like soil, is high in carbon and nitrogen and is an excellent medium for growing plants.
Ø It increases the soil's ability to hold water and makes the soil easier to cultivate. It helps the soil retain more plant nutrients.
Ø It recycles the nutrients and returns them back to soil as nutrients.
Ø Apart from being clean, cheap, and safe, composting can significantly reduce the amount of disposable garbage.
Ø It is also known as earthworm farming. In this method, Earth worms are added to the compost. These worms break the waste and the added excreta of the worms makes the compost very rich in nutrients.
Ø Four R's – Reduce, Reuse, Recycle and Recover.
Ø WMC helps Small and Medium Industrial Clusters in waste minimization in their industrial plants.
Ø Development projects in the past were undertaken without any consideration to their environmental consequences. As a result the whole environment got polluted and degraded.
Ø In view of the colossal damage to the environment, governments and public are now concerned about the environmental impacts of developmental activities. So, to assess the environmental impacts, the mechanism of EIA was introduced.
Ø EIA is a tool to anticipate the likely environmental impacts that may arise out of the proposed developmental activities and suggest mitigation measures and strategies.
Ø EIA was introduced in India in 1978, with respect to river valley projects. Later the EIA legislation was enhanced to include other developmental sections Page since 1941.
Ø EIA comes under Notification on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of developmental projects 1994 under the provisions of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.
Ø Besides EIA, the Government of India under Environment (Protection) Act 1986 issued a number of other notifications, which are related to environmental impact assessment. EIA is now mandatory for 30 categories of projects, and these projects get Environmental Clearance (EC) only after the EIA requirements are fulfilled.
Ø Environmental clearance or the ‗go ahead‘signal is granted by the Impact Assessment Agency in the Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India.
o Industries
o Mining
o Thermal power plants
o River valley projects
Infrastructure and CRZ (Coastal Regulation Zone) Nuclear power projects.
Individual projects that need require clearance from central government
Ø Nuclear power and related projects such as heavy water plants, nuclear fuel complex, rare earths.
Ø River valley projects including hydel power, major irrigation and their combination including flood control.
Ø Ports, harbours, airports (except minor ports and harbours).
Ø Petroleum refineries including crude and product pipelines.
Ø Chemical fertilizers (nitrogenous and phosphatic other than single superphosphate). Pesticides (technical).
Ø Petrochemical complexes (both olefinic and aromatic) and petrochemical intermediates such as DMT, Caprolactam, LAB etc., and production of basic plastics such as LDPE, HDPE, PP, PVC.
Ø Bulk drugs and pharmaceuticals
Ø Exploration for oil and gas and their production, transportation and storage
Ø Synthetic rubber
Ø Asbestos and asbestos products
Ø Hydrocyanic acid and its derivatives
Ø Primary metallurgical industries (such as production of iron and steel, aluminium, copper, zinc, lead, and ferro-alloys)
Ø Chlor alkali industry
Ø Integrated paint complex including manufacture of resins and basic raw materials required in the manufacture of paints
Ø Viscose staple fibre and filament yarn
Ø Storage batteries integrated with manufacture of oxides of lead and lead antimony alloy
Ø All tourism projects between 200m-500 metres of High Water Line and at locations with an elevation of more than 1000 metres with investment of more than Rs. 5 crore
Ø Thermal power plants
Ø Mining projects (with lease more than 5 hectares)
Ø Highway projects except projects relating to improvement work including widening and strengthening of roads with marginal land acquisition along the existing alignments provided it does not pass through ecologically sensitive areas such as National Parks, Sanctuaries, Tiger Reserves, Reserve Forests
Ø Tarred roads in the Himalayas and forest areas
Ø Distilleries
Ø Raw skins and hide
Ø Pulp, paper and newsprint
Ø Dyes
Ø Cement
Ø Foundries (Individual)
Ø Electroplating
Ø Meta aminophenol
Ø risk assessment,
Ø environmental management and
Ø post product monitoring.
Ø serve as a primary environmental tool with clear provisions.
Ø apply consistently to all proposals with potential environmental impacts.
Ø use scientific practice and suggest strategies for mitigation.
Ø address all possible factors such as short term, long term, small scale and large scale effects.
Ø consider sustainable aspects such as capacity for assimilation, carrying capacity, biodiversity protection.
Ø lay down a flexible approach for public involvement.have in built mechanism of follow up and feedback.
Ø include mechanisms for monitoring, auditing and evaluation.
Ø assessment of existing environmental status.
Ø assessment of various factors of ecosystem (air, water, land, biological).
Ø analysis of adverse environmental impacts of the proposed project to be started.
Ø impact on people in the neighborhood.
Ø EIA provides a cost effective method to eliminate or minimize the adverse impact of developmental projects.
Ø EIA enables the decision makers to analyses the effect of developmental activities on the environment well before the developmental project is implemented.
Ø EIA encourages the adaptation of mitigation strategies in the developmental plan.
Ø EIA makes sure that the developmental plan is environmentally sound and within limits of the capacity of assimilation and regeneration of the ecosystem.
Ø EIA links environment with development. The goal is to ensure environmentally safe and sustainable development.
The EIA process looks into the following components of the environment.
Ø Quality of ambient air present and predicted.
Ø Meteorological data: Wind speed, direction, humidity etc.
Ø Quantity of emission likely from project.
Ø Impact of the emission on the area.
Ø Pollution control desires/air quality standards.
Ø Levels of noise present and predicted
Ø Strategies for reducing noise pollution.
Ø Existing ground and surface water resources, their quality and quantity within the zone.
Ø Impact of proposed project on water resources.
Ø Flora and fauna in impact zone.
Ø Potential damage (likely) due to project, due to effluents, emissions and landscaping. Biological stress (prediction).
Ø Study of soil characteristics, land use, and drainage pattern, and the likely adverse impact of the project.
Ø Impact on historical monuments and heritage site.
Ø Assessment of expected economic benefits arising out of the project have to be compared to the all the above mentioned factors. Thus we can say that environmental concerns have to be made a part of the decision to set up a project.
Ø Collection of baseline data from primary and secondary sources;
Ø Prediction of impacts based on past experience and mathematical modelling;
Ø Evolution of impacts versus evaluation of net cost benefit;
Ø Preparation of environmental management plans to reduce the impacts to the minimum;
Ø Quantitative estimation of financial cost of monitoring plan and the mitigation measures.
Ø Delineation of mitigation measures including prevention and control for each environmental component and rehabilitation and resettlement plan.
Ø EIA involves the steps mentioned below. However, EIA process is cyclical with interaction between the various steps.
Ø Screening: The project plan is screened for scale of investment, location and type of development and if the project needs statutory clearance.
Ø Scoping: The project‘s potential impacts, zone of impacts, mitigation possibilities and need for monitoring.
Ø Collection of baseline data: Baseline data is the environmental status of study area.
Ø Impact prediction: Positive and negative, reversible and irreversible and temporary and permanent impacts need to be predicted which presupposes a good understanding of the project by the assessment agency.
Ø Mitigation measures and EIA report: The EIA report should include the actions and steps for preventing, minimizing or by passing the impacts or else the level of compensation for probable environmental damage or loss.
Ø Public hearing: On completion of the EIA report, public and environmental groups living close to project site may be informed and consulted.
Ø Decision making: Impact Assessment (IA)Authority along with the experts consult the project-in-charge along with consultant to take the final decision, keeping mind EIA and EMP (Environment Management Plan).
Ø Monitoring and implementation of environmental management plan: The various phases of implementation of the project are monitored.
Ø Assessment of Alternatives, Delineation of Mitigation Measures and Environmental Impact Assessment Report: For every project, possible alternatives should be identified and environmental attributes compared. Alternatives should cover both project location and process technologies.
Ø Once alternatives have been reviewed, a mitigation plan should be drawn up for the selected option and is supplemented with an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to guide the proponent towards environmental improvements.
Ø Risk assessment: Inventory analysis and hazard probability and index also form part of EIA procedures.
The Committees will consist of experts in the following disciplines:
Ø Eco-system management
Ø Air/water pollution control
Ø Water resource management
Ø Flora/fauna conservation and management , Land use planning
Ø Social Sciences/Rehabilitation
Ø Project appraisal
Ø Ecology
Ø Environmental Health
Ø Subject Area Specialists
Ø Representatives of NGOs/persons concerned with environmental issues. The Chairman will be an outstanding and experienced ecologist or environmentalist or technical professional with wide managerial experience in the relevant development.
Ø The representative of Impact Assessment Agency will act as a Member-Secretary.
Ø Chairman and members will serve in their individual capacities except those specifically nominated as representatives.
Ø The membership of a committee shall not exceed 15 members.
Ø An Appraisal Committee constituted by the Ministry of Environment and Forests to first scrutinized a project based on the data presented by the project authorities.
Ø If necessary, the Ministry of Environment and Forests may also hold consultations with the investors and experts on specific issues as and when necessary.
Ø After considering all the facets of a projects, environmental clearance is accorded subject to implementation of the stipulated environmental safeguards.
Ø In case of projects where the project proponents have submitted complete information, a decision is taken within 90 days.
Ø The six regional offices of the Ministry functioning at Shillong,
Ø Bhubaneshwar, Chandigarh, Bangalore, Lucknow and Bhopal undertake monitoring of cleared projects.
Ø The primary objectives of this procedure is to ensure adequacy of the suggested safeguards and also to undertake mid-course corrections if required.
Ø Sometimes one or more natural resources becomes limiting resource in a given region and that restrict the scopes of development projects.
Coastal Zone Management Plans (CZMPs) are prepared by coastal states or Union Territories as per rules set by CRZ notification 1991.
CZMPs are prepared based on identification and categorization of coastal areas for different activities and then submitted to the MoEF for approval.
The ministry then forms a task force for examining their plans.
Ø When a project requires both environmental clearance as well as approval under the Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980, proposals for both are required to be given simultaneously to the concerned divisions of the Ministry.
Ø The processing is done simultaneously for clearance or rejection. If the project does not involve diversion of forestland, the case is processed only for environmental clearance.
Ø Once all the requisite documents and data from the project authorities are received and public hearings (where required) have been held, assessment and evaluation of the project from the environment angle is completed within 90 days and the decision of the ministry shall be conveyed within 30 days thereafter [120 days for final decision].
Ø Whenever a project is given environment clearance, a set of conditions are stipulated by the Appraisal Committee on a case to case basis, which have to be complied with by the project proponent.
Ø The project authorities are required to submit a half-yearly compliance report to the Ministry about the compliance of conditions stipulated.
Ø Cases of non-compliance of the recommendations and conditions by cleared projects/ units are brought to the notice of the Ministry, which may then initiate action against the project authorities.
The Main Participants Of EIA
EIA applies to public and private sections. The six main players are:
Ø Those who propose the project
Ø The environmental consultant who prepare EIA on behalf of project proponent.
Ø Pollution Control Board (State or National).
Ø Public has the right to express their opinion.
Ø The Impact Assessment Agency.
Ø Regional center of the Ministry of Environment and Forest.
Ø Environment Impact Assessment Notification of 2006 has decentralized the environmental clearance projects by categorizing the developmental projects in two categories, i.e., Category A (national level appraisal) and Category B (state level appraisal).
Ø 'Category A' projects are appraised at national level by Impact Assessment Agency (IAA) and the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) and Category B projects are apprised at state level.
Ø State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) and State Level Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC) are constituted to provide clearance to Category B process.
Ø After 2006 Amendment the EIA cycle comprises of four stages
Ø Screening
Ø Scoping
Ø Public hearing
Ø Appraisal
Ø Category A projects require mandatory environmental clearance and thus they do not undergo the screening process.
Ø Category B projects undergoes screening process and they are classified into two types.
Ø Category B, projects (Mandatory requires EIA).
Ø Category B2 projects (Do not require EIA).
Ø Thus Category A projects and Category B, projects undergo the complete EIA process whereas Category B2 projects are excluded from complete EIA process.
notice for public hearing
Ø
Whoever applies for environmental clearance of projects, should request the concerned State Pollution Control Board to initiate a public hearing.
Ø The State Pollution Control Board issues a notice for environmental public hearing which will be published in at least two newspapers widely circulated in the region around the project, one of which will be in the vernacular language of the locality concerned.
Ø State Pollution Control Board mentions the date, time and place of public hearing.
Ø Suggestions, views, comments and objections of the public will be invited within thirty days from the date of publication of the notification.
Ø All persons including the residents, environmental groups and others located at the project site/sites of displacement/sites likely to be affected can participate in the public hearing. They can also make oral/written suggestions to the State Pollution Control Board.
Ø The composition of Public Hearing Panel may consist of the following, namely:
Ø Representative of State Pollution Control Board;
Ø District Collector or his nominee;
Ø Representative of State Government dealing with the subject;
Ø Representative of Department of the State Government dealing with Environment;
Ø Not more than three representatives of the local bodies such as Municipalities or panchayats;
Ø Not more than three senior citizens of the area nominated by the District Collector.
Ø There are several projects with significant environmental impacts that are exempted from the notification either because they are not listed in schedule I, or their investments are less than what is provided for in the notification.
Ø It is being found that the team formed for conducting EIA studies is lacking the expertise in various fields such as environmentalists, wild life experts, Anthropologists and Social Scientists (to study the social impact of the project).
Ø For example for the preparation of EIA report of the proposed oil exploration in coast of Orissa by the reliance group has been given to the life science Dept of Berhampur university which has no expertise on the study of turtles and its life cycle.
Ø Public comments are not taken into account at the early stage, which often leads to conflict at the later stage of project clearance.
Ø A number of projects with significant environmental and social impacts have been excluded from the mandatory public hearing process.
Ø The documents which the public are entitled to are seldom available on time.
Ø The data collectors do not pay respect to the indigenous knowledge of local people.
Ø One of the biggest concerns with the Page environmental clearance process is | 7 related to the quality of EIA report that are being carried out.
Ø The reports are generally incomplete and provided with false data.
Ø Many EIA report are based on single season data.
Ø The EIA document in itself is so bulky and technical, which makes it very difficult to decipher so as to aid in the decision making process.
Ø It is the responsibility of the project proponent to commission the preparation of the EIA for its project.
Ø The EIA is actually funded by an agency or individual whose primary interest is to procure clearance for the project proposed.
Ø There is little chance that the final assessment presented is un biased, even if the consultant may provide an unbiased assessment that is critical of the proposed project.
Ø There are so many cases of fraudulent EIA studies where erroneous data has been used, same facts used for two totally different places etc.
Ø There is no accreditation of EIA consultants, therefore any such consultant with a track record of fraudulent cases cannot be held liable for discrepancies.
Ø It is hard to imagine any consultant after being paid lakh of rupees, preparing a report for the project proponents, indicating that the project is not viable.
· According to IUCN (2004), the total number of plant and animal species described so far is slightly more than 1.5 million.
· Estimates place the global species diversity at several million.
· A large proportion of the species waiting to be discovered are in the tropics.
· More than 70 per cent of all the species recorded are animals, while plants (including algae, fungi, bryophytes, gymnosperms and angiosperms) comprise no more than 22 per cent of the total.
· Among animals, insects are the most species-rich taxonomic group, making up more than 70 per cent of the total.
· The number of fungi species in the world is more than the combined total of the species of fishes, amphibians, reptiles and mammals.
· The largely tropical Amazonian rain forest in South America has the greatest biodiversity on earth.
Definitions Biodiversity
· Biodiversity is the variety of plant and animal life in the world or in a particular habitat.
· Biodiversity is measured by two major components: species richness, and species evenness.
Species richness
· It is the measure of the number of species found in a community.
Species evenness
· Species evenness is a measure of the relative abundance of the different species making up the richness of an area.
· Example: The sample forest A has 4 tigers, 5 deer and 6 rabbits and sample forest B has 1 tiger, 6 deer and 8 rabbits. Both samples have the same richness (3 species – species richness) and the same total number of individuals (15). However, the sample forest A has more evenness than the sample forest B.
· Low evenness indicates that a few species dominate the site.
Alpha diversity
· It refers to the diversity within a particular area or ecosystem and is usually expressed by the number of species (i.e., species richness) in that ecosystem.
Beta diversity
· It is a comparison of diversity between ecosystems, usually measured as the change in the amount of species between the ecosystems.
Gamma diversity
· It is a measure of the overall diversity for the different ecosystems within a region.
Genetic diversity
· Genetic diversity is the total number of genetic characteristics in the genetic makeup of a species.
· A single species might show high diversity at the genetic level (E.g. Homo sapiens: Chinese, Indian American, African etc.).
· India has more than 50,000 genetically different strains of rice and 1,000 varieties of mango.
· Genetic diversity allows species to adapt to changing environments. This diversity aims to ensure that some species survive drastic changes and thus carry on desirable genes.
· Species that differ from one another in their genetic makeup do not interbreed in nature.
· Closely-related species have in common much of their hereditary characteristics. For instance, about 98.4 per cent of the genes of humans and chimpanzees are the same.
Species diversity
· It is the ratio of one species population over total number of organisms across all species in the given biome. ‗Zero‘ would be infinite diversity, and ‗one‘ represents only one species present.
· Species diversity is a measure of the diversity within an ecological community that incorporates both species richness (the number of species in a community) and the evenness of species.
· In general, species diversity decreases as we move away from the equator towards the poles.
· With very few exceptions, tropics (latitudinal range of 23.5° N to 23.5° S) harbour more species than temperate or polar areas.
· Bioprospecting: nations endowed with rich biodiversity explore molecular, genetic and species-level diversity to derive products of economic importance.
Stable community
· A stable community means that there is not much variation in productivity from year to year; it is either resistant or resilient to occasional disturbances (natural or human-made) and is resistant to invasions by alien species.
Ecological diversity
· Ecological diversity refers to different types of habitats. A habitat is the cumulative factor of the climate, vegetation and geography of a region.
· It includes various biological zones, like a lake, desert, coast, estuaries, wetlands, mangroves, coral reefs etc.
· At the ecosystem level, India, for instance, with its deserts, rain forests, mangroves, coral reefs, wetlands, estuaries, and alpine meadows has a greater ecosystem diversity than a Scandinavian country like Norway.
Endemism
· There are more than 200000 species in India of which several are confined to India (endemic).
· Endemism is the ecological state of a species being unique to a defined geographic location , such as an island, nation, country or other defined zone, or habitat type; organisms that are indigenous to a place are not endemic to it if they are also found elsewhere.
· A particular type of animal or plant may be endemic to a zone, a state or a country. The extreme opposite of endemism is cosmopolitan distribution.
Keystone species
· Keystone species is a species whose addition to or loss from an ecosystem leads to major changes in the occurrence of at least one other species.
· Certain species in an ecosystem is considered more important in determining the presence of many other species in that ecosystem.
· All top predators (Tiger, Lion, Crocodile, Elephant) are considered as keystone species because they regulate all other animal population indirectly.
· Hence top predators are given much consideration in conservation.
· If keystone species is lost, it will result in the degradation of the whole ecosystem.
· For example, certain plant species (ebony tree, Indian-laurel) exclusively depends upon bats for its pollination. If the bat population is reduced, then regeneration of particular plants becomes more difficult.
Foundation species
· Foundation species is a dominant primary producer in an ecosystem both in terms of abundance and influence. Example: kelp in kelp forests and corals in coral reefs.
Flagship species
· A flagship species is a species chosen to represent an environmental cause , such as an ecosystem in need of conservation.
· These species are chosen for their vulnerability, attractiveness or distinctiveness in order to engender support and acknowledgement from the public at large.
· Example: Indian tiger, African elephant, giant panda of China, the leatherback sea turtle, etc.
Biodiversity of India
· India is recognized as one of the mega-diverse countries, rich in biodiversity and associated traditional knowledge.
· India has 23.39% of its geographical area under forest and tree cover.
· With just 2.4% of the land area, India accounts for nearly 7% of the recorded species even while supporting almost 18% of the human population.
· In terms of species richness, India ranks seventh in mammals, ninth in birds and fifth in reptiles.
· In terms of endemism of vertebrate groups, India‘s position is tenth in birds with 69 species, fifth in reptiles with 156 species and seventh in amphibians with 110 species.
· India‘s share of crops is 44% as compared to the world average of 11%.
India Represents
· Two ‗Realms‘
· Five Biomes
· Ten Bio-geographic Zones
· Twenty-five Bio-geographic provinces Realms
· Biogeographic realms are large spatial regions within which ecosystems share a broadly similar biota .
· A realm is a continent or sub-continent sized area with unifying features of geography and fauna & flora.
· The Indian region is composed of two realms. They are:
1. the Himalayan region represented by Palearctic Realm and
2. the rest of the sub-continent represented by Malayan Realm
· In world, Eight terrestrial biogeographic realms are typically recognised. They are
1. Nearctic Realm
2. Palaearctic Realm
3. Africotropical Realm
4. Indomalayan Realm
5. Ocenaia Realm
6. Australian Realm
7. Antarctic Realm
8. Neotropical Realm Biomes of India
· The term biome means the main groups of plants and animals living in areas of certain climate patterns .
· It includes the way in which animals, vegetation and soil interact together. The plants and animals of that area have adapted to that environment.
The five biomes of India are:
1. Tropical Humid Forests
2. Tropical Dry or Deciduous Forests (including Monsoon Forests)
3. Warm deserts and semi-deserts
4. Coniferous forests and
5. Alpine meadows.
Bio-geographic Zones
· Biogeography deals with the geographical distribution of plants and animals.
· Biogeographic zones were used as a basis for planning wildlife protected areas in India.
· There are 10 biogeographic zones which are distinguished clearly in India. They are as follows:
1. Trans-Himalayas
2. Himalayas
3. Desert
4. Semi-arid
5. Western Ghats
6. Deccan Peninsula
7. Gangetic plain
8. North-east India
9. Islands
10. Coasts
Wildlife Diversity of India Himalayan mountain system
· The west Himalayas have low rainfall, heavy snowfall (temperate conditions).
· In the east Himalayas, there is heavy rainfall, snowfall only at very high altitudes.
· Lower altitudes conditions are similar to the tropical rain forests.
Himalayan foothills
· Flora: Natural monsoon evergreen and semi-evergreen forests; dominant species are sal, silk-cotton trees, giant bamboos; tall grassy meadow with savannahs in terai.
· Fauna: Elephant, sambar, swamp deer, cheetal, hog deer, barking deer, wild boar tiger, panther, hyena, black bear, sloth bear, Great Indian one-horned rhinoceros, wild buffalo, Gangetic gharial, golden langur.
Western Himalayas (High altitude region)
· Flora: Natural monsoon evergreen and semi-evergreen forests; rhododendrons; dwarf hill bamboo and birch forests mixed with alpine pastures.
· Fauna: Tibetan wild ass (kiang) (Don‘t confuse this with Asiatic wild ass which in found in Kutch region), wild goats (thar, ibex) and blue sheep; antelopes (Chiru and Tibetan gazelle), deers (hangul of Kashmir stag and shou or Sikkim stag, musk deer); golden eagle, snow cocks, snow partridges; snow leopard, black and brown bears; birds like Griffon vultures.
Eastern Himalayas
· Flora: Oaks, magnolias, laurels and birches covered with moss and ferns; coniferous forests of pine, fir, yew and junipers with an undergrowth of scrubby rhododendrons and dwarf bamboos; lichens, mosses, orchids, and other epiphytes dominant (due to high humidity and high rainfall).
· Fauna: Red panda, hog badgers, forest badgers, crestless porcupines, takins etc.
Peninsular – Indian sub-region
· It has two zones.
1. peninsular India and its extension into the drainage basin of the Ganges river system, and
2. desert region of Rajasthan-the Thar of Indian desert region.
Peninsular India
· It is home to tropical moist deciduous to tropical dry deciduous and scrub vegetation depending upon the variation in rainfall and humidity.
· Flora: Sal in north and east extensions (higher rainfall) and teak in southern plateau are dominant trees.
· West Ghats have evergreen vegetation (flora and fauna similar to evergreen rainforests of northeastern of India. In dry areas of Rajasthan and Aravalli hills, trees are scattered, and thorny scrub species predominate. The forests give way to more open savannah habit.
· Fauna: Elephant, wild boar, deers (cheetal or axis deer), hog deer swamp deer or barasinga, sambar, muntjak or barking deer, antelopes (four-horned antelope, Nilgiri, blackbuck, chinkara gazelle), wild dog or dhole, tiger, leopard, cheetah, lion, wild pig, monkey, striped hyena, jackal, gaur.
Indian desert
· Thar desert of Rajasthan has unique flora and fauna.
· Flora: Thorny trees with reduced leaves; cacti, other succulents are the main plants.
· Fauna: Animals are mostly burrowing ones. Among mammals‘ rodents are the largest group.
· The Indian desert gerbils are mouse-like, rodents, other animals are, Asiatic wild ass, black buck, desert cat, caracal, red fox; reptiles (snakes, lizards and tortoise) well represented.
· Desert lizards include agamids and geckos. Among birds, the most discussed is Great Indian Bustard .
Tropical rain forest region
· Distributed in areas of Western Ghats and northeast India.
· Flora: Extensive grasslands interspersed with densely forested gorges of evergreen vegetation known as sholas occur in the Nilgiris (an offshoot of Western Ghats). Sholas also occur in Annamalai and Palani hills.
· The rain forests of the Western Ghats have dense and lofty trees with much species diversity. Mosses, ferns, epiphytes, orchids, lianas and vines, herbs, shrubs make diverse habitat. Ebony trees predominate in these forests.
· Fauna: It is very rich with all kinds of animals. There are wild elephants, gaur and other larger animals.
· Most species are tree dwellers. The most prominent are hoolock gibbon (only ape found in India), golden langur, capped langur or leaf monkey, Assam macaque and the pig- tailed macaque, lion-tailed macaque, Nilgiri langur slender loris, bats, giant squirrel, civets, flying squirrels, Nilgiri mongoose, spiny mouse.
Andaman and Nicobar Islands
· Flora: These are home for tropical rain forests. Mangroves are distributed in the coastal areas.
· Fauna: Among mammals, bats and rats; Andaman pig, crab-eating macaque, palm civet and deers (spotted deer, barking deer, hog deer, sambar).
· Among marine mammals, there are dugong, false killer whale, dolphin.
· Among birds are rare one is Narcondum hornbill, white-bellied sea-eagle.
· Salt-water crocodile, a number of marine turtles, coconut crab, lizards (the largest being water monitor), 40 species of snakes including cobra, viper, voral and sea snake, python, etc. are present.
Mangrove swamps of Sundarbans
· Sunderbans are the delta of the Ganges where both the Brahmaputra and the Ganges join and drain into the Bay of Bengal.
· Flora: Various species of mangroves.
· Fauna. In the higher regions of mangroves, there are spotted deer, pigs, monitor lizard, monkeys. The most interesting animal of Sunderbans is the Royal Bengal Tiger.
Biodiversity Hotspots
· Biodiversity hotspots are regions with high species richness and a high degree of endemism.
· The British biologist Norman Myers coined the term ―biodiversity hotspot‖ in 1988 as a biogeographic region characterized both by exceptional levels of plant endemism and by serious levels of habitat loss.
· Conservation International (CI) adopted Myers‘ hotspots and in 1996, the organization made the decision to undertake a reassessment of the hotspots concept.
· According to CI, to qualify as a hotspot a region must meet two strict criteria:
1. It must contain at least 1,500 species of vascular plants (> 0.5% of the world‘s total) as endemics – which is to say, it must have a high percentage of plant life found nowhere else on the planet. A hotspot, in other words, is irreplaceable.
2. It has to have lost at least 70% of its original habitat. (It must have 30% or less of its original natural vegetation). In other words, it must be threatened.
· In 1999, CI identified 25 biodiversity hotspots in the book ―Hotspots: Earth‘s Biologically Richest and Most Endangered Terrestrial Ecoregions‖.
· In 2005 CI published an updated titled ―Hotspots Revisited: Earth‘s Biologically Richest and Most Endangered Terrestrial Ecoregions‖.
· The 35 biodiversity hotspots cover 2.3% of the Earth‘s land surface, yet more than 50% of the world‘s plant species and 42% of all terrestrial vertebrate species are endemic to these areas.
· In 2011, the Forests of East Australia region was identified as the 35th biodiversity hotspot.
Biodiversity hotspots in India
1. Himalaya: Includes the entire Indian Himalayan region (and that falling in Pakistan, Tibet, Nepal, Bhutan, China and Myanmar).
2. Indo-Burma: Includes entire North-eastern India, except Assam and Andaman group of Islands (and Myanmar, Thailand, Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia and southern China)
3. Western Ghats and Sri Lanka: Includes entire Western Ghats (and Sri Lanka).
4. Sundalands: Includes Nicobar group of Islands (and Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Brunei, Philippines).
[Image: Sundaland Biodiversity Hot Spot - Includes Nicobar group of Islands]
Eastern Himalayas, which was originally part of the Indo-Burma Biodiversity Hotspot and included Bhutan, north-eastern India and southern, central and eastern Nepal.
In 2004, a hotspot reappraisal classified the region as part of two hotspots: Indo-Burma and the newly distinguished Himalaya.
· The Himalaya Hotspot is home to important populations of numerous large birds and mammals, including vultures, tigers, elephants, rhinos and wild water buffalo.
· Indo-Burma holds remarkable endemism in freshwater turtle species, most of which are threatened with extinction, due to over-harvesting and extensive habitat loss.
· The spectacular flora and fauna of the Sundaland Hotspot are succumbing to the explosive growth of industrial forestry in these islands and to the international animal trade that claims tigers, monkeys, etc.
· Faced with tremendous population pressure, the forests of the Western Ghats and Sri Lanka have been dramatically impacted by the demands for timber and agricultural land.
· The region also houses important populations of Asian Elephants, Indian Tigers, the Lion-tailed Macaque, Niligiri tahr, Indian Giant squirrel, etc.
World Heritage Sites
· World Heritage Sites means ―Sites any of various areas or objects inscribed on the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) World Heritage List‖.
· The sites are designated as having outstanding universal value under the Convention concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural Heritage.
· This Convention, which was adopted by the UNESCO in 1972 (and enforced in 1975) provides a framework for international cooperation in preserving and protecting cultural treasures and natural areas throughout the world. The first list of World Heritage state was published in 1978.
· The convention defines the kind of sites which can be considered for inscription of the World heritage list (ancient monuments, museums, biodiversity and geological heritage,), and sets out the duties of the State Parties in identifying potential sites and their role in protecting them.
―Natural heritage sites are restricted to those natural areas that
1. furnish outstanding examples of the Earth‘s record of life or its geologic processes.
2. provide excellent examples of ongoing ecological and biological evolutionary processes.
3. contain natural phenomena that are rare, unique, superlative, or of outstanding beauty
or
1. furnish habitats or rare endangered animals or plants or are sites of exceptional biodiversity‖.
2. There are ten criteria for cultural heritage and natural heritage.
3. Nominated sites must be of ―outstanding universal value‖ and meet at least one of the criteria below.
International Year of Biodiversity
· The United Nations declared 2010 to be the International Year of Biodiversity.
· It is a celebration of life on earth and of the value of biodiversity for our lives.
· It was first started by UNESCO in 1971.
· Later introduced in India in 1986.
Aim
· Studying the effects of human interference and pollution on the biotic and abiotic components of ecosystems.
· Conservation the ecosystems for the present as well as future.
The main objects of MAB programme are to:
· Conserve representative samples of ecosystem.
· Provide long term in situ conservation of genetic diversity.
· Provide opportunities for education and training.
· Provide appropriate sustainable managements of the living resources.
· Promote infer national co-operation.
Loss of Biodiversity
· The IUCN Red List (2004) documents the extinction of 784 species in the last 500 years.
· Some examples of recent extinctions include the three subspecies (Bali, Javan, Caspian) of tiger.
· During the long period (> 3 billion years) since the origin and diversification of life on earth, there were five episodes of mass extinction of species.
· Sixth Extinction (anthropogenic) presently is in progress with current species extinction rates estimated to be 100 to 1,000 times faster than in the pre-human times.
· Ecologists warn that if the present trends continue, nearly half of all the species on earth might be wiped out within the next 100 years.
· In general, loss of biodiversity in a region may lead to
o decline in plant production,
o lowered resistance to environmental perturbations such as drought and
o increased variability in certain ecosystem processes such as plant productivity, water use, and pest and disease cycles.
Cause for the loss of biodiversity
· There are four major causes – The Evil Quartet – Habitat loss, Overexploitation, Alien species and Secondary extinction.
Habitat loss and fragmentation
· This is the most important cause of driving animals and plants to extinction.
· Due to the growing human population, wetlands are being made dry through landfills, as the demand for land increases.
· Natural forests are cleared for industry, agriculture, dams, habitation, recreational sports, etc.
· The most dramatic examples of habitat loss come from tropical rain forests.
· Once covering more than 14 per cent of the earth‘s land surface, these rain forests now cover no more than 6 per cent. They are being destroyed fast.
· The Amazon rain forest (it is so huge that it is called the ‗lungs of the planet‘) harbouring probably millions of species is being cut and cleared for cultivating soya beans or for conversion to grasslands for raising beef cattle.
Man-Animal Conflict
· It refers to the interaction between wild animals and people and the resultant negative impact on people or their resources, or wild animals or their habitat.
· It occurs when wildlife needs overlap with those of human populations, creating costs to residents and wild animals.
Over-exploitation
· Humans have always depended on nature for food and shelter, but when ‗need‘ turns to
‗greed‘, it leads to over-exploitation of natural resources.
· In the last 500 years, many species extinctions (Steller‘s sea cow, passenger pigeon) were due to overexploitation by humans.
· Presently many marine fish populations around the world are over-harvested, endangering the continued existence of some commercially important species.
· Whales for oil, fish for food, trees for wood, plants for medicines etc. are being removed by humans at higher rates than they can be replaced.
· Excessive cutting of trees, overgrazing, collection of firewood, hunting of wild animals for skin (for example tigers from reserve forests of India), ivory etc. all result in gradual loss of species.
Poaching
· Large mammals such as the tiger, rhinoceros and the elephant once faced the distinct possibility of complete extinction due to rampant hunting and poaching.
· Global warming (Climate change), natural calamities are other reasons for loss of biodiversity.
Alien species invasions
· When alien species are introduced unintentionally or deliberately for whatever purpose, some of them turn invasive and cause decline or extinction of indigenous species.
· The Nile perch introduced into Lake Victoria in East Africa led eventually to the extinction of an ecologically unique assemblage of more than 200 species of cichlid fish in the lake.
· You must be familiar with the environmental damage caused and threat posed to our native species by invasive weed species like carrot grass (Parthenium), Argemone, Lantana and water hyacinth (Eicchornia) .
· The recent illegal introduction of the African catfish Clarias gariepinus for aquaculture purposes is posing a threat to the indigenous catfishes in our rivers.
· The colonization of tropical Pacific Islands by humans is said to have led to the extinction of more than 2,000 species of native birds.
Some Invasive fauna in India are
· Eucalyptus in Southern India.
· Gold Fish
· House Gecko Species Extinction
· Extinction is caused through various processes:
1. Deterministic processes that have a cause and effect. E.g. glaciations, human interference such as deforestation.
2. Stochastic processes (chance and random events) that affect the survival and reproduction of individuals. E.g. unexpected changes in weather patterns decreased food supply, disease, increase of competitors, predators or parasites, etc. that may act independently or add to deterministic effects.
· The impact of these processes will, of course, depend on the size and degree of genetic diversity and resilience of populations.
· Traits that adversely affect or increase a species vulnerability to extinction due to habitat fragmentation have been identified. These are:
· rarity or low abundance
· poor dispersal ability
· high trophic status – as animals occupying a higher trophic level (i.e. the position of a species in a food chain) usually have smaller populations than those at lower levels (e.g. carnivores are fewer in number than herbivores)
· low adult survival rates Co-extinctions
· When a species becomes extinct, the plant and animal species associated with it in an obligatory way also become extinct.
· When a host fish species becomes extinct, its unique assemblage of parasites also meets the same fate.
· Another example is the case of a coevolved plant-pollinator mutualism where extinction of one invariably leads to the extinction of the other.
Biodiversity Conservation
· When we conserve and protect the whole ecosystem, its biodiversity at all levels is protected. E.g. we save the entire forest to save the tiger. This approach is called in in-situ (on site) conservation.
· However, when there are situations where an animal or plant is endangered or threatened and needs urgent measures to save it from extinction, ex-situ (off-site) conservation is the desirable approach.
Benefits of Biodiversity conservation
· Conservation of biological diversity leads to conservation of essential ecological diversity to preserve the continuity of food chains.
· The genetic diversity of plants and animals is preserved.
· It ensures the sustainable utilisation of life support systems on earth.
· It provides a vast knowledge of potential use to the community.
· A reservoir of wild animals and plants is preserved, thus enabling them to be introduced, if need be, in the surrounding areas.
· Biodiversity conservation assures sustainable utilization of potential resources.
In situ conservation
· In-situ conservation is the on-site conservation of genetic resources in natural populations of plant or animal species.
· In India, ecologically unique and biodiversity-rich regions are legally protected as biosphere reserves, national parks, sanctuaries, reserved forests, protected forests and nature reserves .
· India now has 18 biosphere reserves, 104 national parks and 500 wildlife sanctuaries.
· Plantation, cultivation, grazing, felling trees, hunting and poaching are prohibited in biosphere reserves, national parks and sanctuaries .
Protected Area Network in India
· National Board for Wildlife (NBWL) , chaired by the Prime Minister of India provides for policy framework for wildlife conservation in the country.
· The National Wildlife Action Plan (2002-2016) was adopted in 2002, emphasizing the people‘s participation and their support for wildlife conservation.
Reserved & Protected Forests
· As of present, reserved forests and protected forests differ in one important way:
· Rights to all activities like hunting, grazing, etc. in reserved forests are banned unless specific orders are issued otherwise.
· In protected areas, rights to activities like hunting and grazing are sometimes given to communities living on the fringes of the forest, who sustain their livelihood from forest resources or products.
· The first reserve forest in India was Satpura National Park in Madhya Pradesh.
· Typically, reserved forests are often upgraded to the status of wildlife sanctuaries, which in turn may be upgraded to the status of national parks, with each category receiving a higher degree of protection and government funding.
In terms of protection, National Parks > Wildlife Sanctuary > Reserved forests > Protected forests
Wildlife Sanctuaries or wildlife refuges
· Wildlife Sanctuaries or wildlife refuges are home to various endangered species.
· They are safe from hunting, predation or competition.
· They are safeguarded from extinction in their natural habitat.
· Certain rights of people living inside the Sanctuary could be permitted.
· Grazing, firewood collection by tribals is allowed but strictly regulated.
· Settlements not allowed (few exceptions: tribal settlements do exist constant; efforts are made to relocate them).
· A Sanctuary can be promoted to a National Park.
· There are more than 500 wildlife sanctuaries in India.
National Park
· National parks are areas reserved for wildlife where they can freely use the habitats and natural resources.
· The difference between a Sanctuary and a National Park mainly lies in the vesting of rights of people living inside.
· Unlike a Sanctuary, where certain rights can be allowed, in a National Park, no rights are allowed .
· No grazing of any livestock shall also be permitted inside a National Park while in a Sanctuary, the Chief Wildlife Warden may regulate, control or prohibit it.
Eco-Sensitive Zones
· The National Wildlife Action Plan (2002–2016) of MoEFCC stipulated that state governments should declare land falling within 10 km of the boundaries of national parks and wildlife sanctuaries as eco-fragile zones or ESZs under the Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986 .
· The purpose of the ESZ was to provide more protection to the parks by acting as a shock absorber or transition zone.
· Eco-Sensitive Zones would minimise forest depletion and man-animal conflict.
· The protected areas are based on the core and buffer model of management.
· The core area has the legal status of being a national park.
· The buffer area, however, does not have legal status of being a national park and could be a reserved forest, wildlife sanctuary or tiger reserve .
Biosphere Reserve
· Large areas of protected land for conservation of wildlife, plant and animal resources and traditional life of the tribals living in the area.
· May have one or more national parks or wildlife sanctuaries in it.
Core area
· Comprises a strictly protected ecosystem for conserving ecosystems, species and genetic variation.
· In core or natural zone human activity is not allowed .
Buffer zone
· Used for scientific research, monitoring, training and education.
Transition area
· Ecologically sustainable human settlements and economic activities (tourism) are permitted.
· With the cooperation of reserve management and local people, several human activities like settlements, cropping, recreation, and forestry are carried out without disturbing the environment.
[Image: Biosphere Reserve - Core, Buffer Zoning] Biosphere Reserves in India: Name State: Type Key fauna
1. Nilgiri Biosphere Reserve: Tamil Nadu, Kerala and Karnataka :Western Ghats Nilgiri tahr, lion-tailed macaque
2. Nanda Devi National Park & Biosphere Reserve: Uttarakhand Western Himalayas Snow Leopard, Himalayan Black Bear
3. Gulf of Mannar: Tamil Nadu Coasts Dugong or sea cow
4. Nokrek Meghalaya (Part of Garo Hills) East Himalayas Red panda
5. Sundarbans West Bengal Gangetic Delta Royal Bengal tiger
6. ManasAssam (Terai region) East Himalayas Golden langur, red panda
7. Simlipal Odisha Deccan Peninsula Gaur, royal Bengal tiger, elephant
8. Dihang-Dibang Arunachal Pradesh Eastern Himalaya
9. Pachmarhi Biosphere Reserve Madhya Pradesh Semi-Arid Giant squirrel, flying squirrel
10. Achanakmar-Amarkantak Biosphere Reserve Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh Maikala Hills Four-horned antelope, Indian wild dog, Sarus crane, White-rumped vulture
11. Great Rann of Kutch: Gujarat Desert Indian wild ass
12. Cold Desert Himachal Pradesh Western Himalayas Snow leopard
13. Khangchendzonga SikkimEast Himalayas Snow leopard, red panda
14. Agasthyamalai Biosphere Reserve Kerala, Tamil Nadu Western Ghats Nilgiri Tahr, elephants
15. Great Nicobar Biosphere Reserve Andaman and Nicobar Islands Islands Saltwater crocodile
16. Dibru-Saikhowa AssamEast Himalayas Golden langur
17. Seshachalam Hills Andhra Pradesh Eastern Ghats
18. Panna Madhya Pradesh Catchment Area of theKen River Tiger, chital, chinkara, sambhar and sloth
Tiger Reserves
· Same as sanctuaries. But they are monitored by NTCA under Project Tiger.
· The various tiger reserves were created in the country based on ‗core-buffer‘ strategy.
Core area
· The core areas are freed of all human activities.
· It has the legal status of a national park or wildlife sanctuary .
· Collection of minor forest produce, grazing, and other human disturbances are not allowed.
Buffer areas
· Twin objectives:
· providing habitat supplement to spill overpopulation of wild animals from core area.
· provide site-specific co-developmental inputs to surrounding villages for relieving their impact on core area.
· Collection of minor forest produce and grazing by tribals is allowed on a sustainable basis.
· The Forest Rights Act passed by the Indian government in 2006 recognises the rights of some forest dwelling communities in forest areas.
Conservation Reserves
· Conservation Reserves can be declared by the State Governments in any area owned by the Government, particularly the areas adjacent to National Parks and Sanctuaries and those areas which link one Protected Area with another.
· Such a declaration should be made after having consultations with the local communities.
· The rights of people living inside a Conservation Reserve are not affected.
Community Reserves
· Community Reserves can be declared by the State Government in any private or community land, not comprised within a National Park, Sanctuary or a Conservation Reserve, where an individual or a community has volunteered to conserve wildlife and its habitat.
· As in the case of a Conservation Reserve, the rights of people living inside a Community Reserve are not affected.
Sacred Groves
· India has a history of religious/cultural traditions that emphasised the protection of nature.
· In many cultures, tracts of forest were set aside, and all the trees and wildlife within were venerated and given total protection.
· Such sacred groves are found in Khasi and Jaintia Hills in Meghalaya, Aravalli Hills of Rajasthan, Western Ghat regions of Karnataka and Maharashtra and the Sarguja, Chanda and Bastar areas of Madhya Pradesh.
· In Meghalaya, the sacred groves are the last refuges for a large number of rare and threatened plants.
Ex Situ Conservation
· In this approach, threatened animals and plants are taken out from their natural habitat and placed in special setting where they can be protected and given special care.
· Zoological parks, botanical gardens, wildlife safari parks and seed banks serve this purpose.
· There are many animals that have become extinct in the wild but continue to be maintained in zoological parks.
· In recent years ex-situ conservation has advanced beyond keeping threatened species.
· Now gametes of threatened species can be preserved in viable and fertile condition for long periods using cryopreservation techniques.
· Eggs can be fertilized in vitro, and plants can be propagated using tissue culture methods.
· Seeds of different genetic strains of commercially important plants can be kept for long periods in seed banks.
· The national gene bank at National Bureau of Plant Genetic Resources (NBPGR), Delhi is primarily responsible for conservation of unique accessions on long-term basis, as base collections for posterity, predominantly in the form of seeds.
Botanical garden
· Botanical garden refers to the scientifically planned collection of living trees, shrubs, herbs, climbers and other plants from various parts of the globe.
Purpose of botanical gardens
· To study the taxonomy as well as growth of plants.
· To study the introduction and acclimatization process of exotic plants.
· It augments conserving rare and threatened species.
Zoo
· Zoo is an establishment, whether stationary or mobile, where captive animals are kept for exhibition to the public and includes a circus and rescue centres but does not include an establishment of a licensed dealer in captive animals.
· The initial purpose of zoos was entertainment, over the decades, zoos have got transformed into centres for wildlife conservation and environmental education.
· Apart from saving individual animals, zoos have a role to play in species conservation too (through captive breeding).
· Zoos provide an opportunity to open up a whole new world, and this could be used in sensitizing visitors regarding the value and need for conservation of wildlife.
Historic Citizen Movements to Conserve Biodiversity Chipko Movement
· It is a social-ecological movement that practiced the Gandhian methods of satyagraha and nonviolent resistance, through the act of hugging trees to protect them from falling.
· The modern Chipko movement started in the early 1970s in the Garhwal Himalayas of Uttarakhand, with growing awareness towards rapid deforestation.
· The landmark event in this struggle took place on March 26, 1974, when a group of peasant women in Reni village, Hemwalghati, in Chamoli district, Uttarakhand, India, acted to prevent the cutting of trees and reclaim their traditional forest rights that were threatened by the contractor system of the state Forest Department.
· Their actions inspired hundreds of such actions at the grassroots level throughout the region.
· By the 1980s the movement had spread throughout India and led to formulation of people-sensitive forest policies, which put a stop to the open felling of trees in regions as far reaching as Vindhyas and the Western Ghats.
· The first recorded event of Chipko however, took place in village Khejarli, Jodhpur district, in 1730 AD, when 363 Bishnois, led by Amrita Devi sacrificed their lives while protecting green Khejri trees, considered sacred by the community, by hugging them.
Appiko Movement
· Appiko movement was a revolutionary movement based on environmental conservation in India.
· The Chipko movement in Uttarakhand in the Himalayas inspired the villagers of the district of Karnataka province in southern India to launch a similar movement to save their forests.
· In September 1983, men, women and children of Salkani ‗hugged the trees‘ in Kalase forest. (The local term for ‗hugging‘ in Kannada is appiko.)
· Appiko movement gave birth to a new awareness all over southern India.
International Union for Conservation of Nature
· (IUCN) is an international organization (NGO) working in the field of nature conservation and sustainable use of natural resources.
· It is involved in data gathering and analysis, research, field projects, advocacy, lobbying and education.
· The organization is best known for compiling and publishing the IUCN Red List, which assesses the conservation status of species worldwide.
· Its headquarters are in Gland, Switzerland.
IUCN Red List or Red Data List or Red Book
· The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species, founded in 1964, is the world‘s most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of biological species.
· When discussing the IUCN Red List, the official term ―threatened‖ is a grouping of three categories: Critically Endangered, Endangered, and Vulnerable.
· The pink pages in this publication include the critically endangered species.
· As the status of the species changes, new pages are sent to the subscribers.
· Green pages are used for those species that were formerly endangered but have now recovered to a point where they are no longer threatened.
· With passing time, the number of pink pages continues to increase.
Species are classified by the IUCN Red List into nine groups
· Extinct (EX) No known individuals remaining.
· Extinct in the wild (EW) Known only to survive in captivity, or as a naturalized population outside its historic range.
· Critically endangered (CR) Extremely high risk of extinction in the wild.
· reduction in population (greater than 90% over the last 10 years),
· population size (number less than 50 mature individuals),
· quantitative analysis showing the probability of extinction in wild in at least 50% in their 10 years, and
· it is therefore considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild.
· Endangered (EN) High risk of extinction in the wild.
· Vulnerable (VU) High risk of endangerment in the wild.
· Near threatened (NT) Likely to become endangered in the near future.
· Least concern (LC) Lowest risk. Does not qualify for a more at-risk category. Widespread and abundant taxa are included in this category.
· Data deficient (DD) Not enough data to assess its risk of extinction.
· Not evaluated (NE) Has not yet been evaluated against the criteria.
BirdLife International
· BirdLife International is the world‘s largest nature conservation partnership.
· Together they are 120 BirdLife Partners worldwide.
· BirdLife International strives to conserve birds, their habitats and global biodiversity, working with people towards sustainability in the use of natural resources.
· BirdLife International is the official Red List authority for birds , for the International Union for Conservation of Nature.
· It identifies the sites known/referred to as ‗Important Bird and Biodiversity Areas‘.
IUCN Red List India (As of March 2019)
· The list contains critically endangered, endangered and vulnerable species.
· The list is updated by Zoological Survey of India (ZSI) from time to time as per the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), 1996.
‗Critically Endangered‘ Mammals Himalayan Brown/Red Bear (Ursus arctos isabellinus)
· Distribution: Nepal, Tibet, north India, and north Pakistan.
· Threats: loss of suitable habitat and persecution by humans.
Pygmy Hog (Porcula salvania)
· Is the world‘s smallest wild pig. This species constructs a nest throughout the year.
· It is one of the most useful indicators of the management status of grassland habitats.
· The grasslands where the pygmy hog resides are crucial for the survival of other threatened species such as Indian Rhinoceros, Swamp Deer, Wild Buffalo, Hispid Hare, Bengal Florican and Swamp Francolin.
· Habitat: Relatively undisturbed, tall terai grasslands.
· Distribution: Previously spread across India, Nepal, and Bhutan. Now only found in Assam (Manas Wildlife Sanctuary and its buffer reserves).
· Pygmy hog-sucking Louse (Haematopinus oliveri), a parasite that feeds only on Pygmy Hogs will also fall in the same risk category of critically endangered as its survival is linked to that of the host species.
· Threats: The main threats are loss and degradation of grasslands, dry-season burning, livestock grazing and afforestation of grasslands. Hunting is also a threat.
Andaman White-toothed Shrew (Crocidura andamanensis)
· Distribution: It is endemic to the South Andaman Island of India.
· They are usually active by twilight or in the night.
· Threats: Habitat loss due to selective logging, natural disasters such as tsunami and drastic weather change are thought to contribute to current population declines.
Kondana Rat (Millardia kondana)
· Distribution: Known only from the small Sinhagarh Plateau (about one km2), near Pune in Maharashtra.
· It is a nocturnal burrowing rodent that is found only in India.
· Habitat: Tropical and subtropical dry deciduous forests and tropical scrub.
· Threats: Major threats are habitat loss, overgrazing of vegetation and disturbance from tourism and recreational activities.
Large Rock Rat or Elvira Rat (Cremnomys elvira)
· It is a medium sized, nocturnal and burrowing rodent endemic to India.
· Habitat: Tropical dry deciduous shrub land forest, seen in rocky areas.
· Habitat/distribution: Known only from Eastern Ghats of Tamil Nadu. Recorded from an elevation of about 600 m above mean sea level.
· Threats: Major threats are habitat loss, conversion of forests and fuel wood collection.
Namdapha Flying Squirrel (Biswamoyopterus biswasi)
· It is a unique (the only one in its genus) flying squirrel that is restricted to a single valley in the Namdapha N.P. (or) W.L.S. in Arunachal Pradesh.
· Habitat: Tropical forest.
· Habitat/distribution: Found only in Namdapha Tiger Reserve in Arunachal Pradesh.
· Threats: Hunted for food.
Malabar Civet (Viverra civettina)
· It is endemic to India and was first reported from Travancore, Kerala.
· It is nocturnal in nature and found exclusively in the Western Ghats.
· Habitat: Wooded plains and hill slopes of evergreen rainforests.
· Habitat/distribution: Western Ghats.
· Threats: Deforestation and commercial plantations are major threats.
Sumatran Rhinoceros (Dicerorhinus sumatrensis)
· It is the smallest and most endangered of the five rhinoceros‘ species.
· It is now thought to be regionally extinct in India, though it once occurred in the foothills of the Himalayas and north-east India.
· The Javan Rhinoceros (Rhinoceros sondaicus) is also believed to be extinct in India and only a small number survive in Java and Vietnam.
· Threat: Poaching, loss of habitat.
Kashmir stag/hangul (Cervus elaphus hanglu)
· It is a subspecies of Red Deer which is native to India.
· Habitat: Dense riverine forests, high valleys, and mountains of the Kashmir valley and northern Chamba in Himachal Pradesh.
· State animal of Jammu and Kashmir.
· Threat: habitat destruction, over-grazing by domestic livestock, and poaching.
‗Endangered‘ Mammals Tigers (including Bengal Tiger)
· 2015: International Union for Conversation of Nature (IUCN), said that tiger numbers have grown to 3,890—a marked increase from estimates in 2010 that put the number at
―as few as 3,200.‖
· The general observation is that the population of tigers in India has increased while that of the rest of the world has decreased.
Asiatic Lion (Included Gir Lions)
· Habitat: Gir forests in Gujarat
· Threats: Habitat destruction, Diseases spreading from domestic animals.
Red Panda
· Red panda is endemic to the temperate forests of the Himalayas.
· Habitat: Sikkim and Assam, northern Arunachal Pradesh.
· Threats: habitat loss and fragmentation, poaching, and inbreeding depression.
Dhole/Asiatic wild dog or Indian wild dog (Cuon alpinus)
· Distribution: They occur in most of India south of the Ganges, particularly in the Central Indian Highlands and the Western and Eastern Ghats of the southern states.
· In north-east India, they inhabit Arunachal Pradesh, Assam, Meghalaya, and West Bengal.
· Threats: Habitat loss, depletion of its prey base, competition from other predators, persecution and possibly diseases from domestic and feral dogs.
Eld‘s deer/thamin or brow-antlered deer (Panolia eldii)
· Distribution: Keibul Lamjao National Park (KLNP), Manipur.
· Threats: Overgrazing, loss of grassland habitat.
Golden langur (Trachypithecus geei)
· Primate, is an Old World monkey
· Distribution: small region of western Assam and in the neighbouring foothills of the Black Mountains of Bhutan.
· Threats: Deforestation, human encroachments.
Himalayan / White-bellied Musk Deer
· Habitat: Kashmir, Kumaon and Sikkim.
· Threat: poaching & illegal trade for its musk. Only males produce the musk.
Hispid hare/ Assam rabbit (Caprolagus hispidus)
· Habitat: Southern foothills of the central Himalayas.
· Threats: The habitat of hispid hares is highly fragmented due to increasing agriculture, flood control, and human development.
Hog deer
· Habitat: Terai region and grasslands in northern India.
· Threats: Hunting, habitat loss, habitat fragmentation, human encroachments.
Lion-tailed macaque/ wanderoo (Macaca silenus)
· Endemic to the Western Ghats.
· Avoids human presence and they do not live, feed or travel through plantations.
· Habitat: Evergreen forests in the Western Ghats range.
· Threat: Habitat fragmentation due to spread of agriculture and tea, coffee, teak and cinchona, construction of water reservoirs and human settlements to support such activities.
Nilgiri tahr
· The Nilgiri tahr is the largest of the three tahr species, inhabit montane grasslands of Western Ghats. It is the state animal of Tamil Nadu.
· Threats: Habitat loss, overgrazing, illegal hunting.
Kharai Camel – India‘s swimming camels
· Since 2015, Kharai camels are getting protection similar to endangered species.
· During monsoons, they swim to the mangrove islands in hordes.
· For eight months in a year, the Kharai camels are completely dependent on the mangrove islands
· Kharai camels are a main source of livelihood of Jat and Rabari communities (Kutch region).
IUCN Red List India (As of March 2019)
· The list contains critically endangered, endangered and vulnerable species.
· The list is updated by Zoological Survey of India (ZSI) from time to time as per the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN), 1996.
‗Endangered‘ Marine Mammals Freshwater (river) dolphin / South Asian River Dolphin
· Because of the sound it produces when breathing, the animal is popularly referred to as the ‗Susu‗.
· Susu can only live in freshwater and is essentially blind. Hence, susu are also known as blind dolphin.
· They hunt by emitting ultrasonic sounds.
· Distribution: India, Bangladesh, Nepal and Pakistan which is split into two subspecies, the Ganges river dolphin and Indus river dolphin.
· Threats: Unintentional killing through entanglement in fishing gear; habitat loss and degradation – water development projects (barrages, high dams, and embankments), pollution – industrial waste and pesticides, municipal sewage discharge and noise from vessel traffic.
Ganges river dolphin (Susu )
· Habitat: Ganges and Brahmaputra Rivers and their tributaries in Bangladesh, India and Nepal.
· The Ganges river dolphin has been recognized by the government of India as its National Aquatic Animal .
Indus river dolphin
· Habitat: Indus River in Pakistan and its Beas and Sutlej tributaries.
‗Vulnerable‘ Mammals Lion
· Placed in Vulnerable category.
· Threats: Trade in bones is the major reason for their dwindling numbers.
Nilgiri langur/ Nilgiri leaf monkey (Trachypithecus johnii)
· Moved from Endangered to Vulnerable .
· Habitat: Hilly areas of Western Ghats in Tamil Nadu and Kerala.
· Threats: Habitat degradation, development activities, introduction of exotic tree species.
Great Indian one horn Rhinoceros
· Habitat: Found only in the tall grasslands and forests in the foothills of the Himalayas (Terai region).
· National Parks: Kaziranga National Park, Pabitora wildlife sanctuary, Manas National Park, Assam.
· Status in the Wild: Moved from Endangered to Vulnerable.
· Threat: Poached for its horn (in SE Asian countries it is a belief that its horn has medicinal properties), habitat loss, habitat fragmentation.
Gaur/Indian Bison
· The gaur (Bos gaurus), also called Indian bison, is a large bovine native to South Asia and Southeast Asia.
· Gaur are largely confined to evergreen forests or semi-evergreen and moist deciduous forests, but also occur in deciduous forest areas at the periphery of their range.
· The domesticated form of the gaur is called gayal or mithun.
· Threats: Habitat loss, habitat fragmentation.
Four-horned antelope, Chousingha
· The four-horned antelope must drink water regularly in order to survive.
· Distribution: Presently it is confined to the Indian subcontinent. Scattered between the foothills of the Himalayas in the north to the Deccan Plateau in the south. Gir National Park has 1000 of these animals.
· Threats: Loss of its natural habitat due to agricultural expansion. Four-horned skull and horns have made it a popular target for hunters.
Takin
· Distribution: Mountainous regions in the Himalayan Mountains and western China.
· Threats: Largely due to overhunting and the destruction of their natural habitat, takin are considered Endangered in China and Vulnerable as per the IUCN.
Nilgiri marten
· Endemic to the Western Ghats. Inhabits areas that are far from human disturbance.
· Threat: habitat loss and fragmentation, hunting for its fur.
· Only species of marten found in southern India.
Barasingha or swamp deer (Rucervus duvaucelii)
· Habitat: Isolated localities in northern and central India, and southwestern Nepal.
· Threats: Hunting for horns, habitat fragmentation and habitat loss.
Oriental small-clawed otter/ Asian small-clawed otter (Aonyx cinerea)
· Semiaquatic mammals which feed on fish, amphibians, birds and small mammals.
· It is a smallest otter species in the world.
· Habitat: It lives in mangrove swamps and freshwater wetlands.
· Threat: habitat loss, pollution and hunting.
Clouded leopard (Neofelis nebulosa)
· Habitat: Himalayan foothills through mainland Southeast Asia into China. They occur in northern West Bengal, Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh, Manipur, Meghalaya, Mizoram, Nagaland and Tripura.
· Threat: deforestation and poaching.
Asian black bear/ moon bear or white-chested bear (Ursus thibetanus)
· Habitat: Seen across much of the Himalayas, Korea, north-eastern China, the Russian far east and the Honshu and Shikoku islands of Japan.
· Threats: deforestation and active hunting for its body parts.
‗Vulnerable‘ Herbivorous Marine Mammals Dugong/Sea Cow
· Threat: hunting (meat and oil), habitat degradation, and fishing-related fatalities.
Manatees Species
· Dugong belongs to manatees species.
· Habitat: Indian seas (near shore waters of Gulf of Mannar, Gulf of Kachchh and Andaman and Nicobar Islands), Caribbean Sea, Gulf of Mexico, the Amazon Basin, and West Africa
· Threat: Coastal development, red tide, hunting.
‗Near Threatened‘ Mammals Wild ass/ khur (Equus hemionus khur)
· Showed an increase in population. Moved from Endangered (2015) to Near Threatened (2019).
· Distribution: Mostly occurs in Rann of Kutch region.
· Population steadily increasing.
· Today, its last refuge lies in the Indian Wild Ass Sanctuary, Little Rann of Kutch.
· Threats: Diseases, habitat degradation due to salt activities, Invasive species Prosopis juliflora shrub, and encroachment and grazing by the Maldhari.
Chiru/ Tibetan Antelope
· 2016: Tibetan antelope has been moved from Endangered to Near Threatened.
· Habitat: Tibet cold desert.
· Threat: The chiru is threatened by hunting for its fine wool which is used to make the shahtoosh scarves, meat, magnificent horns.
Marbled cat (Pardofelis marmorata)
· Habitat: northern India and Nepal, through south-eastern Asia to Borneo and Sumatra. In India – Sikkim, Darjeeling, moist tropical forest.
· Threats: hunting, habitat destruction for marbled cat and its prey.
Himalayan tahr
· Habitat: Himalayas.
· Threats: The major threats in China are uncontrolled hunting and deforestation. In India, Himalayan tahr is sometimes hunted for meat, and there is apparently significant competition with livestock for summer grazing in some areas.
Markhor (Capra falconeri)
· The markhor is the national animal of Pakistan.
· Habitat: Mountains of central Asia. In India – some parts of Jammu and Kashmir .
· Status: Moved from endangered to Near Threatened in 2015
· Threats: Hunting (both for meat and for its twisted horns), armed conflict and habitat loss.
Least concern Blackbuck (Salman Khan)
· Moved from Near Threatened to Least Concern .
· Distribution: In the Indian subcontinent, the blackbuck can also be found in deserts (in the north western region), coastal areas, mountains (in the northern-north-eastern region) Habitat: Grass land.
· Threat: excessive hunting for meat and sporting trophies, as well as habitat loss.
‗Not Evaluated‘ Mammals Himalayan wolf
· Conservation Status is ‗Not Evaluated‘. Several biologists feel that it needs be in the
‗Critically Endangered List‘.
· Distribution: Trans-Himalayan region of Himachal Pradesh, Jammu and Kashmir.
· Threats – Climate Change, Prey by humans to protect their cattle.
IUCN Red List India (As of March 2019) ‗Critically Endangered‘ Birds The Jerdon‘s Courser (Rhinoptilus bitorquatus)
· It is a nocturnal bird found only in the northern part of the state of Andhra Pradesh in peninsular India (Sri Lankamaleswara Wildlife Sanctuary).
· Habitat: Undisturbed scrub jungle with open areas.
· Distribution: Jerdon‘s Courser is endemic to Andhra Pradesh.
· Threats: Clearing of scrub jungle, creation of new pastures, growing of dry land crops, Illegal trapping of birds, plantations of exotic trees, quarrying and the construction of the River Canals.
White-bellied Heron (Ardea insignis)
· Distribution: Extremely rare bird found in five or six sites in Assam and Arunachal Pradesh, one or two sites in Bhutan, and a few in Myanmar.
· Habitat: Rivers with sand or gravel bars or inland lakes.
· Threats: Loss and degradation of lowland forests and wetlands through direct exploitation and disturbance by humans.
Bengal Florican (Houbaropsis bengalensis)
· A rare bustard species that is very well known for its mating dance.
· Habitat: Grasslands occasionally interspersed with scrublands.
· Distribution: Native to only 3 countries in the world – Cambodia, India and Nepal. In India, it occurs in 3 states, namely Uttar Pradesh, Assam and Arunachal Pradesh.
· Threats: Ongoing conversion of the bird‘s grassland habitat for various purposes including agriculture is mainly responsible for its population decline.
Himalayan Quail (Ophrysia superciliosa)
· Habitat: Tall grass and scrub on steep hillsides.
· Distribution: Western Himalayas.
· Threats: Indiscriminate hunting during the colonial period along with habitat modification.
Pink- headed Duck (Rhodonessa caryophyllacea)
· Males have a deep pink head and neck from which the bird derives its name.
· Habitat: Overgrown still-water pools, marshes and swamps in lowland forests and tall grasslands.
· Distribution: Recorded in India, Bangladesh and Myanmar. Maximum records are from north-east India.
· Threats: Wetland degradation and loss of habitat, along with hunting are the main causes of its decline.
Sociable Lapwing (Vanellus gregarius)
· It is a winter migrant to India.
· Habitat: Fallow fields and scrub desert.
· Distribution: central Asia, Asia Minor, Russia, Egypt, India, Pakistan. In India, habitat is restricted to the north and north-west of the country.
· Threats: Conversion of habitat to arable land, illegal hunting and proximity to human settlements.
Spoon Billed Sandpiper (Eurynorhynchus pygmeus)
· India is home to some of the last existing wintering grounds of this species.
· Habitat: Coastal areas with sparse vegetation.
· Distribution: Has been recorded along the coastlines of West Bengal, Orissa, Kerala and Tamil Nadu.
· Threats: Habitat degradation and land reclamation. Human disturbance also leads to high incidence of nest desertion.
Siberian Crane (Grus leucogeranus)
· It is a large, strikingly majestic migratory bird that breeds and winters in wetlands.
· They are known to arrive in winter at Keoladeo National Park, Rajasthan.
· Habitat: Wetland areas.
· Located distribution: Keoladeo National Park in Rajasthan.
· Threats: Pesticide pollution, wetland drainage, development of prime habitat into agricultural fields, and to some extent, hunting.
Endangered Birds Forest Owlet (Heteroglaux blewitti)
· Moved from Critically Endangered to Endangered .
· Habitat: Dry deciduous forest.
· Habitat: South Madhya Pradesh, in north-west Maharashtra and north-central Maharashtra.
· Threats: Logging operations, burning and cutting of trees damage roosting and nesting trees of the Forest Owlet.
‗Vulnerable‘ Birds Great Indian Hornbill
· Habitat: Rainforest regions of India (Western Ghats and North eastern region of India), Southeast Asia.
· Threats: Habitat loss and hunting.
‗Least Concern‘ Birds The Himalayan bulbul or white-cheeked bulbul (2019)
· Habitat: Himalayan Forests.
‗Critically Endangered‘ Reptiles Gharial (Gavialis gangeticus)
· It is the most uniquely evolved crocodilian in the world, a specialized, river-dwelling, fish-eater.
· Habitat: Clean rivers with sand banks.
· Distribution: Only viable population in the National Chambal Sanctuary, spread across three states of Uttar Pradesh, Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh in India.
· Small non-breeding populations exist in Son, Gandak, Hoogly and Ghagra rivers. Now extinct in Myanmar, Pakistan, Bhutan and Bangladesh.
· Threats: The combined effects of dams, barrages, artificial embankments, change in river course, pollution, sand-mining, riparian agriculture and ingress of domestic and feral livestock.
Crocodile species in India
· Gharials (Critically Endangered) once thrived in all the major river systems of the Indian Subcontinent.
· Today, they are extinct in the Indus River, in the Brahmaputra of Bhutan and Bangladesh, and in the Irrawaddy River.
· Their distribution is now limited to only 2% of their former range.
· The mugger (or marsh) crocodile (Vulnerable) is a freshwater species found sparsely in various lakes, rivers and marshes in the Indian subcontinent.
· Apart from the eastern coast of India, the saltwater crocodile (Least Concern) is extremely rare on the Indian subcontinent.
· A huge population is present within the Bhitarkanika Wildlife Sanctuary of Odisha and they are known to be present in smaller numbers throughout the Indian and Bangladeshi portions of the Sundarbans.
Hawksbill Turtle (Eretmochelys imbricata)
· The species is migratory in nature and nesting occurs in about 70 countries across the world.
· Maturation is slow and is estimated between 25 — 40 years.
· Habitat: Nesting occurs on insular, sandy beaches.
· Distribution: In India they are found in the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, the coast of Tamil Nadu and Orissa.
· Threats: Turtle shell trade, egg collection, slaughter for meat, oil pollution and destruction of nesting and foraging habitats.
Four-toed River Terrapin or River Terrapin (Batagur baska)
· Habitat: Freshwater rivers and lakes.
· Distribution: Bangladesh, Cambodia, India, Indonesia and Malaysia.
· Threats: Use of flesh for medicinal purposes, demand for eggs, which are considered a delicacy
Red-crowned Roofed Turtle or the Bengal Roof Turtle (Batagur kachuga)
· Habitat: Deep, flowing rivers but with terrestrial nest sites.
· Distribution: Found in India, Bangladesh and Nepal. In India it resides basically in the watershed of the Ganga.
· Threats: Water development projects, water pollution, human disturbance and poaching for the illegal wildlife market.
‗Vulnerable‘ Reptiles Leatherback Turtle (Dermochelys coriacea)
· Moved from Critically Endangered to Vulnerable .
· It is the largest of the living sea turtles, weighing as much as 900 kg.
· Jellyfish is their primary food.
· Habitat: Tropical and subtropical oceans.
· Distribution: Found in tropical and temperate waters of the Atlantic, Pacific, and into Indian Oceans.
· Threats: High sea fishing operations, harvesting of eggs, destruction of nests by wild predators and domesticated species such as cats, dogs and pigs.
· Artificial lighting disorients hatchlings and adults and causes them to migrate inland rather than towards the sea.
· Threats to habitat include construction, mining and plantation of exotics.
Olive ridley sea turtle
· Also known as the Pacific ridley sea turtle.
· Distribution: found in warm and tropical waters, primarily in the Pacific and Indian Oceans.
· Olive ridley turtles are best known for their behaviour of synchronized nesting in mass numbers.
· In the Indian Ocean, the majority of olive ridleys nest near Gahirmatha in Odisha.
· The coast of Odisha in India is the largest mass nesting site for the olive ridleys.
· Threats: unsustainable egg collection, slaughtering nesting females on the beach, and direct harvesting adults at sea for commercial sale of both the meat and hides.
· Coastal development, natural disasters, climate change, and other sources of beach erosion have also been cited as potential threats to nesting grounds.
‗Critically Endangered‘ Fish The Pondicherry Shark (Carcharhinus hemiodon)
· Distribution: Indian Ocean – from Gulf of Oman to Pakistan, India and Sri Lanka.
· In scattered localities spanning India to New Guinea. Also been recorded at the mouth of the Hooghly river.
· Threats: Large, expanding, and unregulated commercial fisheries in inshore localities and habitats.
The Ganges Shark (Glyphis gangeticus)
· It occurs in the turbid waters of the Ganga river and the Bay of Bengal.
· The small eyes suggest that it is adapted to living in turbid water (just like dugong), while the slender teeth of the species suggest that it is primarily a fish-eater.
· Distribution: It occurs in India and possibly in Pakistan. The Ganga river system and Hooghly river mouth are its known habitats.
· Threats: Major fisheries targeting sharks. Other probable threats include overfishing, pollution, increasing river use and construction of dams and barrages.
Large-tooth Sawfish (Pristis microdon)
· Distribution: Western part of the Indo-Pacific (East Africa to New Guinea, Philippines and Vietnam to Australia).
· In India, it is known to enter the Mahanadi river, up to 64 km inland, and also is very common in the estuaries of the Ganga and Brahmaputra.
· Threats: The principal threat to all sawfish are fisheries. Their long tooth-studded saw makes them extraordinarily vulnerable to entanglement in any sort of net gear.
· When sawfish are caught in by catch, they often end up being traded because of the very high value of their products (meat is high quality and fins and saws extremely valuable in international trade).
· Major habitat changes include construction of dams over rivers, siltation, pollution from industries and mining operations.
Long-comb Sawfish or Narrow-snout Sawfish (Pristis zijsron)
· This species was reported as frequently found in shallow water. It inhabits muddy bottoms and also enters estuaries.
· Distribution: Indo-Pacific region including Australia, Cambodia, China, India, Indonesia and Malaysia.
· Threats: This species has been damaged intensively, both as a target species and as incidental by catch in commercial, sport or shark-control net fisheries, as well as for aquarium display. As a result, it has become severely depleted in recent decades, and now appears to have been extirpated from many parts of its range.
‗Endangered‘ Fishes Knife-tooth Sawfish (Anoxypristis cuspidata)
· Distribution: Widespread in western part of the Indo-Pacific region, including Red Sea.
· Threats: Similar to Long-comb Sawfish.
‗Critically Endangered‘ Spiders Rameshwaram Ornamental or Rameshwaram Parachute Spider (Poecilotheria hanumavilasumica)
· It was recently described in 2004 and is only found in India.
· The species is semi-social, which means they live partly in groups.
· Habitat: Arboreal (living in trees) and tend to live in hiding.
· Distribution: Endemic to India. Spread along the coastal savannah, tropical lowland rain forests and montane forests up to an altitude of 2000 m above mean sea level.
· Threats: Major threats causing the disappearance of this species is habitat alteration and degradation.
Gooty Tarantula, Metallic Tarantula or Peacock Tarantula (Poecilotheria metallica)
· It was first found in Gooty (Ooty/Udagamandalam).
· Habitat: Wooded mountain area.
· Distribution: Endemic to South India.
· Threats: They are one of the most expensive spiders in the illegal pet trade.
‗Critically Endangered‘ Corals Fire corals (Millepora boschmai)
· They are more closely related to jellyfish than corals.
· Distribution: Indonesia, Gulf of Chiriqui, Panama Pacific Province. Possibly extinct from Australia, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Panama, Singapore and Thailand.
· Threats: Collected for decoration and jewellery trade. This group is also sensitive to temperature rise and is thought to have completely disappeared from the majority of marine areas possibly because of growing global warming related bleaching effects.
Others Flying squirrel
· Flying squirrels are mammals too, but they don‘t really fly.
· They jump from high in a trees glide through the air like a kite.
· Flying squirrels are a tribe of 44 species of squirrels.
· Their conservation status varies from Near Threatened to Endangered.
· Indian giant flying squirrel is included under ‗Least Concerned‘.
Chapter 09: Climate Change
· Climate change means a change of climate which is attributed directly or indirectly to human activity that alters the composition of the global atmosphere and which is in addition to natural climate variability observed over comparable time periods (100 years).
· Climate change is usually measured in major shifts in temperature, rainfall, snow, and wind patterns lasting decades or more.
· Humans are creating climate change by burning large amounts of fossil fuels (coal, oil, natural gas), deforestation (when forests are cut down or burned, they can no longer store carbon, and the carbon is released to the atmosphere).
· A greenhouse is a structure whose roof and walls are made chiefly of transparent material, such as glass, in which plants requiring regulated climatic conditions are grown.
· In a greenhouse, the incident solar radiation (the visible and adjacent portions of the infrared and ultraviolet ranges of the spectrum) passes through the glass roof and walls and is absorbed by the floor, earth, and contents, which become warmer and re-emit the energy as longer-wavelength infrared radiation (heat radiation) .
· Glass and other materials used for greenhouse walls do not transmit infrared radiation , so the infrared cannot escape via radiative transfer.
· As the structure is not open to the atmosphere, heat also cannot escape via convection, so the temperature inside the greenhouse rises. This is known as the ‗greenhouse effect‘.
· The green-house effect is a natural phenomenon and has been occurring for millions of years on the earth.
· Life on the earth has been possible because of this natural greenhouse effect which is due to water vapour and small particles of water present in the atmosphere.
· Together, these produce more than 95 percent of total greenhouse warming.
· Average global temperatures are maintained at about 15°C due to natural greenhouse effect.
· Without this phenomenon, average global temperatures might have been around –17°C and at such low temperature life would not be able to exist.
·
Atmospheric gases like carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous oxide (N2O), water vapour, and chlorofluorocarbons are capable of trapping the out-going infrared radiation from the earth‘s surface thereby causing greenhouse effect.
· Hence these gases are known as greenhouse gases and the heating effect is known as greenhouse effect.
Oxides of Nitrogen with general formula NOx – NO, NO2 – Nitrogen oxide, Nitrogen dioxide etc. are global cooling
gasses while Nitrous oxide (N2O) is a greenhouse gas .
· If greenhouse gases are not checked, by the turn of the century the temperature may rise by 5°C.
· Scientists believe that this rise in temperature will lead to deleterious changes in the environment and resulting in odd climatic changes (e.g. increased incidence of El Nino), thus leading to increased melting of polar ice caps as well as of other places like the Himalayan snow caps.
Cryosphere : The cryosphere is the frozen water part of the Earth water system. Polar regions, snow caps of high mountain ranges are all part of cryosphere.
· Over many years, this will result in a rise in sea level that can submerge many coastal areas and lead to loss of coastal areas and ecosystems like swamps and marshes (most important ecosystems from the point of ecological services), etc.
Carbon dioxide is meteorologically a very important gas as it is transparent to the incoming solar radiation but opaque to the outgoing terrestrial radiation .
· It absorbs a part of terrestrial radiation and reflects back some part of it towards the earth‘s surface. It is largely responsible for the greenhouse effect.
· Its concentration is greater close to the earth‘s surface as it is denser than air.
Ozone
· Ozone is another important greenhouse gas. But it is in very small proportions at the surface.
· Most of it is confined to the stratosphere where it absorbs the harmful UV radiation.
· At ground level, pollutants like NO2 react with volatile organic compounds in the presence of sunlight to produce ozone (tropospheric ozone ).
Water vapour
· Water vapour is also a variable gas in the atmosphere, which decreases with altitude.
· Water vapour also decreases from the equator towards the poles.
· In the warm and wet tropics, it may account for four per cent of the air by volume, while in the dry and cold areas of desert and polar regions, it may be less than one per cent of the air.
· One unique feature about this greenhouse gas is that it absorbs both incoming (a part of incoming) and outgoing solar radiation .
Methane
· Methane is the most important greenhouse gas after carbon dioxide.
· It is produced from decomposition of animal wastes and biological matter.
· The emission of this gas can be restricted by using animal wastes and biological matter to produce gobar gas (methane).
Nitrous Oxide (N2O)
· N2O or Nitrous Oxide is a greenhouse gas .
· NO and NO2 (nitric oxide or nitrogen oxide and nitrogen dioxide) emissions cause global cooling through the formation of (OH) radicals that destroy methane molecules, countering the effect of GHGs.
Carbon Monoxide
· Carbon monoxide is a short-lived greenhouse gas (it is less dense than air) .
· It has an indirect radiative forcing effect by elevating concentrations of methane and tropospheric ozone through chemical reactions with other atmospheric constituents (e.g., the hydroxyl radical, OH.) that would otherwise destroy them.
· Through natural processes in the atmosphere, it is eventually oxidized to carbon dioxide.
Fluorinated gases Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs)
· CFCs were phased out via the Montreal Protocol due to their part in ozone depletion (explained in Geography > Climatology > Polar Vortex).
· This anthropogenic compound is also a greenhouse gas, with a much higher potential to enhance the greenhouse effect than CO2.
Hydrofluorocarbons
· Hydrofluorocarbons are used as refrigerants, aerosol propellants, solvents, and fire retardants.
· These chemicals were developed as a replacement for chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs).
· Unfortunately, HFCs are potent greenhouse gases with long atmospheric lifetimes.
Perfluorocarbons
· Perfluorocarbons are compounds produced as a by-product in aluminium production and the manufacturing of semiconductors.
· Like HFCs, PFCs generally have long atmospheric lifetimes and high global warming potential.
Sulphur hexafluoride
· Sulphur hexafluoride is also a greenhouse gas.
· Sulphur hexafluoride is used in magnesium processing and semiconductor manufacturing, as well as a tracer gas for leak detection.
· Sulphur hexafluoride is used in electrical transmission equipment, including circuit breakers.
Black Carbon or Soot
· Black carbon (BC) is a solid particle or aerosol (though not a gas) that contributes to warming of the atmosphere. Black carbon, commonly known as soot.
· Soot is a form of particulate air pollutant, produced from incomplete combustion.
· Black carbon warms the earth by absorbing heat in the atmosphere and by reducing albedo (the ability to reflect sunlight) when deposited on snow and ice.
· BC is the strongest absorber of sunlight and heats the air directly.
· In addition, it darkens snow packs and glaciers through deposition and leads to melting of ice and snow.
· Regionally, BC disrupts cloudiness and monsoon rainfall.
· Black carbon stays in the atmosphere for only several days to weeks .
· Thus, the effects of BC on the atmospheric warming and glacier retreat disappear within months of reducing emissions.
Brown Carbon
· Brown carbon is a ubiquitous and unidentified component of organic aerosol.
· Biomass burning (possibly domestic wood burning) is shown to be a major source of brown carbon
· Brown carbon is generally referred for greenhouse gases and black carbon for particles resulting from impure combustion, such as soot and dust.
· Melting of the ice caps and glaciers will lead to rise in sea level.
· Thermal expansion also contributes to sea level rise.
· Fertile agricultural lands on the coast will be submerged and saline water intrusions will degrade the neighbouring land. Ground water in such regions will become useless.
· Populous cities lying on the coasts will be submerged under the sea.
· Flooding in Himalayas and Ganga plains in wet season and drought in dry season will severely affect the country.
· As a result of thawing of snow, the amount of arable land in high-latitude region is likely to increase by reduction of the amount of frozen lands.
· At the same time arable land along the coast lines are bound to be reduced as a result of rising sea level and saline water inundations.
Extreme Climatic Events
· Increased likelihood of extreme events such as heat wave, flooding, hurricanes, etc. will offset all the economic advancements made.
· Changes in rainfall patterns (E.g. 2015 Chennai floods, 2018 Kerala floods) will severely impact agriculture.
Environmental Degradation
· Reduced hydroelectric power generation due to abnormal behaviour of glaciers will further increase dependence on fossil fuels.
· Widespread vanishing of animal populations due to habitat loss will add more species to the ‗threatened‘ and ‗extinct‘ list.
Rising Health Related Issues
· Spread of diseases (like malaria, etc.) in tropics will put more pressure on the health care sector.
· It is anticipated that there will be an increase in the number of deaths due to greater frequency and severity of heat waves and other extreme weather events.
· Lack of freshwater during droughts and contamination of freshwater supplies during floods compromise hygiene, thus increasing rates diseases like cholera, diarrhoea etc.
Biodiversity Loss
· Loss of Plankton due to warming of seas will adversely affects marine food chain.
· Bleaching of Coral Reefs (rain forests of the ocean) will cause great loss of marine biodiversity.
· Rising temperature would increase fertilizer requirement for the same production targets and result in higher GHG emissions, ammonia volatilization and cost of crop production.
· Rising temperatures will further affect the physical, chemical and biological properties of fresh water lakes and rivers, with adverse impacts on many individual fresh water species.
No Food Security
· Climate Change affects crops by impacting irrigation, insolation as well as the prevalence of pests.
· Increased frequencies of droughts, floods, storms and cyclones are likely to increase agricultural production variability.
· Moderate warming (increase of 1 to 3°C in mean temperature) is expected to benefit crop yields in temperate regions, while in lower latitudes the crops will take a hit.
· However, the natural calamities due to global warming can offset the benefits in temperature regions.
· In coastal areas, sea level rise will exacerbate water resource constraints due to increased salinization of groundwater supplies.
Deterioration of Carbon sinks
· High latitude forests store more carbon than tropical rainforests .
· One third of the world‘s soil-bound carbon is in taiga and tundra areas .
· When the permafrost melts due to global warming, it releases carbon in the form of carbon dioxide and methane .
· In the 1970s the tundra was a carbon sink, but today, it is a carbon source, all because of global warming. (global warming leads to more global warming).
Sea Level Change
· Sea level change means the fluctuations in the mean sea level over a considerably long period of time.
Processes that cause Change in Sea Level
1. Eustatic changes occur when the volume of sea water changes due to factors such as
· global warming and melting of ice sheets (rise in sea level) or ice ages (fall in sea level) and
· changes in the volume of mid-oceanic ridges.
1. Tectonic changes occur due to a change in the level of land.
· Isostatic changes take place due to addition or removal of load: during ice ages, landmass subsided due to the load exerted by the glacial ice. On the other hand, landmasses rise as the glacial ice is removed.
· Epeirogenic movement occurs due to broad scale tilting of continents which may result in the rise of one part of the continent even as the other part may subside causing an apparent rise in sea level.
· Orogenic movement (mountain building) results in the formation of lofty mountains and an apparent fall in sea level.
Importance of understanding Sea Level Changes
· It provides key evidences regarding climate change in the past.
· It helps in estimating the rates of tectonic upliftment in the past geological periods.
· To assess the suitability of coastal locations for industrial and agricultural development.
· To protect low-lying countries by building coastal dykes and embankments.
· The task of mapping of areas likely to be affected by storm surges and periodic flooding becomes possible only if we know the likely areas to be affected by future sea level rise.
· By identifying the areas of possible submergence in the near future it becomes possible to set up tidal power generation plants in suitable locations.
Changes in Global Sea Level Short-Term
· Short-term changes occur during a year.
· Commonly, seasonal variations of 5-6 cm in sea level are observed in a year.
Short-term sea level change may be due to a complex interaction of the following factors:
· Marine water density: Temperature and salinity control the density of sea water. Low temperature and high salinity produce high density of sea water and lower sea level.
· Atmospheric pressure: Low pressure results in higher local sea level and vice versa. E.g. Storm surge.
· Velocity of ocean currents: Fast-flowing ocean currents when taking a curved path cause a rise in sea level on their outer fringes.
· Generally, a difference of 18 cm in sea level is observed between the two sides of a fast- flowing current.
· Ice formation and fall in sea level: During winter the ocean water trapped in the icecaps of the northern and the southern hemispheres leads to a fall in sea level.
· Piling up of water along windward coasts: A local rise of sea level occurs in the coastal region as water is driven towards the coasts by an air mass, for example, the sea level rises in south and east Asia during the monsoon months due to landward movement of the air mass.
The twentieth century has observed short-term global sea level rise due to the following factors.
· Global warming in the last century due to anthropogenic activities has resulted in thermal expansion of ocean water. So, the sea level has risen by about 10 to 15 cm in the past 100 years.
· Melting of ice-sheets in the Antarctica by about 3 per cent of its total volume of ice has, to some extent, contributed to global sea level rise.
· In the last century, about 15 per cent of the total volume of the Greenland ice cap melted.
· Besides these areas of ice-melt, other glaciers are also estimated to have contributed about 48 per cent of the global sea level rise.
Long-Term
· Global sea level changes which exceed 100 m are possible only if the major ice-sheets melt or there are substantial changes in the volume of the world‘s mid-oceanic ridge.
Impact of Sea Level Fall
· A drop in sea level causes the death of coral reefs as the continental shelves on which they are formed are left dry. So, fresh coral reefs emerge along the fringe of dead corals.
· In places of shallow continental shelves, the fall in sea level leads to greater aridity in the continental hinterland due to reduced surface runoff.
· A fall in sea level in temperate and high latitude regions causes extension of ice caps and glacial tongues onto the continental shelves.
Impact of Possible Rise in Sea Level
· Ice melt in the Antarctica may prove to be dangerous in the near future if the temperature of the atmosphere continues to increase.
· A vast segment of the populated land, viz., the low-lying densely populated coastal areas, will be submerged. Even the small islands will be wiped out.
· An estimated global population of about one billion will be affected by rise in sea levels.
· Immense damage may be caused to the coastal structures like ports, industrial establishments, etc.
· As a result of the rise in sea level, almost 33 per cent of the world‘s crop lands could be submerged (coastal plains and deltas are made up of very fertile soils).
· Accelerated coastal erosion may cause damage to and destruction of beaches, coastal dunes and bars.
· As a consequence, a vast section of the coastal land will remain unprotected against the direct attack of sea waves.
· Groundwater resources of the coastal regions will be severely affected by salinization due to marine water intrusion.
· The ecosystem will suffer heavy damages as the deltas, coral atolls and reefs will be destroyed. New coral reefs on the outer fringe of the dead corals will be formed.
· As a result of rise in sea level, the mouths of drainage basins will undergo submergence. This will lead to a readjustment of the long-profiles of the rivers, which are likely to show a rise.
· Islands are the worst affected by the recent rise of sea level. Some of the affected islands are the Carteret Islands, located on the north-east of Papua New Guinea in the Pacific Ocean, and Tuvalu Islands, about 1000 km north of Fiji in the South Pacific.
To check the phenomenon of sea level rise that the ‗Oceans and Coastal Areas Programme Activity Centre‘ was set up in 1987 under the aegis of the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) to identify the countries facing maximum risk of submergence.
Reducing Carbon in the Atmosphere to fight Climate Change
· Clean coal technology, Carbon capture and storage Carbon Sink and Carbon Sequestration.
Clean coal technology to reduce CO2 in atmosphere
· Half of the world‘s electricity is generated by burning coal.
· Coal will remain a dominant energy source for years to come.
· CO2 and CO (carbon monoxide) are the major greenhouse gas which are released during burning of coal.
· Along with the above gases, nitrogen oxides (destroys ozone) and sulphur oxides (acid rains) are also released.
· Clean coal technology seeks to reduce harsh environmental effects by using multiple technologies to clean coal and contain its emissions.
· Some clean coal technologies purify the coal before it burns.
· One type of coal preparation, coal washing, removes unwanted minerals by mixing crushed coal with a liquid and allowing the impurities to separate and settle.
· Other systems control the coal burn to minimize emissions of sulphur dioxide, nitrogen oxides and particulates.
· Electrostatic precipitators remove particulates by charging particles with an electrical field and then capturing them on collection plates.
· Gasification avoids burning coal altogether. With gasification, steam and hot pressurized air or oxygen combine with coal in a reaction that forces carbon molecules apart.
· The resulting syngas , a mixture of carbon monoxide and hydrogen , is then cleaned and burned in a gas turbine to make electricity.
· Wet scrubbers, or flue gas desulfurization systems, remove sulphur dioxide, a major cause of acid rain, by spraying flue gas with limestone and water.
· Low-NOx (nitrogen oxides) burners reduce the creation of nitrogen oxides, a cause of ground-level ozone, by restricting oxygen and manipulating the combustion process.
India‘s coal
· Coal mined in India is a poor quality coal (India‘s coal is not Carboniferous Coal. It is Gondwana coal) with less carbon, high ash (hard to dispose) and high moisture content (more gases; less fuel efficiency) .
· To improve efficiency and reduce adverse effects, India should do away with its present sub-critical coal power plants and build more super-critical and ultra-super- critical ones (15-20% increase in efficiency).
· Should employ clean coal technology.
Carbon capture and storage
· ‗Carbon capture and storage‘ catches and sequesters (hide) carbon dioxide (CO2) from stationary sources like power plants.
· Capture: Flue-gas separation removes CO2 and condenses it into a concentrated CO2 stream.
· After capture, secure containers sequester the collected CO2 to prevent or stall its re- entry into the atmosphere.
· The two storage options are geologic and oceanic (must hide the CO2 until peak emissions subside hundreds of years from now).
Geologic storage involves injecting CO2 into the earth.
· Depleted oil or gas fields and deep saline aquifers safely store CO2 while coal seams absorb it.
· Ocean storage, a technology still in its early stages, involves injecting liquid CO2 into waters 500 to 3,000 meters deep, where it dissolves under pressure.
· However, this method would slightly decrease pH and potentially harm marine habitats.
Carbon Sink and Carbon Sequestration
· A carbon sink is a natural or artificial reservoir that accumulates and stores some carbon- containing chemical compound for an indefinite period .
· The process by which carbon sinks remove carbon dioxide (CO2) from the atmosphere is known as carbon sequestration .
Carbon Sink vs Carbon Source
· A carbon sink is anything that absorbs more carbon than that it releases, whilst a carbon source is anything that releases more carbon than is absorbs.
· Forests, soils, oceans and the atmosphere all store carbon and this carbon moves between them in a continuous cycle.
· This constant movement of carbon means that forests act as sources or sinks at different times.
Carbon Dioxide Fertilization
· Earth‘s vegetated lands have shown significant greening largely due to rising levels of atmospheric CO2.
· Greening means an increase in leaves on plants and trees.
· Increased concentrations of CO2 increases photosynthesis, spurring plant growth.
· Carbon dioxide fertilization contributes to 70 percent of the greening effect.
· The second most important driver is nitrogen, at 9 percent.
· The rest occurs due to land cover changes, climate change, precipitation and sunlight changes.
· Plants acclimatize to rising CO2 concentration and the fertilization effect diminishes over time.
· That is, raising CO2 concentrations may be beneficial for plants in the short run, but in the long run it is harmful due to climate change.
Carbon Dioxide Fertilization is increasing carbon sink on land
· Every year, about half of the 10 billion tons of carbon emitted into the atmosphere from human activities remains temporarily stored, in about equal parts, in the oceans and plants.
· Studies have reported an increasing carbon sink on land since the 1980s, which is entirely consistent with the idea of a greening Earth.
Carbon sequestration
· Carbon sequestration is the process of capture and long-term storage of atmospheric carbon dioxide.
· It has been proposed as a way to slow the atmospheric and marine accumulation of greenhouse gases.
· Carbon dioxide is naturally captured from the atmosphere through biological, chemical, or physical processes.
Forests as carbon Sinks
· Forests are carbon stores, and they are carbon dioxide sinks when they are increasing in density or area.
· Trees absorb CO2 during photosynthesis thereby converting atmospheric CO2 into biomass.
· When this biomass is buried the carbon is trapped forming a carbon sink.
· When the carbon sink is exposed the biomass decomposes adding methane to the atmosphere and when the biomass is used as fuel (coal and petroleum) it releases CO2 back into the atmosphere (carbon source).
· Ocean is also a very important carbo sink. Most of the carbon is trapped in the ocean and if a small fraction of this carbon is released the consequences will be disastrous.
· In Canada‘s boreal forests as much as 80% of the total carbon is stored in the soils as dead organic matter.
· Tropical forests absorb about 18% of all carbon dioxide added by fossil fuels.
· In the context of climate change, the most important carbon stores are the natural fossil fuel deposits.
· But when humans burn coal, oil and natural gas, they turn fossil carbon stores into atmospheric carbon.
· This release of carbon from fossil fuel has caused greenhouse gas (GHG) concentrations in the atmosphere to soar to levels more than 30 per cent higher than at the beginning of the industrial revolution.
· Because of this increase in atmospheric carbon, a lot of emphasis and hope has been put into the ability of trees, other plants and the soil to temporarily sink the carbon that fossil fuel burning releases into the atmosphere.
· Indeed, the Kyoto Protocol, the international communities‘ main instrument for halting global warming suggests that the absorption of carbon dioxide by trees and the soil is just as valid a means to achieve emission reduction commitments as cutting carbon dioxide emissions from fossil fuels.
Category of field and its international conventions:
Nature conservation
· United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED)
· Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
· Ramsar Convention on Wetlands (explained in ―Wetland Ecosystem‖)
· Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Fauna and Flora (CITES) (explained in ―IUCN Red List―)
· The Wildlife Trade Monitoring Network (TRAFFIC) (explained in in ―IUCN Red List―)
· Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species (CMS)
· Global Tiger Forum (GTF)
Hazardous material (explained in in ―Solid Waste‖)
· Stockholm Convention (mentioned under ―Hazardous Waste‖)
· Basel Convention (mentioned under ―Hazardous Waste‖)
· Rotterdam Convention (mentioned under ―Hazardous Waste‖)
Land
· United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD) Marine environment
· International Whaling Commission (IWC) Atmosphere
· Vienna convention and Montreal Protocol (explained in ―Ozone Depleting Substances‖)
· United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC)
International conventions:
United Nations Conference on the Human Environment (1972)
· The United Nations Conference on the Human Environment was first held in Stockholm, Sweden, in 1972.
· It marked the emergence of international environmental law.
Global Environment Facility
· The Global Environment Facility (GEF) unites 183 countries in partnership with international institutions, civil society organizations (CSOs), and the private sector to address global environmental issues while supporting national sustainable development initiatives.
· An independently operating financial organization, the GEF provides grants for projects related to biodiversity, climate change, international waters, land degradation, the ozone layer, and persistent organic pollutants.
United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD)
· The Convention stemmed from a direct recommendation of the Rio Conference‘s Agenda 21 in 1994.
· UNCCD is a Convention to combat desertification and mitigate the effects of drought through national action programs (NAP).
· National action programs (NAP) incorporate long-term strategies supported by international cooperation.
· It is the only internationally legally binding framework set up to address desertification.
· It was adopted in Paris, France in 1994 and entered into force in 1996.
· It has 196 parties, making it truly global in reach.
· 2006 was declared ―International Year of Deserts and Desertification‖.
· The UN Convention to Combat Desertification has established a Committee on Science and Technology (CST).
· CST is composed of government representatives competent in the fields of expertise relevant to combating desertification and mitigating the effects of drought.
· UNCCD collaborates closely with Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD).
Rio+5 (1997)
· In 1997, the UN General Assembly held a special session to appraise the status of Agenda 21 (Rio +5).
· The Assembly recognized progress as ―uneven‖ and identified key trends, including increasing globalization, widening inequalities in income, and continued deterioration of the global environment.
Rio+10 (2002) or Earth Summit 2002
· Rio+10 (2002) or Earth Summit 2002 or World Summit on Sustainable Development.
· Took place in Johannesburg, South Africa in 2002.
· Rio+10 affirmed UN commitment to Agenda 21, alongside the Millennium Development Goals.
· Johannesburg Declaration: committing the nations of the world to sustainable development.
Rio+20 (2012)
· Rio+20 (2012) or United Nations Conference on Sustainable Development.
· Rio+20 was a 20-year follow-up to the Earth Summit 1992 and 10-year follow-up to the Earth Summit 2002.
· It is also known as Rio 2012 or Earth Summit 2012.
· Hosted by Brazil in Rio de Janeiro in 2012.
· It reaffirmed the commitment to Agenda 21.
· It was the third international conference on sustainable development.
· Earth Summit 1992 (Rio de Janeiro) = UN Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED)
· Earth Summit 2002 (Johannesburg) = World Summit on Sustainable Development (WSSD)
· Earth Summit 2012 (Rio de Janeiro) = UN Conference on Sustainable Development (UNCSD)
PAGE, launched in 2013, is a direct response to the Rio+20 Declaration, The Future We Want.Partnership for Action on Green Economy (PAGE)
· Rio+20 Declaration called upon the UN system and the international community to aid interested countries in developing, adopting and implementing green economy policies and strategies.
· PAGE supports nations in reframing economic policies and practices around sustainability.
· PAGE seeks to assist countries in achieving SDG (2030 Agenda), especially SDG 8:
―Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment.‖
· PAGE brings together the expertise of five UN agencies – UNEP, ILO, UNIDO, UNDP and UNITAR.
ILO: International Labour Organization
UNIDO: UN Industrial Development Organization UNITAR: UN Institute for Training and Research.
2030 Agenda – Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
· The UN 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development was launched in 2015.
· The UN 2030 Agenda‘s Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) aim at eradicating poverty in all forms and ―seek to realize the human rights of all and achieve gender equality‖.
· The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are a collection of 17 global goals, and their 169 targets, set by the United Nations General Assembly in 2015 for the year 2030 (UNGA resolution ―2030 Agenda‖).
Goal 2: Zero hunger ―End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition, and promote sustainable agriculture‖.
· This would be accomplished by
· doubling agricultural productivity and incomes of small-scale food producers (women and indigenous peoples), by
· ensuring sustainable food production systems, and by
· progressively improving land and soil quality.
· Other targets deal with maintaining genetic diversity of seeds, increasing access to land, preventing trade restriction and distortions in world agricultural markets, eliminating wastage and ending malnutrition.
Goal 6: Clean water and sanitation ―Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all.‖
· Safe drinking water and hygienic toilets.
· Toilets in schools and work places.
· Equitable sanitation for addressing the specific needs of women and girls, disabled, aged persons.
Goal 7: Affordable and clean energy ―Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all.‖
· 2030 target: access to affordable and reliable energy while increasing the share of renewable energy.
Goal 11: Sustainable cities and communities ―Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient, and sustainable.‖
· 2030 target is to ensure access to safe and affordable housing.
Goal 12: Responsible consumption and production ―Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns.‖
· The targets of Goal 12 include:
· using eco-friendly production methods
· reducing the amount of waste.
· Increase national recycling rates.
Goal 13: Climate action ―Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts by regulating emissions and promoting developments in renewable energy.‖Goal 14: Life below water ―Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development.‖
· The targets include
· preventing and reducing marine pollution and acidification,
· protecting marine and coastal ecosystems and regulating fishing.
· Microplastics come from a variety of sources, including from larger plastic debris.
· Microbeads, a type of microplastic (tiny pieces of polyethylene), are very tiny pieces of plastic that are added to health and beauty products, such as some cleansers and toothpastes.
Goal 15: Life on Land ―Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage forests, combat desertification, and halt and reverse land degradation and halt biodiversity loss.‖
· Goal 15 calls for more attention to preventing invasion of introduced species and more protection of endangered species.
Millennium Development Goals
· The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) replaced the MDGs in 2016.
· The Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) were eight international development goals for the year 2015.
· MGDs had been established following the Millennium Summit of the United Nations in 2000.
· United Nations Millennium Declaration was adopted.
Millennium Development Goals by 2015
1. To eradicate extreme poverty and hunger
2. To achieve universal primary education
3. To promote gender equality and empower women
4. To reduce child mortality
5. To improve maternal health
6. To combat HIV/AIDS, malaria, and other diseases
7. To ensure environmental sustainability
8. To develop a global partnership for development
Transition to green economy
· Three priorities in transition of economy to green economy are
1. Decarbonizing the economy;
2. Commit the environmental community to justice and equity; and
3. Conserve the biosphere.
Measures to adapt green economy
· Energy audit can reduce your building‘s climate footprint.
· Sustainable fishing practices.
· Sustainably managed forests.
· Usage electronic files to reduce your demand for paper products.
· Support certified sustainable forest products.
· Car-pooling or taking public transport.
· Walking or riding a bike for short trips.
· Wise water use.
· Development of clean, renewable energy by using solar, wind, tidal, etc will contribute to green economy.
· Recycling appropriate materials and composting food waste.
Moving towards a green economy has the potential to achieve sustainable development. Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD)
· Biodiversity conservation is a collective responsibility of all nations.
· Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD) is a step towards conserving biological diversity or biodiversity with the involvement of the entire world.
· The Convention on Biological Diversity (a multilateral treaty) was opened for signature at the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro in 1992 and entered into effect in 1993.
· The convention called upon all nations to take appropriate measures for conservation of biodiversity and sustainable utilisation of its benefits.
· The Convention has three main goals:
1. conservation of biological diversity (or biodiversity);
2. sustainable use of its components; and
3. fair and equitable sharing of benefits arising from genetic resources.
· It is often seen as the key document regarding sustainable development.
· The Convention is legally binding; countries that join it (‗Parties‘) are obliged to implement its provisions.
· 195 UN states and the European Union are parties to the convention.
· All UN member states, with the exception of the United States , have ratified the treaty.
· At the 2010 10th Conference of Parties (COP) to the Convention on Biological Diversity in October in Nagoya, Japan, the Nagoya Protocol was adopted.
Cartagena Protocol
· CBD covers the rapidly expanding field of biotechnology through its Cartagena Protocol on Biosafety .
· It addresses technology development and transfer, benefit-sharing and biosafety issues.
· The Biosafety Protocol seeks to protect biological diversity from the potential risks posed by living modified organisms resulting from modern biotechnology.
Nagoya Protocol
· It is the second Protocol to the CBD; the first is the 2000 Cartagena Protocol on Biosafety.
· It is a 2010 supplementary agreement to the 1992 Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD).
· The Nagoya Protocol is about ―Access to Genetic Resources and the Fair and Equitable Sharing of Benefits Arising from their Utilization ‖, one of the three objectives of the CBD.
Conferences of the Parties (COP) – UNFCCC
· The COP is the decision-making body of UNFCCC.
· All States that are Parties to the Convention are represented at the COP.
· They review the implementation of any legal instruments that the COP adopts.
· They promote the effective implementation of the Convention.
· The first COP meeting was held in Berlin, Germany in March 1995.
· The parties to the convention have met annually since 1995.
· In 1997, the Kyoto Protocol (3rd COP) was concluded and established legally binding obligations for developed countries to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions .
· COP 21 (2015) was held in Paris in 2015.
· COP 22 (2016) was held at Marrakesh, Morocco.
· COP 23 (2017) was held at Bonn, Germany.
· COP 24 (2018) was held at Katowice, Poland.
· COP 25 (2019) will be held at Santiago, Chile during Nov-Dec 2019 .
List of UNFCCC Summits
· 1995: COP 1, The Berlin Mandate
· 1996: COP 2, Geneva, Switzerland
· 1997: COP 3, The Kyoto Protocol on Climate Change
· 1998: COP 4. Buenos Aires, Argentina
· 1999: COP 5, Bonn, Germany
· 2000: COP 6. The Hague. Netherlands
· 2001: COP 6, Bonn. Germany
· 2001: COP 7. Marrakech, Morocco
· 2002: COP 8, New Delhi, India
· 2003: COP 9, Milan, Italy
· 2004: COP 10. Buenos Aires. Argentina
· 2005: COP 11/CMP 1. Montreal, Canada Montreal, (Kyoto Protocol was ratified in 2005)
· 2006: COP 12/CMP 2, Nairobi. Kenya
· 2007: COP 13/CMP 3, Bali, Indonesia
· 2008: COP 14/CMP 4, Poznan. Poland
· 2009: COP 15/CMP 5, Copenhagen, Denmark
· 2010: COP 16/CMP 6, Canciin, Mexico
· 2011: COP 17/CMP 7, Durban, South Africa
· 2012: COP 18/CMP 8, Doha, Qatar
· 2013: COP 19/CMP 9, Warsaw, Poland
· 2014: COP 20/CMP 10. Lima, Peru
· 2015: COP 21/CMP 11, Paris, France
· 2016: COP 22/CMP 12, Marrakech, Morocco
· 2017: COP 23/CMP 13, Bonn, Germany.
· 2018: COP 24/CMP 14, Katowice, Poland.
· 2018: COP 24/CMP 14, Santiago, Chile.
Criticisms of the UNFCCC
· Nothing except Kyoto Protocol made any binding limits on GHG emissions.
· Never achieved its stated goals of reducing the emission of carbon dioxide.
· Negotiations are governed by consensus and small group of countries often block the negotiations.
· It is easy for the developed countries to escape from their responsibility: United States , one of the biggest polluters never ratified Kyoto Protocol.
· Canada pulled out of Kyoto Protocol citing wealth transfers out the country due to binding limits.
· Treaty doesn‘t cover developing countries who now include the largest CO2 emitters (India and China).
· Japan, Russia didn‘t sign second Kyoto term because it would impose restrictions on it not faced by its main economic competitors, China, India and Indonesia.
UNFCCC: United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
· International environmental treaty that came into existence under the aegis of UN.
· UNFCCC is negotiated at the Earth Summit 1992.
· Signed in 1992, New York City.
· As of March 2019, UNFCCC has 197 parties.
· Role: UNFCCC provides a framework for negotiating specific international treaties (called ―protocols‖) that aim to set binding limits on greenhouse gases .
· Objective of UNFCCC: Stabilize greenhouse gas concentrations in the atmosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous consequences.
· Legal Effect: Treaty is considered legally non-binding.
· The treaty itself sets no binding limits on greenhouse gas emissions for individual countries.
· In 1997, the Kyoto Protocol (3rd COP) was concluded and established legally binding obligations for developed countries to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions .
Kyoto Protocol (COP 3; UNFCCC Summit 1997)
· The Kyoto Protocol was adopted in Kyoto, Japan, in 1997.
· India ratified Kyoto Protocol in 2002.
· The Kyoto Protocol came into force in February 2005.
· There are currently 192 Parties.
· USA never ratified Kyoto Protocol .
· Canada withdrew in 2012 .
· Goal: Fight global warming by reducing greenhouse gas concentrations in the atmosphere to ―a level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate system.‖
· Kyoto protocol aimed to cut emissions of greenhouse gases across the developed world by about 5 per cent by 2012 compared with 1990 levels.
· The Protocol is based on the principle of common but differentiated responsibilities .
· Kyoto Protocol is the only global treaty with binding limits on GHG emissions .
What is Common but Differentiated Responsibilities – Kyoto Protocol?
· It puts the obligation to reduce current emissions on developed countries on the basis that they are historically responsible for the current levels of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere.
CBDR divides countries into two categories.
1. Historically biggest polluting developed countries like US, UK, France, Japan, Russia etc. (they are polluting the earth since Industrial Revolution).
2. Recently polluting developing countries like China, India, Brazil, etc. (polluting since 1950s).
· ―Common‖ Every country (both developing and developed) must take part in the fight against climate change.
· ―But differentiated responsibilities‖ Historically biggest polluters should do more compared to the recent polluters, i.e., responsibilities proportional to pollution caused.
· Thus, under CBDR, developed countries like US, UK, Russia etc. must contribute more to reduce GHGs.
· They must accept to certain binding limits on GHG emissions.
· They must contribute funds towards reducing GHG emissions in developing and least developed countries.
· On the other hand, developing and least developed countries should do everything possible to cut down their GHG emissions. But nothing is binding on them, and every initiative is voluntary.
Classification of Parties and their commitments – Kyoto Protocol Annex I
· Developed countries [US, UK, Russia etc.] + Economies in transition (EIT) [Ukraine, Turkey, some eastern European countries etc.]
Annex II
· Developed countries (Annex II is a subset of Annex I).
· Required to provide financial and technical support to the EITs and developing countries to assist them in reducing their greenhouse gas emissions.
Annex B
· Annex I Parties with first or second-round Kyoto greenhouse gas emissions targets.
· The first-round targets apply over the years 2008–2012 and the second-round Kyoto targets, which apply from 2013–2020 .
· Compulsory binding targets to reduce GHG emissions.
Non-Annex I
· Parties to the UNFCCC not listed in Annex I of the Convention (mostly low-income developing countries).
· No binding targets to reduce GHG emissions.
LDCs
· Least-developed countries
· No binding targets to reduce GHG emissions.
· Developing countries may volunteer to become Annex I countries when they are sufficiently developed.
What is commitment period – Kyoto Protocol?
· Under Kyoto Protocol, there are two commitment periods:
1. 2008 – 2012 and
2. 2013 – 2020.
· The second commitment period was agreed on in 2012, known as the Doha Amendment to the protocol .
· Each commitment period has its own binding targets set for developed countries to reduce their GHG emissions.
· Nations that miss their Kyoto target in 2012 will incur a penalty of an additional third added to whatever cut they agree under a new treaty in Copenhagen.
· During first commitment period (2008-12), more than 35 countries had binding targets.
· Canada withdrew in 2012 after the first commitment period .
· Japan, New Zealand and Russia have participated in Kyoto‘s first-round but have not taken on new targets in the second commitment period.
· As of January 2019, 124 states have accepted the Doha Amendment, while entry into force requires the acceptances of 144 states.
· Thus, the second commitment period is a failure.
· Negotiations were held in Lima in 2014 to agree on a post-Kyoto legal framework that would obligate all major polluters to pay for CO2 emissions.
· China, India, and the United States (three big villains) have all signalled that they will not ratify any treaty that will commit them legally to reduce CO2 emissions.
The Kyoto Protocol emission target gases include
· Carbon dioxide (CO2),
· Methane (CH4),
· Nitrous oxide (N2O),
· Sulphur hexafluoride (SF6),
· groups of hydro fluorocarbons (HCFs) and
· groups of Per fluorocarbons (PFCs).
Flexible Market Mechanisms – Kyoto Protocol
· Countries bound to Kyoto targets have to meet them largely through domestic action — that is, to reduce their emissions onshore.
· But they can meet part of their targets through three ―market-based mechanisms‖.
The Kyoto Flexible Market Protocol mechanisms include:
1. Clean Development Mechanism (CDM)
2. Emission Trading
3. Joint Implementation (JI)
Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) – Kyoto Protocol
· CDM allows a country with an emission-reduction or emission-limitation commitment under the Kyoto Protocol (Annex B Party) to implement an emission-reduction project in developing countries.
· Hypothetical E.g. of CDM: Australia takes up or finances some environment benefitting project in India (solar power projects, wind power projects, afforestation etc.) and earns some carbon credits (certified emission reduction credits) . Now it shows these earned carbon credits to the world and tells them how it is working towards meeting its Kyoto targets.
· Such projects can earn saleable certified emission reduction (CER) credits, each equivalent to one tonne of CO2 , which can be counted towards meeting Kyoto targets.
· In simple terms: Developed countries emit more and lose carbon credits. They provide financial assistance to developing and least developed countries to create clean energy (solar, wind energy etc.) and gain some carbon credits thereby meeting their Kyoto Quota (Kyoto units) of emissions without violations.
· Suppose a developed country has a Kyoto Quota of 100 Carbon Credits, it can emit 100 tonnes of CO2.
· Due to negligence it emits 110 tonnes of CO2, i.e. 10 carbon credits are lost (Kyoto Quota violation).
· Now the country has to make up for its lost carbon credits to avoid penalty.
· So, it invests some money (equal to 10 carbon credits) in developing and LDCs to build clean energy infrastructure like solar plants, wind farms etc. and will make up for its 10 lost carbon credits and avoid penalty.
Carbon Credits Trading [Carbon Trading] – Kyoto Protocol Carbon credit – Kyoto Protocol
· A carbon credit (often called a carbon offset) is a tradable certificate or permit.
· One carbon credit is equal to one tonne of carbon dioxide.
· Carbon credits are a part of attempts to mitigate the growth in concentrations of GHGs.
· Carbon credits or carbon offsets can be acquired through afforestation, renewable energy, CO2 sequestration, methane capture, buying from an exchange (carbon credits trading) etc..
· Carbon trading is the name given to the exchange of emission permits.
· This exchange may take place within the economy or may take the form of international transaction.
· Under Carbon Credits Trading mechanism countries that emit more carbon than the quota allotted to them buy carbon credits from those that emit less.
· In Carbon trading, one credit gives the country or a company right to emit one tonne of CO2.
· A developing nation such as India, turns out to be a seller of such credits, which eventually provides them with monetary gains.
· Carbon credits are traded at various exchanges across the world.
· Multi-Commodity Exchange of India (MCX) launched futures trading in carbon credits in 2009.
Types of Carbon trading
· Emission trading and
· Offset trading.
Emission trading/‘cap-and-trade‘
· Emissions trading allows countries to sell unused emission units to countries that have exceeded their targets.
· Carbon is tracked and traded like any other commodity in a ―carbon market.‖ Other trading units in the carbon market:
· A removal unit (RMU) by reforestation.
· An emission reduction unit (ERU) generated by a joint implementation project.
· A certified emission reduction (CER) generated from a clean development mechanism project activity.
Offset Trading/Carbon Project/‘baseline-and credit‘ trading
· Another variant of carbon credit is to be earned by a country by investing some amount of money in such projects, known as carbon projects, which will emit lesser amount of greenhouse gas in the atmosphere.
· For example, suppose a thermal plant of 800 megawatt capacity emit 400 carbon- equivalent in the atmosphere. Now a country builds up an 800 megawatt wind energy plant which does not generate any amount of emission as an alternative of the thermal plant. Then by investing in this project the country will earn 400 carbon-equivalent.
· Offset Trading is a variant of Emission Trading or Carbon Trading.
Carbon tax (not related to Kyoto Protocol)
· It is a tax on all fossil fuels in proportion to carbon dioxide emissions.
· Proposed in may developed and developing countries.
· The proposal faced political resistance (politician – corporate nexus, people feared more burden).
· India has a carbon tax of sorts. Budget of 2010-11 introduced a cess of Rs. 50 per tonne of both domestically produced and imported coal. Later it was increased to Rs. 100.
· With the introduction of the Goods and Service Tax (GST), the Clean Energy Cess was abolished in 2017.
· A new cess on coal production, called the GST Compensation Cess of Rs. 400 per tonne is put in place.
· This cess is used to raise revenues for the National Clean Energy Fund .
Non-Compliance of Kyoto And Penalties
· If a country does not meet the requirements for measurements and reporting, the country loses the privilege of gaining credit through joint implementation projects.
· If a country goes above its emissions cap and does not try to make up the difference through any of the mechanisms available, then said country must make up the difference plus an additional thirty percent during the next period.
· The country could also be banned from participating in the ‗cap and trade‘ program.
Joint Implementation (JI) – Kyoto Protocol
· The mechanism known as ―joint implementation,‖ allows a country with an emission reduction commitment under the Kyoto Protocol (Annex B Party) to earn emission reduction units (ERUs) from an emission-reduction project in another Annex B Party, each equivalent to one tonne of CO2, which can be counted towards meeting its Kyoto target.
· Joint implementation offers Parties a flexible and cost-efficient means of fulfilling a part of their Kyoto commitments, while the host Party benefits from foreign investment and technology transfer.
Benefits of Flexible Market Mechanisms
· Stimulating green investment in developing countries.
· Including the private sector in this endeavour to cut and hold steady GHG emissions at a safe level.
· It also makes ―leap-frogging‖ –– possibility to skip older, dirtier technology for newer, cleaner infrastructure and systems, with obvious longer-term benefits.
· Strengthen the Protocol‘s environmental integrity, support the carbon market‘s credibility and ensures transparency of accounting by Parties.
Criticism of Kyoto Protocol
· Under Kyoto Protocol, Annex 1 countries can meet their targets by cutting emissions or buying unused allowances (carbon credits, carbon trading) from other countries. This kind of approach ignores long term social and economic costs. It is like committing only half of what one needs to commit.
· Kyoto Protocol is based on the ―common but differentiated responsibility‖ approach to global warming. Under CBDR, many countries were allowed to increase pollution.
· It excluded most polluting countries like China and India, which have since become the world‘s largest and fourth largest polluters.
Important UNFCCC Summits Post Kyoto
· After the Kyoto Protocol, parties to the Convention have agreed to further commitments.
· CMP: Conference of the Parties serving as the meeting of the Parties to the Kyoto Protocol.
· COP11 / CMP 1 was held in Montreal, Canada in 2005 (Kyoto Protocol was ratified in 2005) .
Bali (Indonesia) Climate Change Conference 2007 (COP 13; CMP 3)
COP 13: It is the13th session of the Conference of the Parties to the UNFCCC
CMP 3: It is the 3rd session of the COP serving as the Meeting of the Parties to the Kyoto Protocol.
· Governments adopted the Bali Road Map.
Bali Road Map included:
· Reaching an agreed outcome and adopting a decision at COP15 in Copenhagen.
· The review of the financial mechanism, going beyond the existing Global Environmental Facility.
Poznan (Poland) Climate Change Conference 2008 (COP 14; CMP 4)
· It launched the Adaptation Fund under the Kyoto Protocol.
· The Fund is financed in part by government and private donors, and also from a 2% share of proceeds of Certified Emission Reductions (CERs) issued under Clean Development Mechanism projects.
Copenhagen (Denmark) Climate Change Conference 2009 (COP 15; CMP 5)
· The Copenhagen Accord included the goal of limiting the maximum global average temperature increase to no more than 2 degrees Celsius above pre-industrial levels, subject to a review in 2015.
· Developed countries promised to provide US$30 billion for the period 2010-2012, and to mobilize long-term finance of a further US$100 billion a year by 2020 from a variety of sources.
Cancún (Mexico) Climate Change Conference 2010 (COP 16; CMP 6)
· Parties agreed to commit to a maximum temperature, rise of 2 degrees Celsius above pre- industrial levels, and to consider lowering that maximum to 1.5 degrees in the near future.
· Parties agreed to establish a Green Climate Fund to provide financing to projects, programmes, policies and other activities in developing countries via thematic funding windows.
· Governments also agreed to include carbon capture and storage (CCS) in the projects under the Clean Development Mechanism (CDM), subject to technical and safety standards.
Durban (Denmark) Climate Change Conference 2011 (COP 17; CMP 7)
· The outcomes included a decision by Parties to adopt a universal legal agreement on climate change as soon as possible, and no later than 2015.
· Second phase of Kyoto Protocol was secured.
· Approved the Governing Instrument for the GCF.
· COP 16 ==> Decision Made to Establish GCF.
· COP 17 ==> Parties approved the Governing Instrument for the GCF ==> Legal Approval
· COP 18 ==> Songdo, Incheon, Republic of Korea will host GCF.
· The Fund will start operating from 2013.
· It is a mechanism to redistribute money from the developed to the developing world .
· GCF will help developing countries financially in adapting mitigation practices to counter climate change.
· It is intended to be the centrepiece of efforts to raise Climate Finance of $100 billion by 2020.
Doha (Qatar) Climate Change Conference 2012 (COP 18; CMP 8)
· The conference reached an agreement to extend the life of the Kyoto Protocol , which had been due to expire at the end of 2012, until 2020 (second commitment period 2013 – 2020).
· The extension of the Kyoto Protocol until 2020 limited in scope to only 15% of the global CO2 emissions.
· This was due to the lack of participation of Canada, Japan, Russia, Belarus, Ukraine, New Zealand and the United States. (they all refused to join the second commitment period under the Kyoto Protocol)
· Also, developing countries like China, India and Brazil are not subject to any emissions reductions under the Kyoto Protocol.
· The conference made little progress towards the funding of the Green Climate Fund.
Warsaw (Poland) Climate Change Conference 2013 (COP 19; CMP 9)
· The conference led to an agreement that all states would start cutting emissions as soon as possible, but preferably by the first quarter of 2015.
· The term Intended Nationally Determined Contributions was coined in Warsaw.
· Further the Warsaw Mechanism was proposed, which would provide expertise, and possibly aid, to developing nations to cope with loss and damage from such natural
extremities as heatwaves, droughts and floods and threats such as rising sea levels and desertification.
Lima (Peru) Climate Change Conference 2014 (COP 20; CMP 10)
· The overarching goal of the conference is to reduce greenhouse gas emissions (GHGs) to limit the global temperature increase by 2030 to 2 degrees Celsius above 1850 baseline or Pre Industrial era.
· The agreement urged parties to take national pledges by finalizing their Intended Nationally Determined Contributions (INDC) by November 2015 (before Paris Summit).
· No agreement was reached due to lack of consensus between developed and developing countries.
Developed vs. Developing
· Wealthy nations like the U.S, EU argued that emissions from developing countries are consistently rising and they need to commit to more serious emission cuts.
· But India accused them of watering down the CDR principle envisaged in earlier.
· India stuck to its conventional position that the developed countries should shoulder a bigger burden as they are responsible for the problem in the first place.
· India confirmed that poverty alleviation would continue to be its primary concern and hence it will not compromise with its share of carbon credits.
India‘s position
· China agreed a deal in 2014 under which its emissions would peak by 2030 (after 2030, it will start reducing its carbon footprint).
· India, the world‘s third largest carbon emitter, is under pressure to make commitments like China.
· India says carbon emissions will grow as it strives to beat poverty.
· India wants to use its carbon credits to alleviate poverty and is not ready to accept anything other than ‗common but differentiated responsibilities‘.
What India must do other than blaming developed nations
· India must demonstrate concerns about climate change issues (2015 Chennai floods, 2013 Uttarakhand floods, 2018 Kerala floods are all the effects of climate change).
· Emissions in India are rising dangerously, and the environmental costs will offset all its economic progress.
· India had to make a pragmatically determined national pledge before Paris Summit (India announced its INDC in October 2015).
Paris Climate Change Conference 2015 (COP 21; CMP 11)
· No agreement was reached in Lima.
· All agreements and decisions were reserved for Paris Summit 2015.
· Paris Summit is one of the most important environmental conference because of the INDC commitments made by major polluters.
· The conference objective is to achieve a legally binding and universal agreement on climate to be signed in 2015 and implemented by 2020.
· Prior to the conference, 146 national climate panels publicly presented draft national climate contributions (so-called Intended Nationally Determined Contributions, INDCs).
· However, no detailed timetable or country-specific goals for emissions were incorporated into the Paris Agreement – as opposed to the previous Kyoto Protocol.
· There will be neither a mechanism to force a country to set a target by a specific date nor enforcement measures if a set target is not met.
Paris Agreement
· The conference negotiated the Paris Agreement, a global agreement on the reduction of climate change.
· It entered into force in November 2016 after (ratification by 55 countries that account for at least 55% of global emissions) had been met.
· Signatories: 195 as of 2019; 180+ countries have ratified; India signed and ratified in 2016.
Ratification
· Once the treaty has been signed, each state will deal with it according to its own national procedures.
· After approval has been granted under a state‘s own internal procedures, it will notify the other parties that they consent to be bound by the treaty. This is called ratification.
· The expected key result was an agreement to set a goal of limiting global warming to
―well below 2 °C‖ Celsius compared to pre-industrial levels.
· The agreement calls for zero net anthropogenic greenhouse gas emissions to be reached during the second half of the 21st century.
· In the adopted version of the Paris Agreement, the parties will also ―pursue efforts to limit the temperature increase to 1.5 °C.‖
· The 1.5 °C goal will require zero emissions sometime between 2030 and 2050, according to some scientists.
· The developed countries reaffirmed the commitment to mobilize $100 billion a year in climate finance by 2020 and agreed to continue mobilizing finance at the level of $100 billion a year until 2025.
· In 2017, United States announced that the U.S. would cease all participation in the 2015 Paris Agreement on climate change mitigation.
· In accordance with Article 28 of the Paris Agreement, the earliest possible effective withdrawal date by the United States cannot be before November 2020. Thus, The U.S. will remain a signatory till November 2020.
Climate Neutral Now
· The UNFCCC secretariat launched its Climate Neutral Now initiative in 2015.
· The following year, the secretariat launched a new pillar under its Momentum for Change initiative focused on Climate Neutral Now.
· Climate Neutral Now is aiming at encouraging and supporting all levels of society to take climate action to achieve a climate neutral world by mid-century, as enshrined in the Paris Agreement.
· Climate neutrality is a three step process, which requires individuals, companies and governments to:
1. Measure their climate footprint;
2. Reduce their emissions as much as possible;
3. Offset what they cannot reduce with UN certified emission reductions.
China-U.S. deal on emission cuts
· Prior to the summit, China and the United States have agreed on a timetable to limit emission of GHGs.
· US agreed to reduce by 2025 its emission of greenhouse gases by 26 per cent to 28 per cent below its 2005 level .
· China stated its intent to peak emissions of carbon dioxide in 2030, if not earlier (from 2030 it will start reducing its emissions).
· It also agreed to raise the share of non-fossil fuels to 20 per cent in the next 16 years.
· India‘s per capita emissions are estimated at one-tenth of the United States and one- fourth of China.
· China – US deal imposed a fresh pressure on India to make a voluntary commitment.
· India announced its INDCs in the end of 2015.
What is an INDC?
· During Warsaw Summit 2013 (COP 19), countries agreed to publicly outline what actions they intend to take under a global agreement well before the Paris Summit 2015.
· These country commitments are known as Intended Nationally Determined Contributions (INDCs).
The main points of contention on INDCs Inclusion of Adaptation, finance and transfer of technology
· Developed countries are of the view that only actions that help in reducing greenhouse gas emissions should be counted as ‗contributions‘ in INDCs.
· Almost every developing country, including India, however, wants adaptation measures also to be counted.
· Developing countries also want efforts by developed ones on providing money or transferring technology to poorer nations to be included in INDCs.
· This will help in holding the rich countries (biggest culprits that contributed to the increase of GHG emissions since Industrial Revolution) accountable to their promises on ensuring financial and technology flows.
Commitment Period
· India, European Union, China etc. are in favour of a 10-year commitment period.
· The United States, however, wants five-year commitment period so that countries can make quicker reviews.
Ex-post Review
· Since the INDCs are ‗nationally-determined‘ and voluntary, the level of ambition in making ‗contributions‘ is likely to be low.
· Some countries want an assessment of each country‘s INDC to see whether these are in line with the global 2 degree target.
· India and the United States strongly resent any such provision, saying such an exercise will negate the ‗nationally-determined‘ nature of the ‗contributions‘.
India‘s INDC objectives
· Announced in October 2015 (Lima summit urged every country to announce its INDCs by Nov 2015)
· Reduce emission intensity by 33 to 35 per cent by 2030 compared to 2005 levels .
Money required to meet India‘s INDC
· At least USD 2.5 trillion required between 2015 and 2030 to implement all planned actions.
· Cess on coal is being used for funding clean energy projects through National Adaptation Fund .
· Tax free infrastructure bonds were introduced for funding renewable energy projects.
Tax free infrastructure bonds
· A bond is an instrument to borrow money.
· Infrastructure bonds are borrowings to be invested in government funded infrastructure projects within a country.
· They are issued by governments or government authorized Infrastructure companies or Non-Banking Financial Companies.
· Investments up to Rs. 20000 are eligible for income tax deduction under Section 80 CCF of the Income Tax Act.
National Adaptation Fund on Climate Change (NAFCC)
· Budget 2015 introduced ―National Adaptation Fund‖ for climate change.
· As an initial sum, an amount of Rs 100 crore will be transferred to the Fund.
· Budget provision for the year 2015-16 and 2016-17 is Rs.350 crores.
· Money obtained from coal cess goes into NAFCC.
· Objective: Assist States and Union Territories that are particularly vulnerable to the adverse effects of climate change in meeting the cost of adaptation.
· The National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD ) has been appointed as National Implementing Entity (NIE) responsible for implementation of adaptation projects under the (NAFCC).
Post Paris Summit Marrakech (Morocco) Climate Change Conference 2016 (COP22; CMP12; CMA1)
· CMA1 the first meeting of the parties for the Paris Agreement.
· The purpose of the conference was to discuss and implement plans about combatting climate change and to ―[demonstrate] to the world that the implementation of the Paris Agreement is underway‖.
· COP22 was called as ―Action COP‖ or ―Agriculture COP‖.
· Adaptation of African Agriculture (AAA) was launched at COP 22.
· AAA is promoted by FAO along with various governments, especially African countries.
International Solar Alliance
· The International Solar Alliance (ISA) is an alliance was initiated by India .
· It was initiated at the India Africa Summit, and a meeting of member countries ahead of the Paris Summit.
· The framework agreement opened for signatures in Marrakech in 2016, and 122 countries have joined.
· Most of the 122 countries are sunshine countries, which lie either completely or partly between the Tropic of Cancer and the Tropic of Capricorn.
· ISA is now extended to all members of UN and is now a treaty-based inter-governmental organization.
· Countries that do not fall within the Tropics can join the alliance with the exception of voting rights.
· The primary objective of the alliance is to work for efficient exploitation of solar energy to reduce dependence on fossil fuels.
· Headquarters: Gurugram, Haryana, India.
Bonn (Germany) Climate Change Conference 2017 (COP 23; CMP 13; CMA 1-2)
· At COP 23 nations of the world met to advance the aims and ambitions of the Paris Agreement and achieve progress on its implementation guidelines.
· Parties will need to finalise the Implementation Guidelines at COP24.
Katowice (Poland) Climate Change Conference 2018 (COP 24; CMP 14; CMA 1-3)
· The conference agreed on rules to implement the Paris Agreement, which will come into force in 2020, that is to say the rulebook on how governments will measure, and report on their emissions-cutting efforts.
UN-REDD and REDD+ UN-REDDREDD+
· The United Nations Programme on Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and Forest Degradation.
· Headquarters: Geneva, Switzerland.
· Membership: 64 Partner Countries.
· Reducing emissions from deforestation and forest degradation and the role of conservation, sustainable management of forests and enhancement of forest carbon stocks in developing countries (REDD+)
· It is a multilateral collaborative programme of the
· Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO),
· United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) and
· United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP).
· It was created in 2008 in response to the UNFCCC decisions on the Bali Action Plan and REDD at COP-13.
· Voluntary climate change mitigation approach that has been developed by Parties to the UNFCCC.
· It partners with developing countries to support them in establishing the technical capacities needed to implement REDD+ and meet UNFCCC requirements for REDD+ results-based payments.
· REDD+ goes beyond simply deforestation and forest degradation.
· It aims to incentivize developing countries to reduce emissions from deforestation and forest degradation, conserve forest carbon stocks, sustainably manage forests and enhance forest carbon stocks.
· In addition to the UN-REDD Programme, other initiatives assisting countries that are engaged in REDD+ include the World Bank‘s Forest Carbon Partnership Facility, the Global Environment Facility, the Green Climate Fund etc.
· It is a global partnership of governments, businesses, civil society, and Indigenous Peoples focused on reducing emissions from deforestation and forest degradation, forest carbon stock conservation, the sustainable management of forests, and the enhancement of forest carbon stocks in developing countries (activities commonly referred to as REDD+).
· The World Bank assumes the functions of trustee and secretariat.
· The World Bank, the Inter-American Development Bank and United Nations Development Programme are Delivery Partners under the Readiness Fund and responsible for providing REDD+ readiness support.
Objectives
· To assist countries in their REDD+ efforts by providing them with financial and technical assistance.
· To pilot a performance-based payment system for REDD+ activities.
· To test ways to sustain or enhance livelihoods of local communities and to conserve biodiversity.
· To disseminate broadly the knowledge gained in Emission Reductions Programs (ERPs).
Climate and Clean Air Coalition (CCAC)
· 2012: a few nations, along with the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), came together to form the Climate & Clean Air Coalition.
· It is a partnership of governments, public and private sector, scientific institutions, civil society organizations, etc. committed to protecting the climate through actions to reduce short-lived climate pollutants.
· SLCPs have relatively short lifetime in the atmosphere – a few days to a few decades.
· Though short-lived, their potential to warm the atmosphere can be many times greater than CO2.
· SLCPs are responsible for up to 45% of current global warming, only next to CO2.
· SLCPs include black carbon, methane, tropospheric ozone, and hydrofluorocarbons.
Black carbon
· It is a major component of soot and is produced by incomplete combustion of fossil fuel and biomass.
· It is emitted from diesel cars and trucks, ships, residential stoves, forest fires, agricultural open burning, etc.
· Its Global Warming Potential is 460-1500 times stronger than CO2.
· Its lifetime varies from a few days to a few weeks.
· When deposited on ice and snow, black carbon causes an increase of melting rate .
· It also influences cloud formation and impacts regional circulation and rainfall patterns and also has negative effect on the photosynthesis.
Methane (CH4)
· Methane is a greenhouse gas that is over 21 times more potent than CO2.
· It has an atmospheric lifetime of about 12 years.
· It is produced through the decomposition of plant and animal waste.
· It is also emitted from coal mines, natural gas and oil systems, and landfills.
· Methane is a precursor of tropospheric ozone .
Tropospheric or ground-level ozone (O3)
· Tropospheric ozone is present in the lowest portion of the atmosphere (10–15 km above the ground).
· It has a lifetime of a few days to a few weeks.
· It is not directly emitted but formed by sunlight-driven oxidation of methane, carbon monoxide (CO), non-methane volatile organic compounds (NMVOCs) and nitrogen oxides (NOX).
· Tropospheric ozone is responsible for reductions in crop yields.
Hydrofluorocarbons
· Though HFCs represent a small fraction of current greenhouse gas emissions, their potential to warm the atmosphere is hundreds to thousands of times greater than that of the same given mass of carbon dioxide.
Benefits of Reducing SLCPs
· Reducing methane and black carbon could prevent major crop losses.
· Reducing SLCPs could slow down the warming expected by 2050 by about 0.5 °C.
· SLCPs play an important role in achieving the 2° C target set by the Paris Agreement.
BioCarbon Fund Initiative
· The BioCarbon Fund Initiative for Sustainable Forest Landscapes (ISFL) is a multilateral fund, supported by donor governments and managed by the World Bank .
· It seeks to promote reduced greenhouse gas emissions from the land sector, from deforestation and forest degradation in developing countries (REDD+), and from sustainable agriculture, as well as smarter land-use planning, policies and practices.
India‘s National Action Plan on Climate Change
· NAPCC was published in 2008 by the then-Prime Minister‘s Council on Climate Change.
· The National Action Plan hinges on the development and use of new technologies.
· The implementation of the Plan includes public private partnerships and civil society action.
· The focus will be on promoting understanding of climate change, adaptation and mitigation, energy efficiency and natural resource conservation.
· There are Eight National Missions which form the core of the National Action Plan.
National Solar Mission
· The National Solar Mission is a major initiative to promote ecologically sustainable growth while addressing India‘s energy security challenge.
· The program was inaugurated in 2010 with a target of 20GW by 2022.
· It was later increased to 100 GW (100,000 MW) in 2015.
· MNRE has proposed to achieve 60 GW from large and medium scale solar projects, and 40 GW through rooftop solar projects.
· Committed to Nationally Determined Contributions (Paris Accord), India made a pledge that by 2030, 40% of installed power generation capacity shall be based on clean sources.
· It was determined that 175 GW of renewable energy capacity will be installed by 2022.
· This includes 100 GW from solar, 60 GW from wind, 10 GW from bio-power and 5 GW from small hydro power.
Net Metering
· Net Metering is billing mechanism for grid connected Home Rooftop Solar Installation where
· The electricity generated by the solar panels is fed into the utility grid
· Household draws electricity from the utility grid
· The household pays only for the difference between the energy units it consumes from the grid and the energy units fed into the grid. This is measured by a bi-directional meter called Net Meter.
National Mission for Enhanced Energy Efficiency (NMEEE)
· Objective: Promote the market for energy efficiency by fostering innovative policies and effective market instruments.
· The mission document, which was approved in 2010, established the immense energy efficiency potential of India, which was about Rs. 74,000 crores.
· A recent World Bank study has estimated the country‘s energy efficiency market to be at
1.6 lakh crores.
NMEEE includes four specific energy efficiency initiatives under its umbrella:
1) Perform Achieve and Trade (PAT)Assigning energy reduction targets to large energy intensive industries and distributing Energy Saving Certificates (ESCerts) on achievement of the targets. These ESCerts can then be traded.
· Consumers who are not able to meet their energy savings targets will buy the ESCerts.
2) Market Transformation for Energy Efficiency (MTEE)Promoting adoption of energy efficient equipment and appliances through innovative business models.
Programs that were developed under this scheme include:
· Domestic Efficient Lighting Program: Unnat Jeevan by Affordable LEDs for All (UJALA) program to promote the use of more efficient LED lighting for households.
· Super-Efficient Equipment Program (SEEP): Under this program, the manufacturers are incentivized by the government to elevate the efficiency standards of the equipment. Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) launched the program in the XII five-year plan with a focus on ceiling fans, considering its wide use and impact on domestic energy consumption.
Bureau of Energy Efficiency
· The Bureau of Energy Efficiency is a statuary agency under the Ministry of Power.
· It was created in March 2002 under the provisions of the nation‘s 2001 Energy Conservation Act.
· BEE‘s function is to develop programs which will increase the conservation and efficient use of energy.
· It mandatory for certain appliances in India to have BEE ratings.
Standards & Labelling Program (BEE star label)
· The Objectives of Standards & Labeling Program is to provide the consumer an informed choice about the energy saving.
National Mission on Sustainable Habitat
· The National Mission on Sustainable Habitat was approved in 2010.
It seeks to promote:
· Improvements in energy efficiency in buildings by extending energy conservation building code to new and large commercial buildings.
· Better urban planning and efficient and convenient public transport to facilitate the growth of medium and small cities.
· Improved management of solid and liquid waste, e.g. recycling of material and urban waste management (like producing power from waste).
· Improved ability of habitats to adapt to climate change and measures for improving advance warning systems for extreme weather events.
· Conservation through appropriate changes in legal and regulatory framework.
The Mission is being implemented through the following programmes of Ministry of Urban Development:
1. Atal Mission on Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation (AMRUT)
2. Swachh Bharat Mission
3. Smart Cities Mission
4. Urban Transport Programme National Water Mission (NWM) Mission
· Objective is to ensure integrated water resource management helping to conserve water, minimize wastage and ensure more equitable distribution both across and within states.
The Mission, in line with National Water Policy, aims to
· increase water use efficiency by 20%.
· ensure that a considerable share of the water needs of urban areas are met through recycling.
· ensure that the water requirements of coastal cities are met through modern desalination technologies.
· ensure basin level management strategies by working with states to deal with variability in rainfall.
The Mission aims to achieve its objectives through:
· Increasing efficiency through regulatory mechanisms (differential entitlements and pricing).
· Enhanced storage both above and below ground, rainwater harvesting.
· Incentivising water-neutral or water-positive technologies, and adoption of large scale irrigation programmes which rely on sprinklers, drip irrigation and ridge and furrow irrigation.
Ridge ad furrow irrigation: The crops are grown on the ridges and the furrows are used to irrigate.
National Mission for Sustaining the Himalayan Ecosystem (NMSHE)
· The primary objective of the Mission is to
· develop a sustainable model to continuously assess the health status of the Himalayan Ecosystem, and
· enable policy bodies in their policy-formulation as also to assist States in the Indian Himalayan Region with implementation of actions selected for sustainable development.
The NMSHE will attempt to address a variety of important issues:
· Himalayan glaciers and associated hydrological consequences.
· Prediction and management of natural hazards.
· Biodiversity conservation and protection.
· Wild life conservation and protection.
· Traditional knowledge societies and their livelihood.
The effect of Climate Change on Himalayan glaciers and associated hydrological consequences:
· Increased drought like situations due to overall decrease in the number of rainy days.
· Increased flood events due to overall increase in the rainy day intensity.
· Effect on groundwater quality in alluvial aquifers due to increased flood and drought events.
· Influence on groundwater recharge due to changes in precipitation and evaporation.
· Increased saline intrusion of coastal and island aquifers due to rising sea levels.
National Mission for A Green India (Green India Mission) It aims at
· protecting; restoring and enhancing India‘s diminishing forest cover and
· responding to climate change by a combination of adaptation and mitigation measures.
· Enhanced annual CO2 sequestration by 50 to 60 million tons in the year 2020.
· The mission will be implemented on both public as well as private lands.
· The mission will local communities in planning, decision making, implementation and monitoring.
The intended major outcomes of the project
· Improved ecosystem services and reversal of land degradation.
· Augmentation of the shared natural resources on which extreme poor communities depend.
· Enhance connectivity between Protected Areas (PA) through biological corridors.
· Inclusive growth by reaching the communities living around remote forest areas.
· Increased wage labour opportunities during the lean agriculture season.
Goals of the National Mission for A Green India
· Improvement in quality of forest cover and ecosystem services of forests, degraded grassland and wetlands.
· Eco-restoration of shifting cultivation areas, cold deserts, mangroves, ravines and abandoned mining areas.
· Improvement in forest and tree cover in urban/peri-urban lands.
· Improvement in tree cover on agricultural lands and other non-forest lands
(agroforestry/social forestry).
National Mission on Seabuckthorn
· The initiative is a part of Sub-Mission on Cold Desert Ecosystems under the Green India Mission.
· Seabuckthorn, popularly known as Leh berries is also called the ―Wonder plant‖ and
―Ladakh gold‖.
· The MoEF and DRDO have launched the initiative for Seabuckthorn cultivation in the cold deserts.
· It has multi-purpose medicinal and nutritional properties.
· The plan the ability to fix atmospheric nitrogen.
· It is tolerant to extreme temperatures and has an extensive root system, making it ideal for controlling soil erosion and preventing desertification.
National Mission for Sustainable Agriculture (NMSA)
· NMSA has been formulated for enhancing agricultural productivity especially in rainfed areas.
· 60% of the country‘s net sown area is rainfed and accounts for 40% of the total food production.
· The focus areas are integrated farming, water use efficiency, soil health and resource conservation.
Stated dimensions of NMSA:
1. Improved crop seeds, livestock and fish cultures
2. Water Use Efficiency
3. Pest Management
4. Improved Farm Practices
5. Nutrient Management
6. Agricultural insurance
7. Credit support
8. Markets
9. Access to Information
10. Livelihood diversification Soil Health Management (SHM)
· Soil Health Management (SHM) is one of the components under NMSA.
· SHM aims at
· promoting Integrated Nutrient Management (INM) through judicious use of chemical fertilizers including secondary and micro nutrients in conjunction with organic manures and bio fertilizers and
· fertilizer testing facilities to improve soil test based recommendations to farmers.
· Soil Health Card Scheme is under implementation since 2015 to provide Soil Health Card to all farmers.
· Soil Health Card will provide information to farmers on soil nutrients status of their soil and recommendation on appropriate dosage of nutrients to be applied for improving soil health and its fertility.
National Mission on Strategic Knowledge for Climate Change (NMSKCC)
· NMSKCC seeks to build a knowledge system that supports national policy and action for responding effectively to climate change challenges, while not compromising on the nation‘s growth goals.
Mission Objectives:
· Formation of knowledge networks among the existing knowledge institutions engaged in research and development relating to climate science.
· Development of national capacity for modelling the regional impact of climate change on different ecological zones.
· Establishing research networks and encouraging research in the areas of climate change impacts on important socio-economic sectors like agriculture, health, natural ecosystems, biodiversity, coastal zones, etc.
National Bio-Energy Mission
· The aim of the mission is to push sustainable development of the renewable energy sector.
· The national mission will aim at improving energy efficiency in traditional biomass consuming industries, seek to develop a bio-energy city project and provide logistics support to biomass processing units.
· It will also propose a GIS-based National Biomass Resource Atlas to map potential biomass regions in the country.
· According to estimates, biomass from agro and agro-industrial residue can potentially generate 25,000 MW of power in India.
National Environmental Legislation
· Our constitution, originally, did not contain any direct provision regarding the protection of natural environment.
· However, after the United Nations Conference on Human Environment, held
in Stockholm in 1972, Indian constitution was amended to include protection of the environment as a constitutional mandate.
· Environment related legislation came very late in 1972 with Wild Life Protection Act 1971 .
· The forty second amendment (Fundamental Duties) Clause (g) to Article 51A of the Indian constitution made it a fundamental duty to protect and improve the natural environment.
· Clause (g) to Article 51A of the Indian constitution states ―It shall be the duty of every citizen of India to protect and improve the natural environment including forests, lakes, rivers and wild life and have compassion for living creatures.‖
· There is a directive, given to the State as one of the Directive Principles of State Policy regarding the protection and improvement of the environment.
· Article 48A states ―The State shall endeavour to protect and improve the environment and to safeguard the forests and wildlife of the country‖.
· Article 21 of the Indian Constitution assures the citizens of India the right to a healthy environment.
· The Department of Environment was established in India in 1980 to ensure a healthy environment for the country. This later became the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) in 1985 .
· The Environment Protection Act of 1986 (EPA) came into force soon after the Bhopal Gas Tragedy and is considered umbrella legislation as it fills many lacunae in the existing legislations.
Pollution Related Laws
The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act of 1974 and Amendment, 1988 Some important provisions of this Act are given below:
· The Act vests regulatory authority in State Pollution Control Boards to establish and enforce effluent standards for factories.
· A Central Pollution Control Board performs the same functions for Union Territories and formulate policies and coordinates activities of different State Boards.
· The Act grants power to SPCB and CPCB to test equipment and to take the sample for the purpose of analysis.
· Prior to its amendment in 1988, enforcement under the Act was achieved through criminal prosecutions initiated by the Boards.
· The 1988 amendment act empowered SPCB and CPCB to close a defaulting industrial plant.
The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act of 1977
· The Water Cess Act was passed to generate financial resources to meet expenses of the Central and State Pollution Boards.
· The Act creates economic incentives for pollution control and requires local authorities and certain designated industries to pay a cess (tax) for water effluent discharge.
· The Central Government, after deducting the expenses of collection, pays the central and state boards such sums, as it seems necessary.
· To encourage capital investment in pollution control, the Act gives a polluter a 70% rebate of the applicable cess upon installing effluent treatment equipment.
The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act of 1981 and amendment, 1987
· To implement the decisions taken at the United Nations Conference on the Human Environment held at Stockholm in June 1972, Parliament enacted the nationwide Air Act.
· The main objectives of this Act are to improve the quality of air and to prevent, control and abate air pollution in the country.
Important provisions of this Act are given below:
· The Air Act‘s framework is similar to that of the Water Act of 1974.
· The Air Act expanded the authority of the central and state boards established under the Water Act, to include air pollution control.
· States not having water pollution boards were required to set up air pollution boards.
· Under the Air Act, all industries operating within designated air pollution control areas must obtain a ―consent‖ (permit) from the State Boards.
· The states are required to prescribe emission standards for industry and automobiles after consulting the central board and noting its ambient air quality standards.
· The Act grants power to SPCB and to test equipment and to take the sample for the purpose of analysis from any chimney, fly ash or dust or any other.
· Prior to its amendment in 1988, enforcement under the Act was achieved through criminal prosecutions initiated by the Boards.
· The 1988 amendment act empowered SPCB and CPCB to close a defaulting industrial plant.
· Notably, the 1987 amendment introduced a citizen‘s suit provision into the Air Act and extended the Act to include noise pollution.
Environment (Protection) Act of 1986
· In the wake of the Bhopal tragedy, the government of India enacted the Environment Act of 1986.
· The purpose of the Act is to implement the decisions of the United Nations Conference on the Human Environment of 1972.
· The decisions relate to the protection and improvement of the human environment and the prevention of hazards to human beings, other living creatures, plants and property.
· The Act is an ―umbrella‖ for legislations designed to provide a framework for Central Government, coordination of the activities of various central and state authorities established under previous Acts, such as the Water Act and the Air Act.
· In this Act, main emphasis is given to ―Environment‖, defined to include water, air and land and the inter-relationships which exist among water, air and land and human beings and other living creatures, plants, micro-organisms and property.
· ―Environmental pollution‖ is the presence of pollutant, defined as any solid, liquid or gaseous substance present in such a concentration as may be or may tend to be injurious to the environment.
· ―Hazardous substances‖ include any substance or preparation, which may cause harm to human beings, other living creatures, plants, microorganisms, property or the environment.
· Through this Act Central Government gets full power for the purpose of protecting and improving the quality of the environment.
The main provisions of this Act are given below
· The Act empowers the centre to ―take all such measures as it deems necessary‖.
· By virtue of this Act, Central Government has armed itself with considerable powers which include,
· coordination of action by state,
· planning and execution of nationwide programmes,
· laying down environmental quality standards, especially those governing emission or discharge of environmental pollutants,
· placing restriction on the location of industries and so on.
· authority to issue direct orders, included orders to close, prohibit or regulate any industry.
· power of entry for examination, testing of equipment and other purposes and power to analyse the sample of air, water, soil or any other substance from any place.
· The Act explicitly prohibits discharges of environmental pollutants in excess of prescribed regulatory standards.
· There is also a specific prohibition against handling hazardous substances except those in compliance with regulatory procedures and standards.
· The Act provides provision for penalties. For each failure or contravention, the punishment included a prison term up to five years or fine up to Rs. 1 lakh, or both.
· The Act imposed an additional fine of up to Rs. 5,000 for every day of continuing violation.
· If a failure or contravention occurs for more than one year, offender may be punished with imprisonment which may be extended to seven years.
· Section 19 provides that any person, in addition to authorized government officials, may file a complaint with a court alleging an offence under the Act.
· This ―Citizens‘ Suit‖ provision requires that the person has to give notice of not less than 60 days of the alleged offence of pollution to the Central Government.
Hazardous Microorganisms/Genetically Engineered Organisms or Cells 1989
· Biosafety concerns have led to the development of regulatory regime in India.
· Aim of ‗Rules 1989‘ is to protect environment, nature and health in connection with application of gene technology and micro-organisms.
· These rules cover areas of research as well as large scale applications of GMOs and their products including experimental field trials and seed production.
· The Rules 1989 also define the competent authorities and composition of such authorities for handling of various aspects of the Rules.
Presently there are six committees:
1. Recombinant DNA Advisory Committee (RDAC): The functions are of an advisory nature. It recommends safety regulations for India in recombinant research, use and applications.
2. Review Committee on Genetic Manipulation (RCGM) established under the Department of Biotechnology, Ministry of Science and Technology, to monitor the safety related aspects in respect of on-going research projects.
3. Genetic Engineering Appraisal Committee (GEAC) : it is the apex body constituted in the MoEF under ‗Rules 1989′, under the Environment Protection Act, 1986.
4. State Biotechnology Coordination Committee (SBCC‘s) have a major role in monitoring. It also has powers to inspect, investigate and take punitive action in case or violations of statutory provisions.
5. District Level Committees (DLCs) have a major role in monitoring the safety regulations in installations engaged in the use of genetically modified organisms/hazardous microorganisms and its applications in the environment.
6. Institutional Biosafety Committee (IBSC) is established under the institution engaged in GMO research to oversee such research and to interface with the RCGM in regulating it.
The Ozone Depleting Substances Rules
· The rules are framed under the jurisdiction of Environment (Protection) Act.
· These Rules set the deadlines for phasing out of various ODSs, besides regulating production, trade import and export of ODSs and the product containing ODS.
· These Rules prohibit the use of CFCs in manufacturing various products beyond 1st January 2003 except in metered dose inhaler and for other medical purposes.
· Similarly, use of halons is prohibited after 1st January 2001 except for essential use.
· Other ODSs such as carbon tetrachloride and methylchoroform and CFC for metered dose inhalers can be used upto 1st January 2010.
· Further, the use of methyl bromide has been allowed upto 1st January 2015.
· Since HCFCs are used as interim substitute to replace CFC, these are allowed up to 1st January 2040.
National Ganga River Basin Authority (NGRBA)
· National Ganga River Basin Authority (NGRBA) is a financing, planning, implementing, monitoring and coordinating authority for the Ganges River, functioning under the Ministry of Water Resources.
· The mission of the organization is to safeguard the drainage basin which feeds water into the Ganges by protecting it from pollution or overuse.
· In 2014, the NGRBA has been transferred from the Ministry of Environment and Forests to the Ministry of Water Resources, River Development & Ganga Rejuvenation.
· It was established by the Central Government of India, in 2009 under Section 3(3) of the Environment Protection Act, 1986, which also declared Ganges as the ‗National River‘ of India .
Composition of NGRBA
· The Prime Minister chairs the authority.
Members belonging to the government sector are as follows:
· Prime Minister of India
· Minister of Environment and Forests (Union Minister)
· Minister of Finance
· Minister of Urban Development
· Minister of Water Resources
· Minister of Power
· Minister of Sciences and Technology
· Chief Ministers of Uttarakhand, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand and West Bengal
· Ministry of Environment and Forests (state minister)
· Ministry of Environment and Forests, secretary.
Protecting Coastal Environment and Wetlands Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ)
· The coastal stretches of seas, bays, estuaries, creeks, rivers and back waters which are influenced by tidal action are declared ―Coastal Regulation Zone‖ (CRZ) in 1991.
· India has created institutional mechanisms such as National Coastal Zone Management Authority (NCZMA) and State Coastal Zone Management Authority (SCZMA) for enforcement and monitoring of the CRZ Notification.
· These authorities have been delegated powers under Section 5 of
the Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986 to take various measures for protecting and improving the quality of the coastal environment and preventing, abating and controlling environmental pollution in coastal areas.
Wetlands (Conservation and Management) Rules 2010
· MoEF has notified the rules in order to ensure that there is no further degradation of wetlands.
· The rules specify activities which are harmful to wetlands such as industrialization, construction, dumping of untreated waste and reclamation and prohibit these activities in the wetlands.
· Other activities such as harvesting, and dredging may be carried out in the wetlands but only with prior permission from the concerned authorities.
· Under the Rules, wetlands have been classified for better management and easier identification.
· Central Wetland Regulatory Authority has been set up to ensure proper implementation of the Rules.
Project Tiger – Tiger Conservation
· Indian tiger population at the end of the 20th century was estimated at 20,000 to 40,000 individuals.
· The first country-wide tiger census conducted in 1972 estimated the population to comprise a little more than 1,800 individuals, an alarming reduction in tiger population.
· In 1973, Project Tiger was launched in the Palamau Tiger Reserve, and various tiger reserves were created in the country based on a ‗core-buffer‘ strategy.
· Project Tiger was launched in Jim Corbett National Park of Uttarakhand in 1973.
· India has more than 80 national parks and 441 Sanctuaries of which some have been declared as Tiger reserves.
· Tiger reserves are governed by the Project Tiger (1973).
· It is a Centrally Sponsored Scheme of the Ministry of Environment and Forests.
· It is administered by the National Tiger Conservation Authority.
· Aim: Protect tigers from extinction by ensuring a viable population in their natural habitats.
· Government has set up a Tiger Protection Force under PT to combat poachers.
· PT funds relocation of villagers to minimize human-tiger conflicts.
Core and Buffer zones
· The Tiger Reserves are constituted on a ‗core-buffer strategy‘.
Core Zone
· The core area is kept free of biotic disturbances and forestry operations, where collection of minor forest produce, grazing, human disturbances are not allowed within.
· These areas are required to be kept for the purposes of tiger conservation, without affecting the rights of the Scheduled Tribes or such other forest dwellers.
· These areas are notified by the State Government in consultation with an Expert Committee (constituted for that purpose).
Buffer Zone
· The Act defines buffer zone as the area peripheral to the critical tiger habitat or core area providing supplementary habitat for dispersing tigers, besides offering scope for co-existence of human activity (tribals).
· The limits of such areas are determined with the concerned Gram Sabha and an Expert Committee constituted for the purpose.
Problems involved with Project Tiger
· The Forest Rights Act passed by the Indian government in 2006 recognizes the rights of some forest dwelling communities in forest areas. This has led to controversy over implications of such recognition for tiger conservation.
· The project overlooks the role of abuse of power by authorities in the tiger crisis.
Tiger Task Force
· The implementation of Project Tiger over the years has highlighted the need for a statutory authority with legal backing to ensure tiger conservation.
· On the basis of the recommendations of National Board for Wild Life, a Task Force was set up to look into the problems of tiger conservation in the country.
· The recommendations of the Task Force include strengthening of Project Tiger by giving it statutory and administrative powers.
National Board for Wild Life ==> Tiger Task Force ==> National Tiger Conservation Authority
National Tiger Conservation Authority (NTCA)
· The National Tiger Conservation Authority was established in December 2005 following a recommendation of the Tiger Task Force.
· National Tiger Conservation Authority administers Project Tiger.
· Administration of the tiger reserves will be in accordance with guidelines of NTCA.
· Tiger reserves in India are administered by field directors as mandated by NTCA.
· No alteration in the boundaries of a tiger reserve shall be made except on a recommendation of the NTCA and the approval of the National Board for Wild Life.
· No State Government shall de-notify a tiger reserve, except in public interest with the approval of the NTCA and the approval of the National Board for Wild Life.
The Wild Life (Protection) Amendment Act, 2006
· The Act provides for creating
· National Tiger Conservation Authority and
· Tiger and Other Endangered Species Crime Control Bureau (Wildlife Crime Control Bureau).
NTCA members
· The Wildlife Protection Amendment Act, 2006 provides for the constitution of the National Tiger Conservation Authority.
· NTCA was set up under the Chairmanship of the Minister for Environment and Forests.
· The Authority will have
· eight experts having qualifications in wildlife conservation and welfare tribals,
· 3 MPs,
· The Inspector General of Forests, in charge of project Tiger, will be ex-officio Member Secretary
· Others Functions of NTCA
· The Authority lays down standards, guidelines for tiger conservation in the Tiger Reserves, National Parks and Sanctuaries.
· The Tiger Conservation Authority would be required to prepare an Annual Report, which would be laid in the Parliament along with the Audit Report.
· State level Steering Committees will be set up in the Tiger States under the Chairmanship of respective Chief Ministers.
· This has been done with a view for ensuring coordination, monitoring and protection of tigers in the States.
· A provision has been made for the State Governments to prepare a Tiger Conservation Plan.
· Provision will be made for the States to establish a Tiger Conservation Foundation, based on the good practices emanating from some tiger reserves.
Reasons for falling number of tigers
· Pressure on habitat, Habitat fragmentation and Habitat destruction: Caused due to large-scale development projects such as dams, industry, mines, railway lines etc.
· Incessant poaching: Tigers are killed so their body parts can be used for Traditional Chinese Medicine.
· Invasive species: Destroy the local producers. This has a cascading effect on the food chain. Tigers are the worst hit as they are at the end of the food chain. [Tigers represent an ―Umbrella Species‖ that indicate the health of the ecosystem.]
Steps Taken by the Government for Tiger Conservation Legal Steps
· Amendment of the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 to Wild Life (Protection) Act, 2006 for providing enabling provisions towards constituting the National Tiger Conservation Authority and the Tiger and Other Endangered Species Crime Control Bureau.
· Enhancement of punishment in cases of offence relating to a tiger reserve or its core area.
Administrative Steps
· Strengthening of ant poaching activities, including special strategy for monsoon patrolling.
· State level Steering Committees under the Chairmanship of Chief Ministers and establishment of Tiger Conservation Foundation.
· Creation of Special Tiger Protection Force (STPF) [Budget 2008] Financial Steps
· Financial and technical help is provided to the States under various Centrally Sponsored Schemes, viz. Project Tiger and Integrated Development of Wildlife Habitats.
International Cooperation
· India has a bilateral understanding with Nepal on controlling trans- boundary illegal trade in wildlife
· India has signed a protocol on tiger conservation with China.
· India has signed a with Bangladesh for conservation of the Royal Bengal Tiger.
· A sub-group on tiger/leopard conservation has been constituted for cooperation with the Russian Federation.
· A Global Tiger Forum of Tiger Range Countries has been created for addressing international issues related to tiger conservation.
· India is a party to
CITES. CITES‘s landmark decision states that ‗tigers should not be bred for trade in their parts and derivatives‘.
Titbit: There are eight subspecies of tiger: among the eight, at present five subspecies are present in the wild. They are Bengal, South China, Indochinese, Sumatran, and Siberian. Three subspecies of tiger — Caspian, Bali, and Javan — are extinct.
Reasons for slightly increased tiger population recently
· Wireless communication systems and outstation patrol camps have been developed within the tiger reserves, due to which poaching has declined considerably.
· Fire protection is effectively done by suitable preventive and control measures.
· Voluntary Village relocation has been done in many reserves.
· Livestock grazing has been controlled to a great extent in the tiger reserves.
· Various compensatory developmental works have improved the water regime and the ground and field level vegetation.
· Stringent punishments for violators.
· GIS based digitized database development to evaluate tiger population.
Estimation of Tiger Populations
· The process of estimating the number of tigers in a given area is called ‗Tiger
census‘.
· It is conducted at regular intervals to know the current tiger populations and population trends.
· Besides estimating the number of tigers the method also helps to gather information on the density of the tiger populations and associated prey.
· The most commonly used technique in the past was
‗Pugmark Census Technique‘.
· In this method the imprints of the pugmark of the tiger were recorded and used as a basis for identification of individuals.
· Now it is largely used as one of the indices of tiger occurrence and relative abundance.
· Recent methods used to
estimate the numbers of tigers are camera trapping and DNA fingerprinting.
· In camera trapping, the photograph of the tiger is taken and individuals are differentiated on the basis of the stripes on the body.
· In the latest technique of DNA fingerprinting, tigers can be identified from their scats.
Project Elephant
· Tiger faces threat of extinction, whereas the elephant faces threat of attrition.
· The elephant numbers have not increased or decreased drastically but there is an increasing pressure on the elephant habitats.
· Project Elephant was launched in 1992.
· It is a centrally sponsored scheme.
Objectives:
1. to assist states having populations of wild elephants and to ensure long term survival of identified viable populations of elephants in their natural habitats
2. addressing man-animal conflict.
3. Developing scientific and planned management measures for conservation of elephants.
4. Protecting the elephants from poachers, preventing illegal ivory trade and other unnatural causes of death
Elephant Corridor
· An elephant corridor is defined as a stretch/narrow strips of forested (or otherwise) land that connects larger habitats with elephant populations and forms a conduit for animal movement between the habitats.
· This movement helps enhance species survival and birth rate.
· There are 88 identified elephant corridors in India.
· Out of total 88 corridors, 20 are in south India, 12 in north-western India, 20 in central India, 14 in northern West Bengal and 22 in north-eastern India.
Threats to Elephant Corridors
· Habitat loss leading to fragmentation and destruction caused by developmental activities like construction of buildings, roads, railways, holiday resorts and the fixing solar energized electric fencing, etc.
· Coal mining and iron ore mining is the two ―single biggest threats‖ to elephant corridors in central India.
· Orissa, Jharkhand and Chhattisgarh, are mineral-rich states, but also have the highest number of elephant corridors in the country, which makes them known for elephant-man conflicts.
· There is also a serious poaching problem, as elephant ivory from the tusks is extremely valuable.
· Elephants need extensive grazing grounds and most reserves cannot accommodate them. If protected areas are not large enough, elephants may search for food elsewhere. This often results in conflicts with humans, due to elephants raiding or destroying crops.
Mitigation
· Fusion of the corridors with nearby protected areas wherever feasible; in other cases, declaration as Ecologically Sensitive Areas or conservation reserves to grant protection.
· During the process of securing a corridor, monitoring for animal movement have to be carried out; depending on the need, habitat restoration work shall also be done.
· Securing the corridors involves sensitizing local communities to the option of voluntarily relocation outside the conflict zones to safer areas.
· Preventing further fragmentation of the continuous forest habitat by encroachment from urban areas.
Initiatives for protecting elephants Monitoring of Illegal Killing of Elephants (MIKE) Programme
· Mandated by COP resolution of CITES, MIKE program started in South Asia in the year 2003 with following purpose:
· To provide information needed for elephant range States to make appropriate management and enforcement decisions, and to build institutional capacity within the range States for the long-term management of their elephant populations
Haathi Mere Saathi
· Haathi Mere Saathi is a campaign launched by the Ministry of environment and forest (MoEF) in partnership with the wildlife trust of India (WTI).
· The campaign was launched at the ―Elephant- 8‖ Ministerial meeting held in Delhi in 2011.
· The E-8 countries comprise of India, Botswana, the Republic of Congo, Indonesia, Kenya, Srilanka, Tanzania, and Thailand.
· This public initiative was aimed at increasing awareness among people and developing friendship, companionship between people and elephants.
Indian (One Horn) Rhino Vision 2020
· One horned rhino are poached for their horns.
· Indian rhino vision 2020 implemented by the department of environment and forests, Assam.
· The programme will be supported by WWF — India, the international rhino foundation (IRF), and a number of local NGOs.
· Translocations are the backbone of the IRV 2020 program.
· The goal set was to populate the potential rhino habitat areas identified viz. Manas NP, Dibru Saikhowa WLS, Laokhowa-Bura Chapori WLS with a viable population of rhino through translocations from Kaziranga NP and Pobitora WLS.
· Manas National Park was selected as the first site for translocation of rhinos.
· Ten rhinos have been released into Manas since 2008. Ten more rhinos will be moved from Kaziranga National Park before the end of the year.
· The vision of this program is to increase the total rhino foundation in Assam from about 2000 to 3000 by the year 2020 and to ensure that these rhinos are distributed over at least 7 protected areas (PA) to provide long term viability of the one-horned rhino population.
· Concentrating so many rhinos in a single protected area like Kaziranga exposes the species to risks of calamities (epidemics, floods, massive poaching attempts).
Project Snow Leopard
· The snow leopard is a globally endangered species.
· Merely 7,500 are estimated to be surviving over two million square kilometres in the Himalaya and Central Asian mountains.
· Most snow leopard occur in China, followed by Mongolia and India.
Threats posed due to
· Human interference,
· competition with livestock – people kill them to save their livestock,
· retreating deeper into mountains due to global warming, and
· poaching.
Why to conserve the high altitude ecosystem?
· The high altitudes of India (> 3000 m) (including the Himalaya and Trans- Himalaya biogeographic zones) support a unique wildlife assemblage of global conservation importance.
· This includes highly endangered populations of species such as the snow leopard, two species of bears, wolf, red panda, mountain ungulates such as the wild yak, chiru, Tibetan gazelle, Tibetan argali, Ladakh urial, two species of musk deer, the hangul, three species of goral, serow, and takin, etc. High altitude lakes and bogs provide breeding grounds for a variety of avifauna including the black- necked crane, barheaded Geese, brahminy ducks, and brown-headed gulls, etc.
· India has ratified international agreements promoting the conservation of high altitude wildlife species such as the snow leopard.
· In 2003, the Convention on Migratory Species included the snow leopard as a Concerted Action Species under its Appendix I.
· Similarly, in 2003, the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES) expanded the scope of the CITES Tiger Enforcement Task Force to include all Asian big cat species including the snow leopard.
Sea Turtle Project
· A significant proportion of world‘s Olive Ridley Turtle population migrates every winter to Indian coastal waters for nesting mainly at eastern coast.
· With the objective of conservation of olive ridley turtles and other endangered marine turtles, MoEF initiated the Sea Turtle Conservation Project in collaboration of UNDP in 1999 with Wildlife Institute of India, Dehradun as the Implementing Agency.
· The project is being implemented in 10 coastal States of the country with special emphasis in State of Orissa.
· The project has helped in preparation of inventory map of breeding sites of Sea Turtles, identification of nesting and breeding habitats along the shore line, and migratory routes taken by Sea Turtles, development of guidelines to safeguard and minimize turtle mortality.
· One of the important achievements have been demonstration of use of Satellite Telemetry to locate the migratory route of Olive Ridley Turtles in the sea and sensitizing the fishermen and State Government for the use of Turtle Exclusion Device (TED) in fishing trawlers to check turtle mortality in fishing net.
Indian Crocodile Conservation Project
· The Indian Crocodile Conservation Project has pulled back the once threatened crocodilians from the brink of extinction and place them on a good path of recovery.
Objectives
· To protect the remaining population of crocodilians in their natural habitat by creating sanctuaries.
· To rebuild natural population quickly through ‗grow and release‘ or ‗rear and release‘ technique.
· To promote captive breeding,
Captive breeding means that members of a wild species are captured, then bred and raised in a special facility under the care of wildlife biologists and other expert.
Bringing an animal into captivity may represent the last chance to preserve a species in the wild.
· To take-up research to improve management.
· To build up a level of trained personnel for better continuity of the project through training imparted at project-sites and through the (erstwhile) Central Crocodile Breeding and Management Training Institute, Hyderabad.
· To involve the local people in the project intimately
Project Hangul
· The Kashmir stag also called Hangul is a subspecies of Central Asian Red Deer native to northern India.
· It is the state animal of Jammu & Kashmir
· In Kashmir, it‘s found in Dachigam National Park at elevations of 3,035 meters.
· These deer once numbered from about 5,000 animals in the beginning of the 20th century.
· Unfortunately, they were threatened, due to habitat destruction, over-grazing by domestic livestock and poaching.
· This dwindled to as low as 150 animals by 1970. However, the state of Jammu & Kashmir, along with the IUCN and the WWF prepared a project for the protection of these animals.
· It became known as Project Hangul. This brought great results and the population increased to over 340 by 1980.
Ganges Dolphin
· The Ministry of Environment and Forests notified the Ganges River Dolphin as the National Aquatic Animal.
· The River Dolphin inhabits the Ganges-Brahmaputra-Meghna and Karnaphuli- Sangu river systems of Nepal, India, and Bangladesh.
· It is estimated that their total population is around 2,000 and they are listed in Schedule I of the Wildlife Protection Act (1972).
· The Ganges Dolphin is among the four ―obligate‖ freshwater dolphins found in the world — the other three are the ‗baiji found in the Yangtze River (China), the
‗bhulan‘ of the Indus (Pakistan) and the ‗boto‘ of the Amazon River (Latin America).
· Although there are several species of marine dolphins whose ranges include some freshwater habitats, these four species live only in rivers and lakes.
· The Chinese River Dolphin was declared functionally extinct by a team of international scientists in 2006.
· In India, the Ganges River Dolphin is threatened by river water pollution and siltation, accidental entanglement in fishing nets and poaching for their oil.
· In addition, alterations to the rivers in the form of barrages and dams are separating populations.
Wild Life (Protection) Act of 1972 and Amendment, 1982
· In 1972, Parliament enacted the Wild Life Act (Protection) Act.
· The Wild Life Act provides for
· state wildlife advisory boards,
· regulations for hunting wild animals and birds,
· establishment of sanctuaries and national parks,
· regulations for trade in wild animals, animal products and trophies, and
· judicially imposed penalties for violating the Act.
· Harming endangered species listed in Schedule I of the Act is prohibited throughout India.
· Hunting species, like those requiring special protection (Schedule II), big game (Schedule III), and small game (Schedule IV), is regulated through licensing.
· A few species classified as vermin (Schedule V), may be hunted without restrictions.
· Wildlife wardens and their staff administer the act.
· An amendment to the Act in 1982, introduced a provision permitting the capture and transportation of wild animals for the scientific management of animal population.
Forest (Conservation) Act of 1980
· First Forest Act was enacted in 1927.
· Alarmed at India‘s rapid deforestation and resulting environmental degradation, Centre Government enacted the Forest (Conservation) Act in1980.
· It was enacted to consolidate the law related to forest, the transit of forest produces and the duty liveable on timber and other forest produce.
· Forest officers and their staff administer the Forest Act.
· Under the provisions of this Act, prior approval of the Central Government is required for diversion of forestlands for non-forest purposes.
· An Advisory Committee constituted under the Act advises the Centre on these approvals.
· The Act deals with the four categories of the forests, namely reserved forests, village forests, protected forests and private forests.
Reserved forest
· A state may declare forestlands or waste lands as reserved forest and may sell the produce from these forests.
· Any unauthorized felling of trees quarrying, grazing and hunting in reserved forests is punishable with a fine or imprisonment, or both
Village forests
· Reserved forests assigned to a village community are called village forests.
Protected forests
· The state governments are empowered to designate protected forests and may prohibit the felling of trees, quarrying and the removal of forest produce from these forests.
· The preservation of protected forests is enforced through rules, licenses and criminal prosecutions.
Biodiversity Act 2000
· India‘s richness in biological resources and indigenous knowledge relating to them is well recognized.
· The legislation aims at regulating access to biological resources so as to ensure equitable sharing of benefits arising from their use.
· The Biological Diversity Bill was introduced in the Parliament in 2000 and was passed in 2002.
Salient features of the biodiversity legislation
· The main intent of this legislation is to protect India‘s rich biodiversity and associated knowledge against their use by foreign individuals and organizations without sharing the benefits arising out of such use, and to check biopiracy .
· This bill seeks to check biopiracy, protect biological diversity and local growers through a three-tier structure of central and state boards and local committees.
· The Act provides for setting up of a National Biodiversity Authority (NBA), State Biodiversity Boards (SBBs) and Biodiversity Management Committees (BMCs) in local bodies.
· The NBA will enjoy the power of a civil court.
· BMCs promote conservation, sustainable use and documentation of biodiversity.
· NBA and SBB are required to consult BMCs in decisions relating to use of biological resources.
· All foreign nationals or organizations require prior approval of NBA for obtaining biological resources and associated knowledge for any use.
· Indian individuals/entities require approval of NBA for transferring results of research with respect to any biological resources to foreign nationals/organizations.
· Collaborative research projects and exchange of knowledge and resources are exempted provided they are drawn as per the policy guidelines of the Central Government.
· However, Indian citizens/entities/local people including vaids and hakims have free access to use biological resources within the country for their own use, medicinal purposes and research purposes.
· While granting approvals, NBA will impose terms and conditions to secure equitable sharing of benefits.
· Before applying for any form of IPRs (Intellectual Property Rights) in or outside India for an invention based on research on a biological resource obtained from India, prior approval of NBA will be required.
· The monetary benefits, fees, royalties as a result of approvals by NBA will be deposited in National Biodiversity Fund.
· NBF will be used for conservation and development of areas from where resource has been accessed, in consultation with the local self-government concerned.
· There is provision for notifying National Heritage Sites important from standpoint of biodiversity by State Governments in consultation with local self-government.
· There also exists provision for notifying items, and areas for exemption provided such exclusion does not violate other provisions. This is to exempt normally traded commodities so as not to adversely affect trade.
Forest Rights Act, 2006
· The Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006.
· Forest Rights Act, 2006 provides for the restitution of deprived forest rights across India.
· The Act is providing scope of integrating conservation and livelihood rights of the people.
FRA is tool
· To empower and strengthen the local self-governance
· To address the livelihood security of the people
· To address the issues of Conservation and management of the Natural Resources and conservation governance of India.
For the first time Forest Rights Act recognizes and secures
· Community Rights in addition to their individual rights
· Right to protect, regenerate or conserve or manage any community forest resource which the communities have been traditionally protecting and conserving for sustainable use.
· Right to intellectual property and traditional knowledge related to biodiversity and cultural diversity
· Rights of displaced communities & Rights over developmental activities Salient Features
· Nodal Agency for the implementation is Ministry of Tribal Affairs ( MoTA ) .
· This Act is applicable for Tribal and Other Traditional Forest Dwelling Communities.
· The Act provides for recognition of forest rights of other traditional forest dwellers provided they have for at least three generations prior to 13.12.2005 primarily resided in and have depended on the forests for bonafide livelihood needs.
· The maximum limit of the recognizing rights on forest land is 4 ha.
· National Parks and Sanctuaries have been included along with Reserve Forest, Protected Forests for the recognition of Rights.
· The Act recognizes the right of ownership access to collect, use, and dispose of minor forest produce by tribals.
· Minor forest produce includes all non-timber forest produce of plant origin.
· The rights conferred under the Act shall be heritable but not alienable or transferable.
· As per the Act, the Gram Sabha has been designated as the competent authority for initiating the process of determining the nature and extent of individual or community forest rights.
Critical Wildlife Habitats (CWH)
· The Critical Wildlife Habitats (CWH) have been envisaged in Forest Rights Act, 2006 .
· CWH are defined under the act as the ―areas of national parks and sanctuaries where it has been specifically and clearly established, case by case, on the basis of scientific and objective criteria, that such areas are required to be kept as inviolate for the purposes of wildlife conservation‖
· ‗Inviolate‘ is a general term used to indicate no human settlement and usage.
· MoTA is the nodal authority for FRA .
· But the FRA identifies MoEF&CC as the agency to notify the guidelines.
2011 Guidelines by MoEF&CC
· A gram sabha‘s free informed consent must be given before any relocation is carried out.
· Forest rights are settled under the FRA before a CWH can be declared in an area.
· An expert committee (members of the gram sabha, an ecologist, a tribal welfare NGO, a social scientist, Forest Department‘s officers) will take the main responsibility for determining the habitats.
· In order to notify a CWH, the Act requires state governments to establish that the presence of right-holders is causing irreversible damage to wildlife and their habitats.
· After more than a decade of FRA‘s existence, not a single CWH had been notified.
August 2018 Guidelines by MoEF
· In March 2017, the National Tiger Conservation Authority (NTCA) issued an order to deny forest rights in critical tiger habitats (core areas of tiger reserves) in the absence of CWH guidelines.
· MoEF&CC finally issued CWH guidelines in January 2018 and NTCA order was superseded.
· However, unlike 2011, it sent the guidelines to states ‗for action‘ without soliciting public comments.
· Forest rights activists see the guidelines as a dilution of FRA.
Key features of guidelines
· The Chief Wildlife Warden of a state will notify a seven-member expert committee, chaired by a chief conservator of forest in-charge of a national park or sanctuary, for the purpose of identification of CWH in a national park or sanctuary.
· The Expert Committee will identify areas within national parks and sanctuaries, based on scientific and objective criteria relevant to the protected area.
· The Expert Committee shall issue a public notice 15 days in advance on the intention to notify CWH.
· The public notice shall include details of areas required to be kept inviolate, criteria adopted for CWH identification, implication of the notification, and options of resettlement and rehabilitation schemes.
· The Expert Committee shall carry out open consultations with all stakeholders, and the proceedings and objections will be documented appropriately.
· The committee will submit the CWH proposal to the Chief Wildlife Warden.
· The decision on the proposal will be taken by the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.
· A MoTA representative would be invited during the deliberation of the proposal by the standing committee.
· Following the committee‘s recommendation, the notification of CWH will be published in the official gazette.
How do the guidelines dilute FRA?
· The guidelines have replaced prior consent of the gram sabha with a public hearing of all stakeholders
· The guidelines require the constitution of an expert committee, of which a MoTA representative would be a member, to carry out extensive and open consultation with all the stakeholders.
· There is no mechanism in the guidelines to address the objections raised during consultations.
· It is also not clear whether there would be single or multiple consultation for an entire Protected Area.
· In the existing guidelines, CWH notification does not stand any public scrutiny once ‗open consultations‘ have been carried out (in contract the draft notification of every Eco-sensitive Zones (ESZ) is put up in public domain for at least 60 days before its finalisation).
· The guidelines are silent on the issue of settlement of rights before notifying CWHs.
National Green Tribunal Act, 2010
· Act of the Parliament of India which enables creation of NGT to handle the expeditious disposal of the cases pertaining to environmental issues.
· It was enacted under India‘s constitutional provision of Article 21 , which assures the citizens of India the right to a healthy environment.
· The specialized architecture of the NGT will facilitate fast track resolution of environmental cases and provide a boost to the implementation of many sustainable development measures.
· NGT is mandated to dispose the cases within six months of their respective appeals.
Origin
· During the Earth Summit 1992, India vowed the participating states to
provide judicial and administrative remedies for the victims of the pollutants and other environmental damage.
Members
· The sanctioned strength of the tribunal is currently 10 expert members and 10 judicial members although the act allows for up to 20 of each.
· The Chairman of the tribunal who is the administrative head of the tribunal also serves as a judicial member.
· Every bench of tribunal must consist of at least one expert member and one judicial member.
· The Chairman of the tribunal is required to be a serving or retired Chief Justice of a High Court or a judge of the Supreme Court of India.
Jurisdiction
· The Tribunal has Original Jurisdiction on matters of ―substantial question relating to environment‖ (i.e. a community at large is affected, damage to public health at broader level) & ―damage to environment due to specific activity‖ (such as pollution).
· The term ―substantial‖ is not clearly defined in the act.
Animal Welfare Board of India
· Statutory advisory body advising the Government of India on animal welfare laws and promotes animal welfare in the country of India.
· It works to ensure that animal welfare laws in the country are followed; provides grants to Animal Welfare Organizations; and considers itself ―the face of the animal welfare movement in the country.‖
· It was established in 1960 under Section 4 of The Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act, 1960.
· Well-known humanitarian Rukmini Devi Arundale was instrumental in setting up the board.
· The subject of Prevention of Cruelty to Animals is under MoEF.
Functions
· The board is highly concerned about ―abuse of animals in research‖ and ―cruelty involved when animals were used in entertainment‖.
· The Board oversees Animal Welfare Organizations (AWOs) by granting recognition to them if they meet its guidelines.
· The Board provides financial assistance to recognized Animal Welfare Organizations (AWOs)
· The Board suggests changes to laws and rules about animal welfare issues.
· The Board issues publications to raise awareness of various animal welfare issues.
NGOS: Bombay Natural History Society
· The Bombay Natural History Society, founded in 1883, is one of the largest non- governmental organizations in India engaged in conservation and biodiversity research.
· It supports many research efforts through grants and publishes the Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society.
· It organizes and conducts nature trails and camps for the general public.
· Many prominent naturalists, including the ornithologists Sálim Ali and S. Dillon Ripley, have been associated with it.
· Rapid growth in food grain production from using seeds of high yielding variety is termed as Green Revolution.
· The high yielding varieties (HYVs) of wheat and rice have been the key elements in Indian green revolution.
· Though the term ―green revolution‖ refers to wheat and rice, some agricultural scientists include maize, soyabean and sugarcane where spectacular gains in yield have occurred.
Aspects of first Green Revolution:
· High Yielding Varieties (HYV)
· Use of Chemical Fertilizers and Pesticides
· Mechanization of Agriculture
· Irrigation
Introduction of High Yielding Varieties (HYV)
· In 1960s, the average national yield of wheat was very low as compared to the wheat yields of agriculturally advanced countries.
· MS Swaminathan, former Director General of ICAR (Indian Council of Agricultural Research) stressed the need for reorientation of the entire breeding programme of tall varieties.
· On the request of Indian breeders Norman E. Borlaug was invited from Mexico in 1963 by the Government of India to assess the possibilities of using dwarf varieties in India.
· Borlaug recommended the feasibility of using semi dwarf wheat of Mexican origin as the agro-climatic condition prevailing in India are similar to Mexico.
· On his recommendation two semi dwarf varieties namely Lerma Rajo and Sonora-64 were chosen and were released for cultivation in irrigated fields.
· These varieties gave very high yield and brought in revolution in wheat production.
· In 1970, Norman E. Borlaug was awarded Nobel prize for ―Green Revolution‖ which also helped India.
· Through extensive wheat breeding programmes carried out during 1970-80, new amber seeded, high yielding dwarf wheat varieties were developed.
· The important high yielding varieties responded favourably to fertilizer and irrigation.
Use of Chemical Fertilizers and Pesticides
· Nitrogenous fertilizers: Nitrogen containing fertilizers e.g. ammonium sulphate, ammonium nitrate and urea.
· Phosphate fertilizers: Phosphate containing fertilizers e.g. ammonium phosphate, calcium dihydrogen phosphate (superphosphate).
· Potassium fertilizers: Potassium containing fertilizers e.g. potassium sulphate and potassium nitrate.
· Nitrogenous fertilizers promote plant growth and are essential for food production.
· Pesticides are chemicals which have been developed to kill or control organisms called pests which are unwanted in agriculture.
Mechanization of Agriculture
· Increase in productivity on large areas of land brought the idea of farm mechanization.
· To cope up with the shortage of agricultural labour, farm mechanization was the obvious choice for completing agricultural operations.
· The machines which perform various jobs at the farm are water pump, ploughs, combine harvesters, land levellers, cultivators, power operated tractor sprays, reapers, threshers, trolleys and mechanical pickers etc.
Irrigation
· High yielding varieties usually require a lot of water and hence irrigational facilities were a prerequisite for green revolution.
· Wells: There are two types of wells, namely dug wells and tube wells. This kind of irrigation is widely practiced in plain regions of India. Overexploitation of wells is well observed in Punjab-Haryana region.
· Canals: This is usually an elaborate and extensive irrigation system. In this system canals receive water from one or more reservoirs or from rivers. Canal irrigation is well suited for regions with clayey soil as clayey soil prevents water percolation. Mostly practiced in south India and Ganga-Yamuna region.
· River Lift Systems: In areas where canal flow is insufficient or irregular due to inadequate reservoir release, the lift system is more rational. Water is directly drawn from the rivers for supplementing irrigation in areas close to rivers. Mostly practiced in South India.
· Tanks: These are small storage reservoirs, which intercept and store the run-off of smaller catchment areas.
· The first Green Revolution was to ensure food security as there was severe scarcity of food in the country.
· The second Green Revolution aims at creating sustainable agriculture by leveraging advancements in technology.
Need for Second Green Revolution
· With the growing population and over-exploitation of land resources, the pressure on food security will continue and rise.
· 65% of the population is still living in the villages and over 70% of the rural people are dependent on agriculture for their livelihood.
· Green Revolution, launched in mid-1960s, was mainly confined to well irrigated areas. It was not successful in rain-fed areas, which contribute significantly to the country‘s total food-grain production.
· The Green Revolution has made us self-sufficient in food grains, but the environmental consequences and ecological costs are offsetting the progress made.
· The ground water is depleted and polluted. The lakes and ponds are becoming life less due to eutrophication – a direct consequence of Green Revolution.
· Growth in the agricultural sector has been almost stagnant.
· GM Crops are marred in various controversies related to intellectual property, ecological consequences, health consequences etc.
· Global warming is said to engulf productive coastal lands due to rise in sea levels. This creates an urgent need to raise agricultural productivity.
· It is necessary to develop a suitable strategy to improve agricultural development in India.
What we want from Second Green Revolution
· Improving agricultural production while generating gainful self-employment for the small farmers and weaker sections of the society.
· Scaling up food production without disturbing the ecological balance.
· Boosting agricultural development, women empowerment and environmental protection. (Women are the major power in agriculture as about 65-70% of the labour in crop production is contributed by women).
· Reclaiming degraded and low fertile lands and lands deprived of irrigation.
· Green Revolution that turned India from ‗begging bowl‘ to leading producer of food- grains.
· BGREI is about binging similar benefits to eastern India that largely remained untouched of the wonder that converted the north-west into a ‗grain bowl‘.
· BGREI is flagship programme under Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojana (RKVY).
· It is intended to address the constraints limiting the productivity of ―rice based cropping systems‖.
· The BGREI program was announced in the Union Budget, 2010-11.
· BGREI focuses on bringing the second Green Revolution in eastern region, which has rich water resources.
· Assam, Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Odisha, West Bengal and eastern Uttar Pradesh (Purvanchal) are the seven states.
Objectives of BGREI
· Harness the water potential for enhancing agriculture production in Eastern India which was hitherto underutilized.
· Yield maximization of rice and wheat per unit area by improving agronomy, water harvesting and conservation; and water utilization.
· Promotion of recommended agriculture technologies.
Government Initiatives to Strengthen BGREI
· The ICAR has established IARI, Hazaribagh in Jharkhand and Indian Institute of Agricultural Biotechnology, Ranchi.
· It has also established National Research Centre for Integrated Farming at Motihari in Bihar to further strengthen the agricultural research for the eastern region.
Making Second Green Revolution a Success Precision Agriculture
· The wealth of data if harnessed appropriately, can help farmers make the most efficient use of vital inputs such as water and fertilizer by applying them in precise amounts.
· Testing of samples of soil from agricultural fields is vital for achieving nutrient stewardship.
· Mobile-based applications for farmers will form an important part of the data-driven precision agriculture approach.
Efficient Use of Water
· Laser levelling is a technology that can grade an agricultural field to a flat surface by using a laser-guided scraper.
· Laser levelling has been shown to improve crop yields, reduce labour time spent weeding, and, in particular, reduce water use for irrigation by up to 20-25 per cent.
· Developing additional water sources through tube wells, dug wells and farm ponds.
· Promotion of Flood, Drought, and Salinity tolerant rice varieties.
· Use of Drum seeders for timely planting of direct seeded rice.
· Cultivation practices to increase biological and economic stability.
· Selection of improved varieties to suit the need.
· Soil management by proper method of tillage.
· Organic farming.
Concept of Sustainable Agriculture
· Agriculture is a broad term encompassing all aspects of crop production (food and fibre), livestock farming, fisheries, forestry etc.
· Food and fibre productivity have increased by using new technologies, mechanization, increased use of fertilizers and pesticides and expansion of irrigation facilities.
·
These changes reduced the labour demand to produce the majority of the food and fibre.
· Although these changes have had the positive effect, they also
caused some serious environmental and social problems such as erosion
of topsoil, depletion and
pollution of
groundwater and
other water
resources, unemployment of
farm laborers due to their replacement by farm machinery.
· In view of the growing negative consequences of modern agriculture there is growing demand to promote ―sustainable agriculture‖.
· Sustainable agriculture is the production of food, fibre, plant or animal products using farming techniques that protect the environment, public health, human and animal welfare.
· Sustainable agriculture incorporates many environmentally safe agricultural practices and offers innovative and economically viable opportunities for farmers, laborers, consumers, policymakers and many others in the entire food system.
· Sustainable farming systems are those that are least toxic and least energy intensive and yet maintain productivity and profitability. E.g. Organic farming.
· Thus, sustainable agriculture is one that,
· supports profitable production;
· protects environmental quality;
· uses natural resources efficiently;
· provides consumers with affordable, high-quality products;
· decreases dependency on non-renewable resources;
· enhances the quality of life for farmers and rural communities; and
· will last for generations to come.
Methods of Sustainable Agriculture
· At the planning level one must take into account the local geography (topography), soil condition and nature, local climate, pests, local inputs and the farmer‘s goals.
· The grower (farmer) must then select appropriate practices.
· Several methods adopted in sustainable agriculture are:
· cultivation practices to increase biological and economic stability.
· selection of improved varieties to suit the need.
· soil management by proper method of tillage.
Mixed cropping or diverse cropping
· In mixed cropping or diverse cropping two or more crops are grown all at the same time in a field .
· If by chance one crop fails, the other crops cover the risk of total crop failure.
· Usually a long duration crop is grown with a short duration one so that both get sufficient nutrition at the time of maturity.
· Generally, a leguminous crop is grown along with the main crop.
· Legumes helps to increase soil fertility by fixing atmospheric nitrogen.
· The various plans followed in diverse or mixed cropping practices are:
· polyvarietal cultivation where several genetic varieties of the same crop are planted.
· intercropping where two or more different crops are grown at the same time, like carbohydrate rich cereal that uses soil nitrogen and nitrogen fixing legume that puts back the nitrogen in the soil.
· polyculture, in which different plants maturing at various times are planted together.
Advantages of Mixed cropping
· This practice has many advantages because fertilizer and water requirement of plants are different so there is less need of these inputs.
· Pests are controlled naturally because their natural predators find multiple habitats to survive.
· It has been found that this practice produces much higher yield per hectare compared to monoculture.
Monoculture
· Large scale mechanization lead to the spread of monoculture i.e. only one crop variety is sown in the entire area when only one cultivator is planted in a large area.
· This system (monoculture) uses lot of fertilizer, pesticide, water. T
· his practice may be productive for some time but causes environmental and economic problems.
· E.g. Paddy and wheat cultivation.
Strip Farming
· This involves planting the main crops in widely spaced rows and filling in the spaces with another crop to ensure complete ground cover.
· The ground is completely covered so it retards water flow which thus soaks down into the soil, consequently reducing erosion problems.
Crop rotation
· It is practice of growing different crops in regular succession in the same field.
· This practice controls insects and diseases, increases soil fertility and decreases soil erosion.
· Generally, soil cannot sustain continuous cropping with high yielding single crop because certain nutrients required by the crop get exhausted totally while others remain unutilized leading to serious nutrients imbalance in soil and encouraging certain diseases and pests.
· Sowing a leguminous crop (e.g. green gram) as a rotational crop is very useful because legumes enhance nitrogen level in the soil, reduces the need for chemical nitrogen fertilizer.
· It is possible to grow two or sometimes three different crops in succession on the same land within a year is known as multiple cropping.
· This practice can go on for some time, but the land cannot maintain high yield in the long run.
Crop rotation takes into amount the following factors:
· Leguminous crop should be grown after non-leguminous crop.
· Crops require less water (irrigation) should be grown after one that requires more water.
· Crops requiring less manure should be sown after one that requires more manure.
Mixed Farming
· Optimum diversity may be obtained by integrating both crops and livestock in the same farming operation.
· Mixed crop along with livestock operations have several advantages.
· Growing crops only on more level land and pastures or forages on steeper slopes will reduce soil erosion.
· Pasture and leguminous forage crops in rotation enhance soil quality and reduce erosion; livestock manure, in turn, contributes to soil fertility.
· Livestock can buffer the negative impacts of low rainfall periods by consuming crop residue which in ―plant only‖ systems would have been considered crop failure.
· Feeding and marketing are flexible in animal production systems. This can help cushion farmers against price fluctuations and, make more efficient use of farm labour.
Soil and Nutrient Management
· A healthy soil is a key component of sustainable agriculture. That is healthy soil along with water and nutrients produces healthy crops that are less susceptible to pests and diseases.
· Accordingly, soil must be protected and nurtured to ensure long term productivity and stability.
· Methods of protection include using cover crops, compost, reducing tillage, conserving soil moisture by dead mulches, this increases water hold capacity of the soil.
Nutrient Management:
· There are sixteen nutrients which are essential for plants.
· Air supplies carbon and oxygen, hydrogen comes from water, and soil supplies the other thirteen nutrients to plants.
· Amongst these thirteen nutrients, six are required in large quantities and are therefore called macronutrients .
· The other seven nutrients are used by plants in small quantities and are therefore called micronutrients .
· Deficiency of these nutrients affects physiological processes in plants including reproduction, growth and susceptibility to diseases.
· Micronutrients: Iron, Manganese, Boron, Zinc, Copper, Molybdenum, Chlorine
Nitrogen (N)
· N is an essential constituent of proteins and is present in many other compounds of great physiological importance in plant metabolism.
· N is an integral part of chlorophyll, which is primary observer of light energy needed for photosynthesis.
· N also imparts vigorous vegetative growth and dark green colour to plants.
Phosphorus (P)
· Phosphorus (P) is an essential part of the enzymes which help the crop to fix light energy .
· It forms an integral part of nucleic acids, the carriers of genetic information, and is important in stimulating root growth .
Potassium (K)
· Potassium (K) is involved in processes which ensure carbon assimilation and the transportation throughout the plant for growth and the storage of sugars and proteins.
· The potassium ion is also important for water regulation and uptake .
· Furthermore, the presence of potassium in sufficient amounts ensures resistance to frost, drought and certain diseases
Others
· Magnesium occurs in chlorophyll and is also an activator of enzymes.
· Sulphur forms part of two essential amino acids which are among the many building blocks of protein. It is also found in vitamin B1 and in several important enzymes.
· Calcium is required for plant growth, cell division and enlargement.
· The growth of root and shoot tips and storage organs is also affected by calcium as it is a component of cell membranes. Calcium is also vital for pollen growth and to prevent leaf fall.
Modern Agricultural Practices
· Modern agriculture includes animal husbandry, poultry farming, apiculture, fisheries and mushroom culture etc. to provide additional food supplements like milk, meat, fish, egg, mushroom etc.
· In addition to provide nutritional food for the masses, they also reduce load on the consumption of cereals and pulses.
Silviculture: cultivating forest trees
Sericulture: rearing of silkworms for the production of raw silk
Apiculture: maintenance of honey bee colonies, commonly in hives, by humans Olericulture: science of vegetable growing, non-woody (herbaceous) plants for food Viticulture: science, production and study of grapes
Floriculture: flowering and ornamental plants for gardens
Arboriculture: cultivation and study of individual trees, shrubs, and other woody plants Pomology: focuses on the cultivation, production, harvest, and storage of fruit, etc.
Aeroponics: growing plants in mist environment without the use of soil medium Hydroponics: growing plants using mineral nutrient solutions, in water, without soil. Geoponic: refers to growing plants in normal soil
Aquaponics: symbiotic environment of aquaculture and hydroponics
Green: Food grain Production
Golden: Horticulture, Fruit, Honey Production Golden fibre: Jute cultivation
Grey: Fertilizer Production Blue: Fish Production Black: Petroleum Production Brown: Leather production
Pink: Prawn Production / Onion production Round: Potato Production
Red: Meat / Tomato Production Silver: Egg / Poultry Production White: Milk Production Yellow: Oil seeds Production
· GACSA is promoted by FAO along with various governments.
· Its vision is to improve food security, nutrition and resilience in the face of climate change.
· GACSA works towards three aspirational outcomes to:
· Improve farmers‘ agricultural productivity and incomes in a sustainable way;
· Build farmers‘ resilience to extreme weather and changing climate;
· Reduce greenhouse gas emissions associated with agriculture, when possible.
· Organic farming is a type of
agriculture or farming which avoids the use of synthetic fertilizers, pesticides,
growth regulators, and
livestock feed additives.
· Organic farming systems rely on crop rotation, crop residues, animal manures, legumes, green manure, off-farm organic wastes and biofertilizers, mechanical
cultivation, mineral bearing rocks to maintain soil productivity to supply plant nutrients and biological pest control, controlling weeds, insects and other pests.
· All kinds of agricultural products can be produced organically, including grains, meat, dairy, eggs, fibres such as cotton, jute, flowers etc.
· Organic farmers build healthy soils by nourishing the microbial inhabitants that release, transform, and transfer nutrients. Soil organic matter contributes to good soil structure and water-holding capacity.
· Organic farmers feed soil biota and build soil organic matter with cover crops, compost, and biologically based soil amendments.
·
Organic farmers‘ primary strategy in controlling pests and diseases is prevention through good plant nutrition and management.
· Organic farmers use cover crops and sophisticated crop rotations to change the field ecology, effectively disrupting habitat for weeds, insects, and disease organisms.
· Weeds are controlled through crop rotation, mechanical tillage, and hand-weeding, as well as through cover crops, mulches, flame weeding, and other management methods.
· Organic farmers rely on a diverse population of soil organisms, beneficial insects, and birds to keep pests in check.
· When pest populations get out of balance, growers implement a variety of strategies such as the use of insect predators, mating disruption, traps and barriers.
· Vermicomposting is an appropriate technique for efficient recycling of animal wastes, crop residues and agro-industrial wastes.
· The process of conversion of organic materials into manure is chiefly microbiological.
· Earthworms are important for producing vermicompost from organic wastes.
· Vermicompost can be prepared from all sorts of organic residues – animal waste, sericulture residues, dairy and poultry residues, bagasse from sugarcane factories, weeds (particularly Parthenium hysterophorus or Congress weed before flowering) etc.
National Programme for Organic Production (NPOP)
· Ministry of Industries and Commerce has implemented the NPOP since 2001.
What it does?
· Certification programme for organic agriculture and products as per the approved criteria.
· Accredit certification programmes of Certification Bodies seeking accreditation.
· Facilitate certification of organic products in conformity with the prescribed standards.
· Facilitate certification of organic products in conformity with the importing countries organic standards.
· Encourage the development of organic farming and organic processing.
Organic products are traded only through issuance of Transaction Certificates (TCs) wherein the product identity and traceability are maintained.
The testing is to be carried out in ISO 17025 accredited and preferably APEDA approved laboratories.
APEDA
· The Agricultural and Processed Food Products Export Development Authority (APEDA) was established by APEDA Act in 1985. It came into effect in 1986.
· APEDA functions under Ministry of Industries and Commerce.
· In this approach, each crop and its pests are evaluated as parts of an ecological system.
· Then farmers develop a control programme that includes cultivation, biological and chemical methods applied in proper sequence and with the proper timing.
· The aim of IPM is not to eradicate the pest population completely but to keep the crop damage to economically tolerable level.
· Farmers monitor the field and when they find the pest level to be high enough, they first use biological methods and cultivation practices to control and then use small amounts of insecticides mostly insecticides derived from plants as a last resort.
Biological control
· Natural predators, parasites and pathogens of the pests are used.
· Example: Pest on cucumber plant called red spider mite is controlled by using a predatory mite that feed on red spider mite.
Cultivation practices
· A variety of cultivation practices like crop rotation, polyculture and inter cropping etc. can be used to get rid of the pests.
· Some amounts of insecticides, mostly of plant origin (e.g. Pyrethrum and Rotenone neem product) are applied as a last resort.
· Pest and disease resistant crop plants can be produced by genetic engineering. Example is Bt cotton, insecticidal for bacterial gene (Bacilus thuringinesis) introduced into cotton plant making cotton plant resistant to pest.
Disadvantages of Integrated Pest Management (IPM)
· Farmer should have an expert knowledge about each pest.
· It acts more slowly than conventional pesticides.
· Methods developed for a crop in one area might not apply to areas with even slightest different growing conditions.
· Initial cost may be higher but in the long-term cost become very low.
Bio-Fertilizers and Their Use in Agriculture
· For a sustainable agriculture system, it is essential to use renewable inputs (fertilizer, pesticides, water etc.) which can benefit the plant and cause no or minimal damage to the environment.
· One of the energy efficient and pollution free method is to exploit the ability of certain microorganisms like bacteria, algae and fungi to fix atmospheric nitrogen, solubilize phosphorus, decompose organic material or oxidize sulphur in the soil.
· When they are applied in the soil, they enhance growth and yield of crops, improve soil fertility and reduce pollution. They are known as ―bio fertilizers‖.
· Thus bio-fertilizers are living or biologically active products or microbial inoculants of bacteria, algae and fungi (separately or in combination) which are able to enrich the soil with nitrogen, phosphorus, organic matter etc.
· Following are some of the important types of bio fertilizers which can be considered for agro based industries.
Rhizobium biofertilizer
· Rhizobium is a symbiotic bacterium forming root nodules in legume plants .
· These nodules act as miniature nitrogen production factories in the fields.
· The nodule bacteria fix more nitrogen (N2) than needed by legume plant and the bacteria.
· The surplus fixed nitrogen is then secreted and fertilizes the soil.
· Rhizobium is more efficient than-free living nitrogen-fixing bacteria.
Azotobacter biofertilizer
· Azotobacter are aerobic free living nitrogen fixers.
· They grow in the rhizosphere (around the roots) and fix atmospheric nitrogen non- symbiotically and make it available to the particular cereals.
· These bacteria produce growth promoting hormones which helps in enhancing growth and yield of the plant.
Azospirillium biofertilizer
· These are aerobic free living nitrogen fixers which live in associative symbiosis.
· In this type of association bacteria live on the root surface of the host plant and do not form any nodule with roots of grasses.
· It increases crop yield and its inoculation benefits crop.
· They also benefit the host plants by supplying growth hormones and vitamins.
· These bacteria are commonly used for the preparation of commercial inoculants (vaccines, culture medium).
Blue green algae
· Blue green algae (BGA or cyanobacteria) like Nostoc and Anabaena are free living photosynthetic organisms also capable of fixing atmospheric nitrogen.
· In the flooded rice fields blue green algae serves as a nitrogen biofertilizer.
Azolla biofertilizers
· Azolla is a water fern inside which grows the nitrogen fixing blue green algae Anabaena.
· It contains 2-3% nitrogen when wet and also produces organic matter in the soil.
· The Azolla-Anabaena combination type biofertilizer is used all over the world.
· The only constraint in Azolla is that it is an aquatic plant and water becomes limiting factor in growing it particularly in summer.
Phosphorus solubilizing biofertilizer
· Phosphorus is an important element required for plant growth.
· This element is also needed for nodulation by rhizobium.
· Some microorganisms are capable of solubilizing immobilized phosphorus making it available to plants for absorption.
Mycorrhizal fungi biofertilizer
· Mycorrhizal fungi acts as biofertilizer and are known to occur naturally on roots of forest trees and crop plants.
· Mycorrhizal fungi resist disease in plants. The plants also show drought and salinity resistance. Plants can tolerate adverse soil, pH, high temperature and heavy metal toxicity.
· In soils low in available nutrients there is an increased absorption of nutrients by plants infected with Mycorrhiza.
· The fungus has the ability to dissolve and absorb phosphorus that plant roots cannot readily absorb.
Protected Cultivation of Horticulture Crops
· Protected cultivation practices are cropping techniques wherein the microenvironment is controlled partially/ fully as per plant need during their period of growth to maximize the yield and resource saving.
Geoponic: refers to growing plants in normal soil
Aeroponics: growing plants in mist environment without the use of soil medium Hydroponics: growing plants using mineral nutrient solutions, in water, without soil. Aquaponics: symbiotic environment of aquaculture and hydroponics
Green House: Green houses are climate controlled with cooling and heating system.
· It is mainly used to grow exotic vegetables, off-season growing of vegetables, floriculture, planting material acclimatization and plant breeding and varietals improvement under adverse agro-climatic conditions.
· The degree of sophistication of greenhouses include fully automated systems with poly carbonate sheet roofing (double walled), heating and cooling systems, etc.
Poly House
· Poly house is less sophisticated version of green house with naturally ventilated climate controlled as against the fully climate controlled green houses.
· Usage of poly houses are similar to green houses.
Hydroponics
· Hydroponics is a method of growing plants without soil , using water enriched with balance mineral nutrients essential for plant growth and yield.
· The nutrients and PH level are maintained suiting to the selected crop for better growth.
· With increasing water scarcity due to frequent droughts and declining land availability for farming, government agencies are promoting hydroponic for growing vegetables, fruits and fodder.
Advantages of hydroponics more yield in a smaller patch of land
· Hydroponics supports vertical farming and is ideal to grow crops in congested urban environment.
· Vertical farming: The plants are grown on raised beds that stand a few feet from the ground, making it possible to cultivate several rows on either side of the bed.
· The increase in output happens because the cropping cycle is reduced, and the plants doesn‘t have to grow long roots in search of nutrients.
Allows one to tailor crops as per market demand and this reduces wastage
· In hydroponics, cropping cycle is reduced and harvesting times are a lot shorter.
· In traditional farming, sometimes crops grown are not really required in the market at that point of time. This leads to wasted produce.
Significantly reduced water usage yet superior yield
· Hydroponics systems require only around 10 percent of the water that soil-based agriculture requires.
· In traditional farming, water and nutrients are lost in soil. This leads to groundwater contamination.
· In hydroponics, the nutrient solution is mixed into the water and is supplied directly to the roots.
· Since the water directly reaches the roots, it is absorbed much better and nothing is lost in soil absorption.
· The plants are provided with maximum possible nutrients which results in multi-fold growth.
Better quality control and better environment
· Hydroponics reduces both cost on transportation and emissions.
· Hydroponics makes the application of organic farming techniques very simpler.
· Sticky pads and a solar powered insect trap can be used to trap insects. This reduces the use of insecticides.
· Soil-borne diseases and pests are also low as the crops are grown in a closed environment free of soil.
· Also, natural ingredients such as neem oil can be used much more effectively to control pests. This reduces the use of pesticides.
Better nutritional value of crops
· Fodder produced through hydroponics is more nutritional than the regular fodder.
· As food production is closer to the consumer, time is not lost in logistics & hence there is no loss of nutrients.
Better cultivation techniques and application of sci & tech
· The farms can be indoors or outdoors (a greenhouse).
· Suitable for vertical farming under greenhouse conditions and other modified structures.
· Each hydroponic crop can be given a favourable and individual climatic condition through an automated temperature and humidity controlled greenhouse.
· The farm can be managed remotely using the internet of things (IoT – schedule a fertigation session, actively monitor the plants remotely, automated humidity and temperature control, nutrient and input control, etc.).
· The crop can use natural light or artificial lighting (day and night – 24/7 growth period).
Opportunities
· Demand for chemical-free food is increasing with rising awareness among consumers.
· The organic market in India at present is estimated to be $1.3 billion (about Rs 9,000 crore), expected to double by 2021.
· Ministry of Agriculture has subsidy programme for hydroponics.
Disadvantages of Hydroponics Capital-intensive
· Though hydroponics is typically much cheaper over time, it does require a substantial upfront cost to establish any sort of larger system.
Needs uninterrupted power supply
· Power failure can cause pumps and equipment to stop working.
Lack of awareness
· Many people fear that hydroponics requires substantial know-how and research, when in fact, it‘s very similar to traditional gardening.
Aquaponics
· The method combines aquaculture — cultivating fish and other aquatic animals in tanks with organic inputs — with hydroponics , where plants are cultivated in water. The water from the fish tank is pumped onto the beds where plants grow.
· While the fish excretions provide nutrients for the plants (hence no chemical fertilizers are needed), the clean water is recirculated back to the fish tank.
· While the initial cost to set up the facility would be high, the recurring cost is low in aquaponics.
· The difference between aquaponics and hydroponics is that synthetic fertilisers are used in hydroponics for providing nutrients to plants and hence cultivation of fish is not possible in hydroponics.
Aeroponics
· Unlike in hydroponics, the roots of plants grown in an aeroponic system are suspended in the air and the spraying of water and nutrients leads to an oxygen-rich, misty environment .
· Aeroponics has been implemented as an alternative to water intensive hydroponic systems worldwide.
Advantage of aeroponics over hydroponics
· Aeroponics can limit disease transmission since plant-to-plant contact is reduced.
· The enhanced oxygen availability at the root zone leaves disease-causing pathogens dormant.
· Improves uptake of minerals by plants and development of healthy root systems.
· Helps in faster and better growth of plants with a plentiful supply of oxygen, water and nutrients.
· Plants in a true aeroponic conditions have 100% access to the CO2 concentrations for photosynthesis.
· This leads to a multi-fold increase in plant metabolism, which in turn results in a vast increase in production.
· Any species of plants can be grown in a true aeroponic system because the microenvironment of an aeroponic can be finely controlled.
· Aeroponically grown plants have high dry weight biomass (essential minerals).
· According to NASA, aeroponically grown plants require ¼ the nutrient input compared to hydroponics.
· Unlike hydroponically grown plants, aeroponically grown plants will not suffer transplant shock when transplanted to soil.
Genetically Modified Organism (Transgenic Organism)
· In GMO, genetic material (DNA) is altered or artificially introduced using genetic engineering techniques.
· Genetic modification involves the mutation, insertion, or deletion of genes.
· Inserted genes usually come from a different organism (e.g. In Bt cotton, Bt genes from bacterium Bacillus thuringiensis are induced).
· Genetic modification is done to induce a desirable new trait which does not occur naturally in the species.
GM techniques are used in:
· Biological and medical research,
· Production of pharmaceutical drugs,
· Experimental medicine (e.g. gene therapy),
· Agriculture (e.g. golden rice, Bt cotton etc.),
· Genetically modified bacteria to produce the protein insulin,
· To produce biofuels from some GM bacteria, etc.
Genetically modified crops (GM Crops or Biotech Crops)
· They are the plants used in agriculture, whose DNA has been modified to induce a desired new trait.
· A New trait might help in
· Controlling certain pests, diseases, or environmental conditions,
· reduction of spoilage,
·
inducing resistance to chemical treatments (e.g. resistance to an herbicide),
· improving the nutrient profile of the crop,
· atmospheric nitrogen fixation by cereal crops,
· inducing tolerance to high salt soils and to flooding in crops,
· inducing drought resistance in crops,
· prolonging shelf life and commercial value of fruits and vegetables.
Major GM Crops Bt Cotton
· Bt cotton is insect-resistant cotton variety.
· Strains of the bacterium Bacillus thuringiensis produce different Bt toxins.
· Bt toxins are insecticidal to the larvae of moths, bollworms, etc. but are harmless to other forms of life.
· In 2002, a joint venture between Monsanto and Mahyco introduced Bt cotton to India.
Advantages
· Increases yield of cotton due to effective control of three types of bollworms.
· Reduction in insecticide use in the cultivation of Bt cotton in which bollworms are major pests.
· Potential reduction in the cost of cultivation (depending on seed cost versus insecticide costs).
Problems with Bt Cotton
· High cost of Bt cotton seeds as compared to non Bt cotton seeds.
· Ineffective against sucking pests like whitefly.
· Whitefly attack has become rampant in Punjab, Haryana and elsewhere.
· The costs of Bt seed and insecticide increase the risk of farmer bankruptcy in low- yield rain-fed settings.
Bt Brinjal
· Brinjal is India‘s second most consumed vegetable after potatoes.
· Bt brinjal is created by inserting a crystal protein gene from the soil bacterium Bacillus thuringiensis.
· The Bt brinjal has been developed to give resistance to the Brinjal Fruit and Shoot Borer (FSB).
· Mahyco has developed the Bt brinjal variety.
· Insecticide requirement for Bt brinjal is far less than its non-Bt counterpart for the control of FSB.
· The Genetic Engineering Appraisal Committee (GEAC) cleared Bt brinjal for commercialization in 2009.
· Following concerns raised by some scientists and anti-GMO activists, the GOI has imposed a moratorium on its commercial use (not a permanent ban).
· Mahyco‘s Bt brinjal is commercially grown in Bangladesh.
Golden rice
· Golden rice is a variety of rice (Oryza sativa) produced to biosynthesize beta-carotene, a precursor of Vitamin A, in the edible parts of rice.
· It is mostly consumed in areas with a shortage of dietary vitamin A.
· Enhanced taste and quality.
· Reduced maturation time.
· Increased nutrients, yields, and stress tolerance.
· Improved resistance to disease, pests, and herbicides.
· New products and growing techniques.
Animals
· Increased resistance, productivity, hardness, and feed efficiency.
· Better yields of meat, eggs, and milk.
· Improved animal health and diagnostic methods.
Environment
· ―Friendly‖ bioherbicides and bioinsecticides.
· Conservation of soil, water and energy.
· Bioprocessing for forestry products.
· Better natural waste management.
Society
· Increased food security for growing population.
Safety
· The adverse impacts of genetically modified food are not evident immediately.
· Potential human health impact: allergens, transfer of antibiotic resistance markers, unknown effects.
· Potential environmental impact: unintended transfer of transgenes through crosspollination, unknown effects on other organisms (e.g., soil microbes) and loss of flora and fauna biodiversity.
· Criticism against Anti-GM lobby: Instead of evaluating the risks, costs and benefits of hybrids on a case-by-case basis, they propose a blanket ban on genetic modification.
Access and intellectual property
· Domination of world food production by a few companies.
· Increasing dependence on industrialized nations by developing countries.
· Biopiracy — foreign exploitation of natural resources.
Ethics
· Violation of natural organisms‘ intrinsic values.
· Tampering with nature by mixing genes among species.
· Objections to transferring animal genes in plants and vice versa.
Labelling
· Not mandatory in some countries (e.g. United States).
· Mixing GM crops with non-GM confounds labelling attempts.
Research
· The objectivity and authenticity of scientific research and publication.
Effectiveness
· The ineffectiveness of BT cotton against whitefly attack in Punjab and Haryana has raised more questions.
Issues with banning GM crops
· The ban on GM crops is also promoting an illegal market to flourish in India.
· Bangladesh is reaping the benefits of Bt Brinjal while its cultivation is banned in India.
GMO have already entered the food chain
· Cotton seed oil extracted from Bt cotton plants is being consumed in Gujarat and Maharashtra.
· Soybean oil is extracted from imported seeds, which are produced from GM crops abroad.
Illegal cultivation (Farmer‘s rights vs. Government Regulation)
· A farmers‘ group in Maharashtra, marked its protest against the government ban on genetically modified (GM) crops by planting Bt brinjal and HT cotton.
· There is a grave danger of illegal genetically modified brinjal cultivation proliferating.
Renewable Or Non-Conventional Sources Of Energy Non-Renewable Sources Of Energy
Energy conservation
Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE)
Biomass
Ø Biomass is a renewable energy resource derived from plant and animal waste.
Ø The energy from biomass (biomass conversion) is released on burning or breaking the chemical bonds of organic molecules formed during photosynthesis.
Ø Biomass fuels can be used directly or they can be transformed into more convenient form and then used.
Ø By-products from the timber industry, agricultural crops and their byproducts, raw material from the forest, major parts of household waste and wood.
Ø Solid Biomass fuels: Wood logs and wood pellets, charcoal, agricultural waste (stalks and other plant debris), animal waste (dung), aquatic plants (kelp and water hyacinths) urban waste (paper, cardboard and other combustible materials).
Ø Biomass can be converted into alcohol (liquid biofuels) by distillation.
Ø Liquid Biofuels: Ethanol, Methanol, Gasoho, Biodiesel
Ø Gaseous Biofuels: Synthetic natural gas (biogas), Wood gas: Methane – 70% and CO2
– 30%.
Ø Instead of burning loose biomass directly, it is more practical to compress it into briquettes (compressing them into blocks of a chosen shape) improve its utility and convenience of use.
Ø Such biomass in the biomass briquettes can be used as fuel in place of coal in traditional furnaces or in a gasifier.
Ø A gasifier converts solid fuels into a more convenient-to-use gaseous fuel called producer gas.
Ø In the developed world biomass is becoming important for applications such as combined heat and power generation.
Ø Biomass energy is gaining significance as a source of clean heat for domestic heating and community heating applications.
Ø Burning of biomass does not increase atmospheric carbon dioxide because to begin with biomass was formed by atmospheric carbon dioxide and the same amount of carbon dioxide is released on burning.
Ø Biomass is an important source of energy and the most important fuel worldwide after coal, oil and natural gas.
Ø Biomass is renewable and is abundantly available on the earth in the form of firewood, agricultural residues, cattle dung, city garbage etc.
Ø Bio-energy, in the form of biogas, which is derived from biomass, is expected to become one of the key energy resources for global sustainable development.
Ø Indian sugar mills are rapidly turning to bagasse, the leftover of cane after it is crushed and its juice extracted, to generate electricity.
Ø This is mainly being done to clean up the environment, cut down power costs and earn additional revenue.
Ø The biogas plant consists of two components: a digester (or fermentation tank) and a gas holder.
Ø The gas holder cuts off air to the digester (anaerobiosis) and collects the gas generated.
Ø Any biodegradable (that which can be decomposed by bacteria) substance can be fermented anaerobically (in absence of oxygen) by methane-producing (methanogenic) bacteria.
Ø Cowdung or faeces are collected and put in a biogas digester or fermenter (a large vessel in which fermentation can take place).
Ø A series of chemical reactions occur in the presence of methanogenic bacteria (CH4 generating bacteria) leading to the production of CH4 and CO2.
Ø Recent researches suggest that hydrocarbon producing plants can become alternative energy sources, which can be inexhaustible and ideal for liquid fuel.
Ø These plants called petroplants/petrocrops can be grown on land which are unfit for agriculture and not covered with forests. Jatropa curcas is an important petro plant.
Ø Biocrude can be obtained by tapping the latex of Jatropa curcas.
Ø Biocrude is a complex mixture of liquids, terpenoids, triglycerides, phytosterols waxes, and other modified isoprenoid compounds.
Ø Hydro cracking of biocrude can convert it into several useful products like gasoline (automobile fuel), gas oil and kerosene.
Ø Some potential Petro-crop species belong to family Asclepiadaceae and Euphorbiaceae. Geothermal Energy
Ø Geothermal energy is natural heat from the interior of the earth that can be used to
generate electricity as well as to heat up buildings.
Ø The core of the earth is very hot and it is possible to make use of this geothermal energy.
Ø These are areas where there are volcanoes, hot springs, and geysers, and methane under the water in the oceans and seas.
Ø In some countries, such as in the USA water is pumped from underground hot water deposits and used for heating of houses.
Ø Geothermal resource falls into three major categories: i) Geopressurized zones, ii) hot- rock zones and iii) Hydrothermal convection zones. Of these three only the first is currently being exploited on a commercial basis.
Ø In India, Northwestern Himalayas and the western coast are considered geothermal areas.
Ø The Geological Survey of India has already identified more than 350 hot spring sites, which can be explored as areas to tap geothermal energy
Ø The Puga valley in the Ladakh region has the most promising geothermal field.
Ø Geothermal energy can pose several environmental problems which includes on-site noise, emissions of gas and disturbance at drilling sites.
Ø The steam contains hydrogen sulphide gas, which has the odour of rotten eggs, and cause air pollution.
Ø The minerals in the steam are also toxic to fish and they are corrosive to pipes, and equipment, requiring constant maintenance.
Ø Many scientists believe that the fuel for the future is hydrogen gas.
Ø When hydrogen gas burns in the air or in fuel cells, it combines with oxygen gas to produce non-polluting water vapour and fuel cells directly convert hydrogen into electricity.
Ø Widespread use of hydrogen as fuel would greatly reduce the problem of air pollution and danger of global warming because there will not be any CO2 emission.
Ø Hydrogen may be a clean source of energy but getting large amount of pure hydrogen for commercial purposes is a problem because hydrogen is present in combination with other elements such as oxygen, carbon and nitrogen thus hydrogen has to be produced from either water or organic compounds like methane etc. requiring large amounts of energy. This is a very costly proposition.
Ø Producing hydrogen from algae in large scale cultures is possible. It may be possible to control photosynthesis so that green algae are able to produce hydrogen through the process of photosynthesis.
Ø Hydrogen is a pollution free, cost effective manner and if technologies such as fuel cells can be made cost effective, then hydrogen has the potential to provide clean, alternative energy for diverse uses, including lighting, power, heating, cooling, transportation and many more.
Ø Fuel cells are highly efficient power-generating systems that produce electricity by combining fuel (hydrogen) and oxygen in an electrochemical reaction.
Ø Fuel cells are electrochemical devices that convert the chemical energy of a fuel directly and very efficiently into electricity (DC) and heat, thus doing away with combustion.
Ø Hydrogen and phosphoric acid are the most common type of fuel cells, although fuel cells that run on methanol, ethanol, and natural gas are also available.
Ø The most suitable fuel for such cells is hydrogen or a mixture of compounds containing hydrogen.
Ø A fuel cell consists of an electrolyte sandwiched between two electrodes. Oxygen passes over one electrode and hydrogen over the other, and they react electrochemically to generate electricity, water, and heat.
Ø Though rapid progress has been made; high initial cost is still the biggest hurdle in the widespread commercialization of fuel cells.
Ø The rapidly depleting fossil fuel sources of energy and escalating demand of energy have made it necessary to look for alternative sources of energy that are known as renewable or inexhaustible. We can define inexhaustible energy resources as ‗those resources which can be harnessed without depletion‘. Most of these resources are free from pollution and some of them can be used at all places. These renewable energy resources are also known as non-conventional or inexhaustible or alternate energy sources. These energy sources are solar, flowing water, wind, hydrogen and geothermal. We get renewable solar energy directly from the sun and indirectly from moving water, wind and biomass. Like fossil fuels and nuclear power, each of these alternatives renewable sources of energy has their own advantages and disadvantages. We are going to discuss some of them in detail.
Ø Direct solar energy can be used as heat, light, and electricity through the use of solar cells.
Ø Direct use of solar energy can be used through various devices broadly directed into three types of systems a) passive, b) active c) photovoltaic.
Ø As you know some of the earliest uses of solar energy were passive in nature such as to evaporate sea water for producing salt and to dry food and clothes. In fact solar energy is still being used for these purposes. The more recent passive uses of solar energy is for cooking, heating, cooling and for the day lighting of homes and buildings.
Ø Active solar heating and cooling systems rely on solar collectors which are usually mounted on roofs.
Ø Such systems also requires pumps and motors to move the fluids or blow air by fan in order to deliver the captured heat.
Ø A number of different active solar heating systems are available. The main application of these systems is to provide hot water, primarily for domestic use.
Ø Solar energy can be converted directly into electrical energy (direct current, DC) by photovoltaic (PV) cells commonly called solar cells.
Ø Photovoltaic cells are made of silicon and other materials. When sunlight strikes the silicon atoms it causes electrons to eject. This principle is called as ‗photoelectric effect‘.
Ø A typical solar cell is a transparent wafer that contains a very thin semiconductor.
Ø Sunlight energizes and causes electrons in the semiconductor to flow, creating an electrical current.
Ø Tidal power projects attempt to harness the energy of tides as they flow in and out.
Ø The main criteria for a tidal power generation site are that the mean tidal range must be greater than 5 metres.
Ø The tidal power is harnessed by building a dam across the entrance to a bay or estuary creating a reservoir.
Ø As the tide rises, water is initially prevented from entering the bay. Then when tides are high and water is sufficient to run the turbines, the dam is opened and water flows through it into the reservoir (the bay), turning the blades of turbines and generating electricity.
Ø Again when the reservoir (the bay) is filled, the dam is closed, stopping the flow and holding the water in reservoir when the tide falls (ebb tide), the water level in the reservoir is higher than that in the ocean.
Ø The dam is then opened to run the turbines (which are reversible), electricity is produced as the water is let out of the reservoir.
Ø The dams built to harness the tidal power adversely affect the vegetation and wildlife.
Ø Hydroelectric power uses the kinetic energy of moving water to make electricity.
Ø Generation of electricity by using the force of falling water is called hydroelectricity or hydel power. It is cheaper than thermal or nuclear power.
Ø Dams are built to store water at a higher level; which is made to fall to rotate turbines that generate electricity.
Ø One of the greatest advantages of hydropower is that once the dam is built and turbines become operative, it is relatively cheap and clean source of energy.
Ø Hydropower also has some disadvantages, building of dam seriously disturbs and damages the natural habitats and some of them are lost forever.
Ø Fossil fuels represent stored solar energy captured by plants in the past geological times.
Ø Coal, petroleum and natural gas are called fossil fuels, as they are the remains of prehistoric plants, animals and microscopic organisms that lived millions of year ago.
Ø During the Carboniferous period 275-350 million years ago, conditions in the world were suitable for formation of large deposits of fossil fuels.
Ø Coal is formed from plants and vegetation buried, ‗in situ‘ or drifted in from outside to a place, which got covered by deposits of sediments.
Ø Coal is a solid fossil fuel and a sedimentary rock composed primarily of carbon. There are three basic grades of coal: i) lignite (brown coal), ii) bituminous (soft coal) and iii) anthracite (hard coal).
Ø Coal is the result of plant material that grew in fresh water swamps approximately three hundred million years ago.
Ø As this plant material died and accumulated, peat also called peat bog was formed.
Ø Since the plant material accumulated under water, in the swamps decay was inhibited due to lack of oxygen.
Ø Oceans inundated many of the areas of peat and sediments from the sea were deposited, over the peat.
Ø The weight of these sediments and the heat of the earth gradually changed the composition of the peat bog and coal was formed.
Ø Today peat also is used as source of fuel in some parts of the world though its high water content makes it a low-grade fuel.
Ø Peat is changed into coal after many centuries of being compressed by the weight of sediments. It first changes into a low-grade coal known as lignite (brown coal).
Ø The percentage of carbon in the lignite is higher than in peat. Continued pressure and heat from the earth changes lignite into bituminous soft coal.
Ø If the heat and pressure were great enough then anthracite coal (hard coal) would be formed which has the highest heat and carbon content.
Ø Accordingly energy content is greatest in anthracite coal and lowest in lignite.
Ø The sulphur content of coal is important because on burning low sulphur coal emits less sulphur dioxide (SO2) so more desirable as a fuel for power plants.
Ø Coal is most abundant fossil fuel on earth, but there are problems associated with its mining, transportation and use.
Ø Coal is mined from both (i) surface mines, and (ii) underground mines.
Ø Surface mining disrupts and drastically changes the natural landscape and destroys the natural vegetation and the habitat of many species, some of which may already be endangered.
Ø Mining operations, involving digging, blasting, removal of rocks and soil lying over the coal seam, cause serious problems of air and noise pollution.
Ø Surface mining may also cause soil erosion and silt loading (the discharge of silts into streams) and canals that disrupt and pollute the aquatic ecosystems as well as ground water in places where aquifers are located near or associated with coal seams.
Ø Underground mining may cause collapse or land subsidence in the mining areas during or after mining operations are over.
Ø In case of some mines acid mine drainage from the mine waste pollutes long stretches of streams.
Ø Coal bed methane in underground mines causes fires.
Ø Apart from these problems, burning of coal in thermal power plants for generation of electricity and in industry is the prime source of air pollution.
Ø Oil and gas were formed from the remains of plants and animals that once lived in the sea.
Ø For over millions of years these remains remained buried under mud and rock under great pressure and at high temperatures.
Ø Under these conditions marine biomass gradually changed into oil and gas.
Ø Oil and gas are primarily found along geologically young tectonic belt at plate boundaries, where large depositional basins are more likely to occur.
Ø Petroleum or crude oil (oil as it comes out of the ground), is a thick dark liquid consisting of a mixture hundreds of combustible hydrocarbons along with small amounts of sulphur, oxygen and nitrogen impurities. It is also known as conventional oil or light oil.
Ø Deposits of crude oil and natural gas are usually trapped together under the sea floor or earth‘s crust on land.
Ø
After it is extracted, crude oil is transported to a refinery by pipelines, trucks or ships (oil tanker).
Ø In refineries oil is heated and distilled to separate it into components with different boiling points. The important components are gases, gasoline, aviation fuel, kerosene, diesel oil, naphtha, grease and wax and asphalt.
Ø Some of the products of oil distillation are called petro-chemicals which are used as raw material for the manufacture of pesticides, plastics, synthetic fibers, paints and medicines etc.
Ø Natural gas, primarily consist of methane, is often found above reservoirs of crude oil.
Ø The natural gas is a mixture of 50 to 90% by volume of methane (CH4), the simplest hydrocarbon.
Ø It also contains small amounts of heavier gaseous hydrocarbons such as ethane (C2H6), propane (C3H8) and butane (C4H10) and also small amounts of highly toxic hydrogen sulphide (H2S).
Ø Natural gas is formed through geological processes similar to the processes of crude oil formation described earlier except the organic material gets changed to more volatile hydrocarbons than those found in oil.
Ø Almost every oil well produces liquid petroleum along varying amounts of natural gas. However, there are large gas deposits without any liquid petroleum being associated with them.
Ø It lies above most reservoirs of crude oil. These deposits can be tapped/used only through pipeline.
Ø But the natural gas that comes out along with oil is often looked as unwanted by product and is burned off.
Ø It is found by itself in other underground reservoirs. So far it is very expensive to get natural gas from such unconventional sources but technology is being developed to extract the gases economically.
Ø When a natural gas field is tapped, propane and butane gases, present in natural gas are liquefied and removed as liquefied petroleum gas (LPG).
Ø LPG is stored in pressurized tanks or cylinders for use as cooking gas. At a very low temperature natural gas can be converted to liquefied natural gas (LNG).
Ø Natural gas is used as a source of carbon used in tyre industry. When natural gas is strongly heated, then methane gets in it decomposed to form carbon and hydrogen.
Ø The carbon thus formed is called carbon black and used as filler in the manufacture of tyres.
Ø Methane being major component of natural gas, happens to be a greenhouse gas and its leakage contributes to global warming.
Ø Extraction of oil and gas may cause sinking of land or subsidence.
Ø Another major problem in the past with onshore oil wells has been brine (salt water). Typically, for every barrel of oil production ten barrels of brine are also extracted.
Ø In early days the brine was simply discarded into nearby streams or on the soil. Today most brine is reinjected into the well. However, brine can contaminate fresh water aquifers if the casing lining the well is missing or corroded.
Ø About half of the oil that contaminates the ocean comes from natural seepage from offshore deposits.
Ø 20% of the oil contaminating the ocean comes from oil well, blowouts, pipeline breaks and tankers.
Ø Radioactive minerals are used to generate nuclear energy through high technological methods.
Ø There are two methods which can be used to release energy from radioactive minerals:
Ø Nuclear fission – In this process, the nucleus of heavy atom namely of uranium (U 235) or plutonium (P239) breaks apart into smaller fragments, releasing an enormous amount of energy.
Ø Nuclear fusion – In this process, small nucleus like those of isotopes of hydrogen, namely deuterium and tritium etc. fuse or join together to form heavier nuclei, releasing vast amounts of energy.
Ø Radioactive mineral, which generates nuclear energy through fission, may be considered a non-renewable alternative source of energy as it is an ore and is found in limited quantities.
Ø Nuclear fission occurs because the atom of radioactive minerals contains nuclei that are unstable and break or split apart releasing energy.
Ø Whenever a neutron strikes a nucleus of U-235, energy is released, krypton and barium
are produced, and several neutrons are released.
Ø These new neutrons may strike other atoms of U-235 to produce a chain reaction.
Ø When this nuclear disintegration takes place particles from the nucleus including neutrons fly out.
Ø The neutron may cause other atomic nuclei to split releasing more neutrons and more energy.
Ø Once begun this chain reaction continuous to release energy until the fuel is spent or the neutrons are prevented from striking other nuclei.
Ø In the reactor of a nuclear power plant, the rate of nuclear chain reaction is controlled and the heat generated is used to produce high pressure steam, which spins turbine that generate electricity.
Ø Heat produced here is carried away by water coolant and transferred by way of heat exchanger to the water in a steam-generating unit.
Ø The steam produced powers a turbine that produces electricity. Cooling water is used to condense the steam after it has gone through the turbine.
Ø Two other nuclear technologies for generating electricity from nuclear fuel in a safe and economic way have also been proposed, but so far they have not proved operationally successful. These are: (i) nuclear breeder reactor, (ii) fusion reactor.
Ø The nuclear reactors operating today use uranium very inefficiently. About 1% uranium is actually used to produce steam for generating electricity.
Ø A nuclear reactor that can utilize between 40% and 70% of its nuclear fuel is called a
Ø Breeder reactors convert more abundant uranium -238 or thorium - 232 fissionable isotopes, Plutonium-239 or Uranium -233 respectively, that can sustain a nuclear chain reaction.
Ø The principle for nuclear fusion involves, as you are aware, uniting two small atoms to form a large atom with the release of an enormous amount of energy.
Ø The energy produced by stars and the sun is the result of nuclear fusion.
Ø Generation of energy by this method so far, however, has not been possible though lot of research has focused on the fusion reaction of deuterium (D) and tritium (T) (two isotopes of hydrogen) which fuse at about 100 million degrees.
Ø The major problems associated with the generation of nuclear power are disposal of nuclear waste, contamination of environment with long lasting radioactive materials (radioactive pollution), thermal pollution, health effects from exposure to low levels of radiation, limited supplies of uranium ore, high construction and maintenance costs, questionable reactor safety, human or technical error that could result in a major accidents and vulnerability to sabotage, developing nuclear weapons by processing reactor waste.
Ø Problems of dismantling of a nuclear plant‘s, after their useful life of 30-40 years is over.
Ø In India, monazite that is the main source of thorium, is found in commercial quantities on the Travancore coast between Kanya Kumari and Quilon, while uranite or pitchblende mineral of uranium is found in Gaya (Bihar), Ajmer (Rajasthan) and Nellore (Andhra Pradesh).
Ø CFL (compact fluorescent lamps) should be replaced by LEDs as they are much more efficient.
Ø Replaceing aging old appliances with energy efficient models.
Ø Alternative resources i.e. renewable energy sources should be used in place of nonrenewable energy sources e.g. solar energy, biogas, wind energy etc.
Ø Energy audits of homes, buildings, hotels and factories should be done at regular interval.
Ø Demonstration of projects involving the introduction of appropriate, renewable solar, wind and biogas energy technologies at the community level.
Ø Collaborative community/academic research and development in order to produce lowcost, sustainable energy options should be given priority.
Ø Environment friendly public transport system should be promoted to reduce the use of individual motorized transport.
Ø Installation of photoelectric controls or timers should be used to make sure that outdoor lighting is sufficient during the day.
Ø Elevators/lifts should be used for going up beyond three floors and for coming down the usage of lifts may be reduced.
Ø Whenever two elevators/lifts are provided in a building only single should be operated during ―non-peak‖ hours.
Ø Conservation and sustainable use of water bodies, including watersheds, rivers barriers and coastal zones will be helpful in the energy conservation at community level.
Ø Training programme about energy efficient repairs should be organized to conserve energy at community level.
Ø Advocacy to remove subsidies to inefficient and polluting sources of energy should become essential.
Ø Locally manufactured, improved cook stoves should be introduced to reduce charcoal/fuel consumption.
Ø
Auditing Regular monitoring and audit of energy consumption in industries.
Ø Process modification: replacement of old and more energy consuming processes by the new energy efficient processes. Old factories should now employ process modification.
Ø Use public transportation as much as possible instead of using own vehicles.
Ø Avoid free frequent starts and stops of vehicles to reduce fuel consumption.
Ø Appliances and office equipments should be replaced with energy star rated units.
Ø Building designs and construction practices should promote energy conservation results in energy conservation.
Ø Depletion of energy resources.
Ø Pollution of environment from emission of greenhouse gases.
Ø Energy development is an integral part of economic development.
Ø Cheap, efficient and environment friendly enegy resources and technologies are must to stay globally competitive.
Ø The ministry was established as the Ministry of Non-Conventional Energy Sources in 1992. It adopted its current name in October 2006.
Ø The Ministry is mainly responsible for research and development, intellectual property protection, and international cooperation, promotion, and coordination in renewable energy sources such as wind power, small hydro, biogas, and solar power.
Ø Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar Mission (JNNSM)
Ø Remote Village Lighting Programme
Ø National Biogas and Manure Management Programme (NBMMP)
Ø Solar Lantern Programme LALA
Ø Solar thermal energy Demonstration Programme
Ø National Biomass Cookstoves Initiative (NBCI)
Ø National Offshore Wind Energy Authority
Ø Indian Renewable Energy Development Agency (IREDA)
Ø Integrated Rural Energy Programme (IREP);
Ø Commission for Additional Sources of Energy (CASE);